Sensor Es

sBERO Sensors for Automation Catalog NS BERO · 2001/02 Products and Applications 1 Sonar-BERO 2 Opto-BERO 3 Inductive BERO 4 The products in this catalog are also included in the CD-ROM catalog CA 01 Order No.: E86060-D4001-A100-B6-7600 Contact your local Siemens representative for further information Capacitive BERO 5 Accessories 6 Supplementary Components – MOBY 7 Appendix The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured under application of a quality management system certified by DQS in accordance with ISO 9001 (Certificate Registration No.: 019634-01). The DQS Certificate is recognized in all EQ Net countries. 8 © Siemens AG 2001 Products and Applications Sonar-BERO I Field of application The wide range of applications for Sonar-BERO ultrasonic sensors is limited only by the designer’s imagination: • Level and height sensing • Distance measurement • Winding diameter detection • Bottle counting and much more The sonar technology of the Sonar-BERO sensors enables them to detect any type of object, including liquids and powders and colored or transparent objects. They also respond regardless of surface character or condition: rough or smooth, wet or dry, clean or soiled. Sonar-BERO sensors are also extremely rugged and their operation is insensitive to dirt, vibration, ambient light and ambient sound. The Sonar-BERO measures the time taken for the emitted ultrasonic pulse to return following reflection by the object, from which it can calculate the distance to the object. The SonarBERO can operate over extremely short distances (6 cm) or extremely long distances (10 m) without any problems at all. The SONPROG software makes it easy to make adjustments for the object and the operating range (e. g. minimum level). Application: Level measurement in large containers Sensor: Compact form K 65 with minimum/maximum monitoring (up to 2.5 m) Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Application: Level measurement in small bottles Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output Application: Measuring stack height Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Application: Diameter detection and speed measurement Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Application: Size measurement Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Application: Contour recognition Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Synchronization 1/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Products and Applications Sonar-BERO I Field of application Application: Loop monitoring Sensor: Compact form K 65 with minimum/maximum monitoring (up to 2.5 m) Compact range II with 2 switching outputs Application: Quality control Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output Compact range II (up to 6 m) 1 Application: Bottle counting and gap recognition Sensor: Sonar thru-beam sensor Application: Breakage monitoring Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output (up to 30 cm) Application: Object detection Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output Application: Wire and cable break monitoring Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output Compact range II Application: Gap monitoring Sensor: Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (up to 6 m) Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 1/5 Products and Applications Opto-BERO I Field of application Opto-BERO sensors are used in their various designs as • Diffuse sensors • Thru-beam sensors or • Retroreflective sensors – either with background suppression or as fiber-optic devices – especially in the following applications: • In conveyor systems • In mechanical engineering • In paper, textile and plastics processing • In printing presses and • In packaging machines. The comprehensive range of Opto-BEROs operates using infrared light, red light or laser light and covers ranges of between 3 cm and 50 m. These photoelectric sensors can detect any object whether it is made of metal, wood or plastic. Even transparent objects can be detected by Opto-BERO K 20 in the miniature housing. Special devices, such as the color sensor or color mark sensor, can be used to recognize different colors or contrast differences. The analog laser supports extremely precise level measurement and position monitoring. The Opto-BEROs are easily adjusted using teach-in functions or potentiometers. A wide selection of cubic, cylindrical and miniature types satisfies the designer's every wish. Application: Inspection of the content of transparent containers Sensor: M 12 thru-beam sensor Application: Recognition of loaded pallets Sensor: K 31 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Recognition of tins of food on a conveyor belt Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Bottle counting Sensor: C 40 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light, also for clear glass recognition Application: Recognition of boxes on a roller conveyor Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Entry control for a car washing plant Sensor: K 80 thru-beam sensor Application: Recognition of color marks for triggering the cut command Sensor: C 80 color mark sensor Application: Access monitoring Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor 1/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Products and Applications Opto-BERO I Field of application Application: Monitoring of an entry barrier Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Detection of the end of a roll Sensor: K 31 light switch 1 Application: Thread recognition in a drilled hole Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Recognition of tops on bottles Sensor: K 20 light switch with background suppression K 20 retroreflective sensor for clear glass detection Application: Recognition of packages Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Recognition of objects in a container Sensor: K 20 light sensor with background suppression Application: Position detection of ICs Sensor: L 50 laser light sensor with background suppression Application: Recognition of objects with different dimensions Sensor: K 80 light sensor with background suppression Application: Position detection of ICs Sensor: C 80 color mark sensor Application: Inspection of stack heights Sensor: K 80 thru-beam sensor Application: Bottleneck detection on a roller conveyor Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Recognition of wrongly positioned objects on a conveyor Sensor: C 40 retroreflective sensor Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 1/7 Products and Applications Opto-BERO I Field of application Application: Detection of IC pins Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Object detection on a roller conveyor Sensor: K 40 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Object detection for activating a conveyor Sensor: K 35 retroreflective sensor Application: Recognition of reflecting objects Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Liquid inspection in glass containers Sensor: K 35 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Checking the correct position of screws Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Object inspection in transparent packaging Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Checking lipstick height before fitting the cap Sensor: M 5 or M 12 thru-beam sensor Application: Detection of labels on a transparent backing tape Sensor: G 20 fork/slot sensor Application: Monitoring objects leaving a vibration conveyor Sensor: K 35 with plastic fiber-optic conductor 1/8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . oil. sound. light and water. to DESINA specification • Intrinsically safe sensors for potentially explosive environments. plastic. wood. The induction principle and the extensive experience of Siemens over many years have made inductive BEROs what they are: Extremely reliable with a high repeat accuracy and long service life due to the lack of wear and of sensitivity to temperature. capacitive BEROs are available that can detect non-conductive materials in solid. liquid or granular form. e. They are most often used where metal is the most common material. g. g. water and paper. 1 Application: Detection of broken drills Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4 Application: Recognition of tins and lids Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4 Application: Recognition of position screws on a wheel for speed or direction control Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4 Capacitive BEROs As an alternative to inductive BEROs. • In the automotive industry • In mechanical engineering • In the robotics industry • In conveyor systems and • In the paper and printing industry. glass. e.Products and Applications Inductive and capacitive BERO I Field of application Inductive BERO proximity sensors are the most economical solution for detecting metal objects without contact. Customers also benefit from the wide variety of inductive BERO proximity switches that Siemens offers.6 to 75 mm • In cylindrical and cubic types • In the standard duty version as 3 and 4-wire sensors • As 2-wire sensors for solidstate inputs (PLC) • In extra duty version (65 V DC or 320 V AC/DC) • To the IP 68 degree of protection for extreme environmental conditions • With higher rated operating distances • Without reduction factor • As pressure-proof sensors • Acc. Our complete scope of products meets a wide range of different requirements leaving nothing to be desired. There are inductive BEROs • With operating distances ranging from 0. Application: Detection of milk in cartons Sensor: Capacitive BERO 3RG16 Application: Recognition of valve position (completely open or closed) Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4 Application: Recognition of fragments on a cutter Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4 Application: Level monitoring of loose material in a container Sensor: Capacitive BERO 3RG16 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 1/9 . swivel and separate sensors 3RG60. III with fixed. 2/30 2/4 2/13 to 2/16 2/18 2/19 2/32 to 2/37 2/32 to 2/37 Compact range M 18. II. 2/34 2/31. 3RG61 Selection and ordering data • Compact range I • Compact range II • Compact range III Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings Page 2/33. M 18 S Compact range 0 SONPROG interface unit 3RG62 Selection and ordering data Page 2/35 3RG63 Selection and ordering data Page 2/36 3RX4 000 Selection and ordering data Page 2/35 Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings 2/4 2/11. 2/12 2/20 2/20 2/38 2/38 Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings 2/4 2/10 2/20 2/20 2/39 2/39 Introduction Description Technical data 2/4 2/23 2/23 2/2 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact ranges I. 2/32 2/29. 3SG16 Selection and ordering data • 3SG16 • K 65 Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings Page 2/37 2/38 2/4 2/11 2/24. 2/25 2/24. 2/43 Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings 2/4 2/10 2/26 2/26 2/39 2/39 Introduction Description Technical data Dimension drawing 2/4 2/27 2/40 2/40 3RG62 Selection and ordering data Page 2/39 3RX2 210 Selection and ordering data Page 2/40 Modular range II 3RG61 Selection and ordering data • Signal evaluator • Sensors Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagram Time diagram Technical data Dimension drawings Page 2/41 2/42. 2/43 2/4 2/13 to 2/16 2/28 2/28 2/41 2/41 to 2/43 2/41 to 2/43 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/3 .Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact form Sonar thru-beam sensor Double-layer sheet monitoring 2 3RG62. 2/43 2/42. 2/25 2/42. technical data 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 $ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 $ 7 7 $ 7 7 $ 7 7 $ 7 7 & 7 & 7 & 7 & 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 $ 2/20 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/20 2/24 2/25 2/26 2/28 2/27 2/36 2/33 2/31 2/29 2/35 2/37 2/38 2/39 2/41 2/40 7 7 7 7 7 7 Sonar-BERO programmable with SONPROG 7 $ & Available Only available for devices with switching output Only available for devices with analog output 2/4 Modular range II Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Overview The main technical features of each series are shown in the following table. Double-layer sheet monitoring 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Sonar thru-beam sensor 7 7 Compact form 3SG16 Compact range M 18 Compact form K 65 Compact range III Compact range II Compact range 0 Compact range I Mode of operation Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs 1 switching output + 1 analog output 2 relay outputs + 1 analog output 1 analog output 1 frequency output Analog output 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 0 to 10 V Setting 1 potentiometer 2 potentiometers SONPROG interface unit Jumpers Teach-in Keys Wiring Parameters that can be changed with SONPROG Blind zone End of sensing range Lower limit of operating range Upper limit of operating range Differential travel NO/NC switching output function Lower limit of analog range Upper limit of analog range Analog output characteristic Analog output current range Mean-value generation Mode of operation Temperature compensation Enable/disable potentiometers Description Ordering data. 1 NO.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Field of application The applications listed in the following table are some of the most familiar and most frequent fields of application of the SonarBERO. Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (sp. design) Compact ranges 0. insensitive to dirt and condensation Loop control for slack control Averaging and differential travel on echo pulse detection Description 2 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 2/22 2/25 2/21 2/26 Special versions For ordering sensors with special designs or preset parameters. Ordering example Sensor of compact range II. max. drive-in control Parameterizable raising/falling delay. switching frequency 200 Hz. II. I. the order number must be supplemented with “–Z” and the required features should be specified in plain text. design) Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (sp. The device types marked as special designs feature special functions in addition to the series design. PPS ring. Sonar-BERO in reflex mode Conveyor belt control Reflex mode with emitter and receiver: No blind zone. sensing range 20 to 130 mm. M 18 (special design) Compact ranges 0. You will find information about this in the Appendix to this Catalog. stainless steel casing V4A Lifting control for machines with minimum/maximum recognition 2 separately adjustable switching points Level monitoring for pump control with 1 switching output Separately adjustable switching points for “Full” alarm and pump stroke Level monitoring for pump control with 2 switching outputs For “Full” alarm with differential travel 1 For final shutdown with differential travel 2 Level-dependent signaling Winding diameter monitoring Warning with switching output 1 Final shutdown with switching output 2 Threshold detection using LOGO! The frequency output is acquired by the counter inputs of the LOGO! controls: Several thresholds that are assigned to the relay outputs of the LOGO! control Gate control. I. M 18 (special design) Compact range II with frequency output Compact form K 65 Compact range II (special design) Compact range II (special design) Applications In chemically aggressive medium Ultrasonic converter with Teflon film In food processing Ultrasonic converter with Teflon film. III. III. II. Enquiries about special designs and continued support should be addressed to our Technical Support department. stainless steel housing: 3RG6013–3AF00–Z Z = Stainless steel housing Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/5 . M 18 (special design) Sonar thru-beam sensor Compact range II. The sensors emit ultrasonic pulses cyclically. Depending on the peakto-valley height of the object. Air humidity At room temperature and at lower temperatures. Changes in ambient conditions (e. sonar thru-beam sensors and compact form sensors are suitable for installation in Ex-Zone 2 and Ex-Zone 11. of any form with polished or matt surfaces. granular or powder. for example. Accuracy The accuracy is the permissible error that exists as the difference between the true distance and the indicated value. Objects The objects to be detected can be solid. echoes cannot be evaluated for physical reasons. Personnel safety Due to their physical characteristics. Between sealevel and 3000 m altitude. they will be automatically corrected by the program. such as glowing metal cause air turbulence. i.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Field of application Sonar-BEROs can be used as non-contact proximity switches in many fields of automation. Depending on the type. Explosion protection The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges 0 to III.75 % and therefore a change in the operating distance of +1. g. (60 to 600 cm) For a sensing range of 60 to 600 cm. The corrected values will be displayed in a window with a message. External sound External sound is distinguished from the system-specific echoes and does not usually cause malfunctions. Within the blind zone. in carbon dioxide). 2/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .2. +10 °C results in a change in the speed of sound of approximately +1. To prevent any detrimental effect on the sensitivity of the transducer.3 mm (12 bits) If the measuring range is restricted. The measured results are not affected by. g. these devices can be used. because they not only detect objects. The internal resolution is 256 or 4096 steps. the distance to the object appears to become shorter. The accuracy of a Sonar-BERO depends on internal tolerances as well as certain physical parameters of the air such as humidity. the paint spray must not be allowed to settle on the active transducer surface. the angular variation may also be higher. g. the objects can enter the sound cone from any direction.: Precipitation Average levels of precipitation in the form of rain or snow will not adversely affect the functionality of the Sonar-BERO. liquid. it can lie between 5 cm and 10 m. Even at a maximum operating distance.. The construction of the sensor causes the ultrasonic beam to be emitted in the shape of a cone. The incoming echo is detected in accordance with its intensity which. Atmospheric pressure Any other atmospheric changes at a permanent site will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. When these pulses are reflected by an object. all level or smooth surfaces can be reliably detected up to an angular variation of approximately 3° from the sound cone.75 %.15 % of full-scale. however. Resolution The resolution is the smallest change in the distance to the object that is necessary for a change in the output of the BERO. Compensation can be performed throughout the temperature range. Temperature compensation The Sonar-BEROs of compact range II.. which lies between the sensor surface and the sensing range. Sound propagation is not possible in a vacuum. The transducer surface should not however be wetted. temperature changes) are balanced during evaluation of the measurement. for the protection of personnel). This temperature-dependent change in sound propagation time means that as the temperature increases. e. The repeat accuracy of the Sonar-BERO is 0.. Whenever distances through air have to be evaluated. M 18 and K 65 as well as the sensors of modular I Mode of operation The BEROs only operate through the medium of air and can detect any object that reflects ultrasound. the step size is reduced because the distance that is split up into 4096 steps has reduced. This means that an absolute precision of +/. in turn. If it is operated in other gases. Hightemperature objects. but can also output and evaluate the absolute distance between the Sonar-BERO and the object. At higher temperatures.5 % (compact range M 18) is achieved. the generated echo is received and converted into an electrical signal. As a rule.5 % (compact range II and III) or of +/. different values for the speed of sound and attenuation can result in significant measurement errors and even malfunction (e. III and M 18 as well as modular range II are fitted with temperature sensors and a compensation circuit that equalizes changes in operating distances caused by temperature changes. This will scatter or deflect the ultrasound. Paint spray This has no determinable effect on the functioning of the SonarBERO. The smallest step size is. range II. Only those reflecting objects within this sound cone are detected. A change in temperature of. Air temperature The sound propagation time is dependent on the air temperature. atmospheric pressure and air movement. Repeat accuracy R The repeat accuracy is the value of the deviation in the indication or switching state for two successive measurements under specified conditions. the speed of sound increases with humidity. Gas types The Sonar-BERO is designed for operation in atmospheric air. Sensing range The sensing range of a SonarBERO is the range within which the Sonar-BERO can detect objects. Dewing permissible. the Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches cannot be used for safety-related applications (e. the time difference between the emitted pulse and echo pulse is evaluated.. The Sonar-BEROs operate according to the echo propagation principle. however. If the sensing range is restricted.3 mm: 6000 mm – 600 mm = 5400 mm 5400 mm/4096 = 1. g. These parameters influence the sound propagation time and therefore the measured value received. An air temperature of 20 °C is used as the reference variable here.1. An echo will not be generated that can be evaluated. the resolution is enhanced. If values are entered during programming that exceed this resolution. Example: Sonar-BERO 3RG6014–. is dependent on the distance between the object and the Sonar-BERO. The material can be transparent or tinted. Air currents Changes to the speed of sound as a result of constant changes in the flow direction and flow velocity of the air cannot be quantified by means of a generally applicable formula. limited to 1 mm by the electronics. the speed of sound is reduced by less than 1 %. e. the humidity will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. the resolution is 1.17 %/K. The speed of sound changes with air temperature by 0. distance d must be maintained between them. This depends on the material. To prevent undesirable reflections. III and M 18 can be synchronized or operated in multiplex mode (see “Functions“). BERO sensors of compact ranges 0. If this is not possible (e. surface and alignment of the objects. the maximum possible range must be determined experimentally. In modular range II. clearance e must be maintained between the sensors. arranged in parallel. Distance d between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range. Object e Fouling The range of the BERO is reduced if the transducer surface is damaged or painted or if water or wet dirt is applied to it. in the case of bulk material). opposite to each other d Sonar-BERO with sensing range NSD00747 d cm 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000 cm > 120 > 400 > 1200 > 2500 > 4000 Sonar-BERO Sound cone Clearance e between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range. The clearance c must be maintained to ensure that no objects enter the blind zone (see “Sound cones”). By this method a mutual interference of these two sensors is excluded. To avoid mutual interference. The best results are obtained if the Sonar-BEROs are aligned such that the ultrasound waves hit the object as near to the vertical as possible.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Design and installation Mounting Sonar-BEROs can be operated in any mounting position. If two Sonar-BEROs of an identical design are mounted opposite each other. It depends on the angle of the object to the Sonar-BERO. Mounting positions in which deposits can settle on the transducer surface must however be avoided. II. object unfavorably aligned The clearance e is to be determined experimentally. a clearance a from disturbing objects must be maintained around the axis of the sound cone (see “Sound cones”). Sound cone NSD00746a Sonar-BERO Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/7 . Mounting multiple sensors Mutual interference between Sonar-BEROs that can result in spurious signals is excluded by maintaining sufficient clearances between the sensors or an appropriate alignment. a clearance b must be maintained to prevent disturbing reflections. a sensor connected to the terminals of sensor B will be activated in common mode with the operating sensor unless sensor B is operated as a reference sensor. Between the sound cone axis and a smooth wall running in parallel to it. arranged in parallel with object perpendicular to the sound cone axis Sound cone NSD00745a Sonar-BERO with sensing range cm 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000 e cm > 15 > 60 > 150 > 250 > 350 2 Sonar-BERO e Object Clearance e between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range. g. If two sensors of identical design are arranged in parallel. Mean-value generation Unfortunate reflective conditions or moving surfaces (e. objects are still not permitted within the original blind zone. however. With large sensing ranges. the blind zone is adjusted. the new one can be programmed with the saved data quickly and easily. e. from NO to NC. It is. Switching output function The function of the switching output that was set at the factory can be changed. if a sensor is switched from NO to NC. important to ensure that the object does not reflect ultrasound so well that double or triple echoes arise that give the impression of a more distant object (a fault of this kind cannot occur during normal operation because only the first echo is accepted as valid). The response time of the Sonar-BERO is. This distance is converted to an analog output signal that is proportional to it (0 to 10 V. The assignment of the connections is not changed. therefore. Example: 20 mA 5 8 7 This enables a Sonar-BERO to be optimized specifically for an application. This program provides an interface that can be used to • Check the parameters of the Sonar-BERO • Change the parameters of the Sonar-BERO and • Adapt the Sonar-BERO to the application. because part of the echo from the object to be detected is suppressed. The range of the Sonar-BERO can be reduced in this case. In the case of BEROs of compact range II with two switching outputs. By extending the blind zone. the switching output is not active. the disturbance echo can be suppressed. This echo blocks the echo of the object to be detected. Failed signals (when no object is in the sensing range) are ignored on mean-value generation. a mean value is generated immediately from the new measured value and the stored number of old values. the switching output does not change from Pin 4. The adjustments found can be saved or printed out to facilitate maintenance and documentation of the equipment. e. A delay only occurs at the end of a measurement if the object is removed from the sensing range. This delay corresponds to the measurement cycle time multiplied by the saved number of mean values. Example: Level monitoring with adjustable differential travel BERO 4 1 6 Switching frequency The Sonar-BERO can be switched over from standard switching frequency (in accordance with the technical data) and rapid switching frequency (3 times the standard value). Analog distance measurement BEROs with an analog output can detect the distance to an object. i. This is the time that the Sonar-BERO requires to switch over from send to receive mode. The most important parameters that can be adjusted are: • Lower and upper limit of the operating range • Differential travel • NO/NC switching output function • Switching frequency • Lower and upper limit of analog characteristic (compact range III and M 18 only) • Analog characteristic. Operating range The commands “Lower limit of operating range” and “Upper limit of operating range” are used to define a window within the sensing range of the SonarBERO. in the case of moving liquids and bulk material on conveyors) can cause the measured values to change continuously which results in constant switching. Rising characteristic Differential travel 2 3 4 mA Initial value 50 cm Falling characteristic Final value 90 cm Sensing range NSD01193 P1 P2 Differential travel Container 20 cm NSD01192 130 cm 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Inhibit range Operating range Sensing range Blind zone Switching output upper limit – when level is rising 6) Switching output upper limit – when level is falling 7) Switching output lower limit – when level is falling 8) Switching output lower limit – when level is rising Blind zone A value must not be set for the blind zone that is less than the minimum value. the disturbance echo is strong enough to be evaluated. The resolution of the analog output is at least 1 mm within the preset limits. If an object enters the operating range. the switching output is active (in case of NO function). This prevents output flutter and level control tasks can be solved elegantly. Sensing range The resolution of the SonarBERO can be enhanced by reducing the sensing range. A special function mode enables the Sonar-BERO to be optimized for level measurement. g. In the above diagram. increased) to ignore objects in the foreground. 2/8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . However. it is not possible to adjust some values in steps of one millimeter. After each measurement. not extended. e. The required object can then be detected. If an object is outside the operating range. g. the second switching output is active when an object is located between the end of blind zone and the operating range. Differential travel The differential travel can be adjusted to move the switch-on point and the switch-off point at the limits of the operating range away from each other. SONPROG Parameters Sound cone Sonar-BERO Sound cone Object Blind zone Sensing range NSD00756 Initial value (adjustable) Set operating or analog range (LED lit) Final value (adjustable) The blind zone can be moved away from the BERO (i. The minimum resolution of a SonarBERO is 1 mm. When a Sonar-BERO has been replaced.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Programming SONPROG interface unit The SONPROG 3RX4 000 programmer is used to adjust the operating parameters of the Sonar-BERO of compact ranges II. rising/ falling • End of blind zone • End of sensing range • Mean-value generation • Sensitivity The function can also be set for the sensor: • Multiplex function • Temperature compensation • Diffuse or reflex sensor. III and M 18 to the prevailing conditions. There is then no need to repeat the adjustment procedure. 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA). The Sonar-BERO allows a mean value to be generated from up to 255 measurements. Important: A Sonar-BERO with a rapid switching frequency is more sensitive to disturbance. because every BERO is constantly active.x : • Teach-in mode: – Enabled – Disabled • Teach-in mode (adjustable via potentiometer) for: – Start of range – End of range Compact range M 18 For sensors with a switching output. Weakly reflecting objects at the edge of the sound cone are suppressed. the selection can also be made via the potentiometer (set using SONPROG). One is parameterized as a receiver and the other is parameterized as the emitter. Emitter Object Receiver NSD01204 • Active measurement system: The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal from the emitter to the receiver is measured. Various adjustments can be implemented using the SONPROG V2. Adjustment of the operating range and evaluation of the analog output is not relevant in this case. It is also possible to reduce the size of the sound cone here electronically. There are two possible applications: • Thru-beam sensor: It is only evaluated whether an object lies between the BEROs. teach-in is also possible via an electronic signal (e. a small metal plate is mounted opposite the BERO. switching output active Object not detected. Teach-in is activated via a Low signal (0 V) on terminal XI. • The teach-in procedure can be repeated as often as required. III and M 18 can now be adjusted to the limits of the operating range by means of a teach-in function. The timing of the signal is not critical but its duration must be greater than 150 ms. For this purpose. switching output active NSD0 01203 Synchronization In compact ranges II. The permitted values are 0 (maximum sensitivity) to 7 (minimum sensitivity). If the path between the BERO and the reflector is interrupted. teach-in remains active (LED flashes). An object is located in their common sound field. Standard operation. The range is twice the normal range. For sensors with an analog output. III and M 18. the switching limits are taught and or compact range III. Minimum switching limit 2 NSD01178 I Functions BEROs with switching output The Sonar-BEROs with a switching output (the graphics describe sensors with NO function) can be used in the following operating modes depending on their type: Only emitter. the order number must be supplemented with “–0DT0”. Up to 10 devices can be synchronized (or 6 devices in the case of compact range 0). g. switching output not active Operating range NSD0 01202 Object detected. This allows the sensors to be mounted extremely close to each other in many cases without causing mutual interference. the analog limit is taught that was specified in the SONPROG programming (setting as supplied: maximum analog value) Compact ranges II and III For compact range II. the switching limit is taught that was specified in the SONPROG programming (setting as supplied: maximum switching limit). • On successful completion of a teach-in. • Diffuse sensor: In this case. • If no object is detected in the sensing range. In compact ranges II and III. All functions of the BERO can still be used and the range is twice the normal range. The enabling inputs of the two BEROs must be connected together for this purpose. • Fast response. Mutual interference can occur. Operating range • Reflex sensor: In this case. the potentiometer for adjusting the switching range is disabled. The object is detected from the two echoes E1 and E2 by Object detected. only receiver Two Sonar-BEROs are required in each case for this operating mode. several devices can be synchronized with each other by interconnecting the synchronization outputs of the devices (Pin 2 for NO function. g. Emitter and receiver This is the standard operating mode of the Sonar-BERO. a permanently fixed reflector (e. PLC output). evaluation is performed using the set mean value. switching output active NSD01179 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/9 . Pin 4 for NC function). simply connect the enable inputs of the individual BEROs. Adjustment with potentiometers The potentiometers are used to select the required limit values (min.). Teach-in disabled All Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II. the analog limits are taught. Advantages: • No additional wiring overheads. The echo from B2 can reach B1 by reflection (GB). • During teach-in. the echo from this object causes the output signal of the BERO to change. Set operating range Reflector detected. The following adjustments can be implemented using SONPROG V2. The operating range is adjusted to this reflector. Maximum switching limit NSD01177 Teach-in Teach-in procedure • The LED flashes during teachin. Example Two Sonar-BEROs are mounted at a clearance e that is smaller than the minimum clearance (see mounting guidelines).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction Sensitivity (see “Sound cones”) The susceptibility of the receive amplifier is reduced here. The user can select which value is to be taught. As soon as an object enters the preset operating range. or max. it operates as a classical proximity switch. Disadvantages • The object cannot be assigned to a particular BERO. This can be implemented with a button or bridge.x software. the sensor no longer detects the reflector and this triggers a change in the signal at the switching output. the object that is to be detected acts as a reflector. switching output not active Set operating range Reflector hidden by object. This can be used to switch the Sonar-BERO to active or inactive using an external control without the need to switch the supply voltage on and off. echo E1 arrives after echo E2 at BERO B2. the BEROs automatically operate in multiplex mode. No additional electronics is required.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction Sonar-BEROs B1 and B2. Enable input XI at 0 to 3 V DC Advantages • Reliable protection against mutual interference. Disadvantages • Additional connection overheads (e. On programming. GB E1 E2 GB E1 E2 NSD01195 NSD01194 Multiplex function External multiplex mode The fourth connection can be used as an external enabling input. echo GB would cause BERO B1 to mistakenly detect an object. for example. it is ensured that the Sonar-BEROs will not interfere with each other. In contrast to internal multiplex mode. III and M 18 can be interconnected to form a network. In this case. In this example. two or no objects are present. more than 10 SonarBEROs can be operated in multiplex mode. they may be no mutual interference. I Connection diagrams Synchronization NO function L+ LNSD0 01196 NC function L+ L- Synchronization cable 1 2 L+ XI L1 2 Synchronization cable 1 2 L+ NC L1 2 L+ XI L- NSD0 01197 L+ NC U U U U 3 4 NO 3 4 NO 3 4 XI L3 4 XI External multiplex mode NO function L+ LNSD01198 NC function L+ L- U L+ 1 XI 2 3 L4 NO U 1 2 XI 3 L4 NO L+ NSD0 01199 PLC 50 mA PLC 50 mA U L+ 1 NC 2 3 L4 XI U 1 2 NC 3 L4 XI L+ PLC 50 mA PLC 50 mA Internal multiplex mode (analog output) NO function L+ LNSD01200 NC function L+ LL+ XI LNO Ia / Ua NSD01201 Synchronization cable 1 2 3 4 5 L+ XI LNO Ia / Ua 1 2 3 4 5 Synchronization cable 1 2 3 4 5 L+ NC LXI Ia / Ua 1 2 3 4 5 L+ NC LXI Ia / Ua U U U U 2/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . Enable input XI at L+ or open. • Sonar-BERO not active. a PLC). a PLC must be used to switch cyclically to and fro between the two BEROs. B1 e B2 An external multiplex mode can be configured when SonarBEROs have to be switched on and off in sequence via the enabling input. Connection of the enable input: • Sonar-BERO active. • An object can be assigned to a BERO. When they have been wired up and the supply voltage has been connected. In this example. Up to 10 devices (or 6 devices in the case of compact range 0) can be operated in series or parallel (see “Synchronization”). B1 B2 Internal multiplex mode The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II. • Longer response time than for a synchronization circuit because each BERO is only active briefly and then has to wait until all the other BEROs in the circuit have emitted. If the two devices are synchronized. The enable inputs of all the BEROs are simply connected together. each device is informed about the number of BEROs in the network as well as its own position (address) in the network. Synchronization of the BEROs would not help here because echo pulse E2 would not arrive until after echo GB at BERO B1 and only a BERO only ever detects the first echo. The devices only ever respond to the first echo. because. Example: Recognition of narrow objects Narrow objects are to be recognized and it shall be determined whether one. g. sensitivity 0 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum NSD 01211 Measurement 3 (flat object). 5 to 150 cm Receiver angle 0° 30 Sound cone width in cm 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 0 50 100 150 200 250 Emitter Receiver NSD0 01264 Receiver angle variable. for sensors with sensing ranges up to 130 cm – 10 cm × 10 cm. sensing range 20 to 100 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). The diagrams are applicable for the individual sensor types. sensitivity 0 90 Object BERO NSD0 01263 Object BERO Object Sound cone width in cm Maximum Average NSD0 01261 60 30 0 Maximum Average Minimum -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Sonar thru-beam sensor. Compact range 0. sensitivity 0 12 9 Sound cone width in cm Object 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm NSD 01207 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm Minimum Average NSD 01208 Measurement 3 (flat object).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones The diagrams are the result of measurements taken by SonarBEROs with the production-related scatter at room temperature (20 °C). • Measurement 2 with an object that has partially aligned surfaces ⇒ Detection of rounded material and plates with rounded edges. for sensors with larger sensing ranges • Measurement 2: Cylindrical object. • Measurement 1 with an aligned object at optimal reflection ⇒ Area around object is kept free that is not to be detected. • Measurement 3 with an object with a flat surface that moves perpendicularly to the sound cone ⇒ Detection of level surfaces and edges. sensitivity 0 36 Object BERO NSD 01212 Object BERO Minimum BERO Object Sound cone width in cm Average Maximum Average Maximum 24 12 0 Average Maximum Minimum -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Compact form K 65. 8 cm in diameter. optimum alignment 30 Sound cone width in cm 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 0 50 100 150 200 250 NSD0 01265 Emitter Receiver Distance emitter to receiver in cm Distance emitter to receiver in cm Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/11 . sensing ranges 5 to 40 cm. 5 to 80 cm. sensitivity 0 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum BERO Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 0 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 NSD 01210 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). for the specified reflectors and for larger reflectors. sensing range 25 to 250 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 0 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD0 01262 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 Average 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm Object BERO NSD 01209 Maximum Average Minimum BERO Maximum Maximum Minimum Object 2 BERO -12 -12 -12 Compact range 0. Specified reflectors: • Measurements 1 and 3: Flat object – 2 cm × 2 cm. Radially moving standard reflectors within the possible sensing range of the Sonar-BEROs were detected. sensing range 6 to 30 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 6 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01277 Maximum Average Maximum Average Inadequate sensitivity -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm 2/12 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Minimum NSD0 01267 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01266 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 4 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01274 Maximum Average Minimum Object BERO Maximum Average Maximum Average -12 -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 6 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01268 Average Maximum Minimum Object BERO Maximum Average Maximum Average Minimum -12 -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 6 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01275 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Minimum NSD0 01270 Measurement 3 (flat object).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones Compact range M 18. sensitivity 2 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01269 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01271 Average Maximum Minimum Object BERO Maximum Average Maximum Average Minimum -12 -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum NSD0 01273 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensing range 5 to 30 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object BERO NSD 01272 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 6 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Maximum Average Minimum NSD 01223 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 0 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 Minimum BERO NSD 01213 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 4 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01221 Maximum Average Maximum Average BERO Object BERO -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 80 100 120 140 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Object BERO NSD 01219 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum NSD 01217 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensing range 15 to 100 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum NSD 01220 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 2 36 Object BERO NSD 01218 2 Sound cone width in cm Maximum Average Object BERO Maximum Average 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 Maximum Average Minimum -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 40 80 120 160 200 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 6 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Maximum Average Minimum NSD 01222 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones Compact range M 18. sensitivity 0 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01214 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 2 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Object BERO NSD 01216 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 0 36 Object BERO NSD 01215 Object BERO Sound cone width in cm Maximum Average Object 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 Maximum Average Minimum -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 40 80 120 160 200 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 6 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Average NSD 01224 Object BERO Object BERO Object BERO Maximum Minimum -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/13 . sensitivity 6 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01289 Maximum Average Maximum Average Inadequate sensitivity -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Note: For compact range I. sensing range 6 to 30 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Minimum NSD0 01279 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 4 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01286 Maximum Average Object BERO Maximum Average Maximum Average -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20 30 40 50 Minimum NSD0 01285 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 2 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01283 Average Maximum Object BERO Average Maximum Minimum Minimum Maximum Average -12 -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20 Minimum 30 40 50 Object BERO NSD0 01284 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). only the sound cones with sensitivity 0 are applicable. sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01280 Average Maximum Object Minimum BERO Average Maximum Minimum Average Maximum -12 -12 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 0 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object BERO NSD0 01278 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones Compact ranges I to III and modular range II. sensitivity 6 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01287 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). 2/14 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . sensitivity 2 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Minimum Object BERO NSD0 01281 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 NSD0 01282 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 6 Measurement 3 (flat object). Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones Compact ranges I to III and modular range II. sensitivity 0 42 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum BERO Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensing range 20 to 130 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 2 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum NSD 01229 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 4 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Minimum Object BERO NSD 01231 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 0 42 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum NSD 01226 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 6 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Average NSD 01236 Object BERO Object BERO Maximum Minimum Inadequate sensitivity -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Note: For compact range I. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/15 . sensitivity 0 42 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 NSD 01227 Maximum Average NSD 01225 Object BERO Maximum Average Object Object BERO Maximum Average Minimum -12 -24 -42 -12 -24 -42 -12 -24 -42 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 120 160 200 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). only the sound cones with sensitivity 0 are applicable. sensitivity 4 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Object BERO NSD 01233 Average Maximum Object BERO Average Maximum -12 -24 -36 0 20 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 40 60 80 100 120 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Average Maximum NSD 01232 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 6 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Maximum Average Minimum NSD 01234 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 NSD 01230 2 Object BERO Maximum Average Object BERO Object BERO Maximum Average Minimum -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 6 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 2 36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01228 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 4 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01243 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones Compact ranges I to III and modular range II. sensitivity 6 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Object BERO NSD 01248 Object BERO Object BERO Maximum Average Maximum Average -30 -60 -90 0 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 -30 -60 -90 0 60 60 120 180 240 300 180 240 300 120 180 240 300 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Note: For compact range I. only the sound cones with sensitivity 0 are applicable. sensing range 40 to 300 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01245 Object BERO Object BERO Object BERO -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 -30 -60 -90 0 -30 -60 -90 0 60 60 120 180 240 300 120 180 240 300 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 2 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Average Minimum Maximum NSD 01240 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 6 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01246 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). 2/16 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . sensitivity 0 90 Object BERO NSD 01239 Maximum NSD 01237 Object BERO Object Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Maximum Average Minimum -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01244 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 2 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 NSD 01241 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 6 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum NSD 01247 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 2 90 Object BERO NSD 01242 Object BERO Object BERO Sound cone width in cm Maximum Average Minimum 60 30 0 Maximum Average Minimum -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 -30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 0 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01238 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 0 90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Average Minimum BERO Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 4 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01256 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensing range 60 to 600 cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 0 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 NSD 01250 Measurement 3 (flat object). sensitivity 4 120 Object BERO NSD 01257 Object BERO Object BERO Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Maximum Average Minimum -40 -80 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 -120 -120 100 200 300 400 500 600 -120 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Introduction I Sound cones Compact ranges I to III and modular range II. sensitivity 0 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Minimum NSD 01251 Object BERO Object Maximum Average Minimum BERO Maximum Average -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 -120 -120 -120 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 0 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Maximum Average Minimum Object BERO NSD 01249 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Minimum Object BERO Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). only the sound cones with sensitivity 0 are applicable. sensitivity 6 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Minimum NSD 01259 Measurement 3 (flat object). Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/17 . sensitivity 6 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Maximum Average Minimum ANSD 01260 Object BERO Object BERO Maximum Average BERO Object -120 -120 -120 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Note: For compact range I. sensitivity 6 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Maximum Average Minimum NSD 01258 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 120 Object BERO NSD 01254 2 Object BERO Sound cone width in cm Maximum Average NSD 01252 Maximum Average 80 40 0 Maximum Average Minimum -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 -120 -120 -120 Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Object distance in cm Measurement 1 (optimum reflection). sensitivity 4 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Minimum Maximum Average NSD 01255 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object). sensitivity 2 120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Minimum NSD 01253 Measurement 3 (flat object). They differ with regard to their ranges. The blind zone must be kept clear of any objects since this might cause false outputs. The range of the arrangements is twice that of a single sensor. factory-assembled units.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact ranges I to III I Overview The Sonar-BEROs of the compact ranges are complete. Blind zone Sound cone Sonar-BERO Sound cone Object Sensing range Operating modes Standard operating mode: Diffuse sensor An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range. I Programming For optimum adjustment to the application requirements. the SonarBERO can be actuated by all objects (including sound-absorbing objects) situated between the Sonar-BERO and the reflector. SONPROG The following parameters can be changed: • Lower and upper limit of the operating range • Differential travel • NO/NC switching output function • Switching frequency • Lower and upper limit of the analog range • Analog characteristic. all the devices in compact ranges II and III can be programmed by means of a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit. Thru-beam sensor (compact ranges II and III only) The Sonar-BERO only evaluates whether or not an object is located between the emitter and the receiver. Compact ranges I to III I Mode of operation Range definition and adjustability Objects within the preset operating range or analog range will be reliably detected causing the switching output or analog output to change state. The range of the arrangement is twice that of a single sensor. 2/18 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00756 Initial value (adjustable) Set operating or analog range (LED lit) Final value (adjustable) . Active measurement system The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal is evaluated in order to determine the distance between the emitter and the receiver. Reflex sensor If a reflector is set up in the preset operating range. ready for connection. Objects at a distance from the sensor that is outside the operating range limits will not be signaled at the switching output. rising/ falling • End of blind zone • End of sensing range • Mean-value generation • Multiplex function • Temperature compensation • Sensitivity The proximity switches can also be ordered preset with values other than the standard values. These values must be submitted in plain text with the order. The system is insensitive to objects in the measurement path as long as they do not totally shield the ultrasonic pulses of the emitter from the receiver. functional scope and adjustment and programming possibilities. The blind zone is then reduced by about 6 cm.6 m cable is permanently molded into the sensor. the devices have a permanently installed sensor. a passive reflector 3RX1 910 can be clamped onto the sensor head (see “Accessories”. The 1. Sonar-BERO with swivel sensor Reflector With the Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges I to III. The ultrasonic sensor is hinged with a swivel arm to the tubular housing of the signal evaluator. Where space is limited. A preassembled coaxial plug provides the connection to the signal evaluator which is contained within an M 30 housing of the compact range.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact ranges I to III I Forms Standard version In the standard version. 2 I Connection diagrams Compact range I NSD00757 1 3 4 L+ L- NSD00758 1 2 3 U Output U L+ Output L- View onto rear of device 2 3 1 4 NSD01042a NO Compact range II NSD00759 NC 1 2 3 4 L+ XI LOutput NSD00760 1 2 3 4 U U L+ Output LXI 2 3 1 4 NSD01042a NO or analog output Compact range II with 2 switching outputs NSD00761 NC U 1 2 3 4 5 L+ XI LSwitching output 1 Switching output 2 NSD00762 U 1 2 3 4 5 L+ Switching output 1 LXI Switching output 2 2 3 1 5 NSD00763a 4 NO Compact range III NSD00764 NC U 1 2 3 4 5 L+ XI LSwitching output Analog output NSD00765 U 1 2 3 4 5 L+ Switching output LXI Analog output 2 3 1 5 NSD00763a 4 NO NC Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/19 . Switches of type 3RG6. Two nuts are included for securing the housing. Sonar-BERO with separate sensor Version with separate sensor The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited. They are particularly suitable for applications where the standard types cannot be used due to space limitations. 13 have the sensor in an M 30 screwed sleeve. 12 have the sensor in an M 18 screwed sleeve and switches of type 3RG6. Version with swivel sensor These devices correspond functionally to the other devices of compact ranges I to III. each 25 mm in length. objects can be detected which are perpendicular to the Sonar-BERO (which reduces the installation depth). The ultrasonic sensor is separate from the other parts of the electronics and housed in a cylindrical case. This allows rotation about the cylinder axes as well as perpendicular movement at about 100° to the cylinder axis. Section 6). The connection is incorporated at the front of the case. Compact range 0 Compact range M 18 Compact range M 18 S I Mode of operation Compact range 0 Compact range 0 is designed for simple applications. Up to 10 devices of compact range M 18 can be mutually synchronized via the enabling inputs.6 m cable is permanently molded into the sensor. functional scope and adjustment and programming possibilities. Their wide range and reduced close range makes them suitable for numerous applications. all the devices in compact range M 18 can be programmed by means of a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit. but ET instead of XI) NC 2/20 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . with a switching output. The devices can be supplied I Programming Compact range M 18 For optimum adjustSONPROG ment to the application requirements. The signals can be evaluated in a PLC or in a LOGO! mini controller. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited. The connection is incorporated at the front of the case. They differ with regard to their ranges. The devices of compact range 0 can also be supplied with separate sensors. The 1. Switches of type 3RG63 42 have the sensor in an M 18 screwed sleeve and switches of type 3RG63 43 have the sensor in an M 30 screwed sleeve. Compact range M 18 S Devices with a switching output can be adjusted by means of a teach-in function via the device connection. The functions of the individual device types are presented in the table on Page 2/4. reflex sensors and thru-beam sensors. These values must be submitted in plain text with the order. The devices can be supplied with a switching output or frequency output. ready for connection. Compact range M 18 The devices are suitable for operation as diffuse sensors. analog output or frequency output. The devices with a frequency output cannot be adjusted. each 25 mm in length. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited. Compact range M 18 The devices of compact range M 18 are only supplied with permanently installed sensors. I Connection diagrams Compact ranges 0 and M 18 NSD00759 1 2 3 4 L+ XI LOutput NSD00760 1 2 3 4 U U L+ Output LXI 2 3 1 4 View onto rear of device NSD01042a NO or analog output Compact range M 18 S (as above. The ultrasonic sensor is separate from the other parts of the electronics and housed in a cylindrical case. Compact range M 18 S The versions available are diffuse sensors and reflex sensors. The upper limit of the switching or analog range can be set by means of a potentiometer. Up to 6 devices can be mutually synchronized. The devices are also suitable for multiplex operation. factory-assembled units. For further details. The devices are only suitable for operation as diffuse sensors. I Forms Compact range 0 The devices of compact range 0 are supplied in the standard version with permanently installed sensors. rising/ falling • End of blind zone • End of sensing range • Mean-value generation • Multiplex function • Temperature compensation • Sensitivity The proximity switches can also be ordered preset with values other than the standard values. The following parameters can be changed: • Lower and upper limit of the operating range • Differential travel • NO/NC switching output function • Switching frequency • Lower and upper limit of the analog range • Analog characteristic. Two nuts are included for securing the housing. The devices can be supplied with a switching output or analog output. A preassembled coaxial plug provides the connection to the signal evaluator which is contained within a housing of compact range 0. see compact ranges I to III. Compact range M 18 S Compact range M 18 S can be supplied with an aligned sensor head or and angled sensor head.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact ranges 0 and M 18 I Overview The Sonar-BEROs of the compact ranges are complete. Depending on the type of Sonar-BERO used. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/21 . The Sonar-BERO (in this example. The switch-on threshold (SW↑ ) and switch-off threshold (SW↓) as well as the gate time (G_T) can be set as parameters of the threshold function. the switching output is set again for SW↑ and remains set until the object undershoots the switching threshold SW↓ again. The following features are available: • Overflow protection • Pump control • No-load protection and • Functions Other applications include: • Automatic door control • Object detection • Collision protection • Gap measurement and • Stack height measurement 2 sured and the distance to the object is determined from this time. The gate time is the time taken to count the pulses at the input to the special function. The BERO outputs a squarewave signal at its switching output which has a frequency proportional to the measured distance. With a control such as LOGO! the frequency of this square-wave can be measured and indicated as an analog value or used in further processing. If the gate time is set to 1 s.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range with LOGO! I Field of application When a Sonar-BERO with a frequency output (compact ranges II and M 18) is combined with the LOGO! mini controller levels of any form can be measured and controlled economically. Example The parameterization shown causes the switching output to be set by an approaching object with SW↑ (70 cm) and this is reset when SW↓ (50 cm) is undershot. I12 (for LOGO! Long) or I5. The time that elapses before the echo from the sound pulse is received following reflection by an object is mea- I Programming The devices of the LOGO! range (DC version only) feature the special function “Threshold switch” with which the frequency output of the Sonar-BERO can be evaluated. objects at a distance of up to 6 m can be detected. I Mode of operation The Sonar-BERO emits short ultrasonic pulses at regular intervals. When the object moves away. the flag “fa” in operating mode corresponds to the distance in cm. with a range of 20 to 130 cm) has a frequency of 66 Hz which corresponds to a distance of 66 cm for this device. I6 (for LOGO! Basic) because only these are designed for frequencies up to 1 kHz. The input to the special function must be connected to Input I11. fill level Start of operating range Pumpe OFF Pump OFF Pump ON. The fill level falls and moves away from the Sonar-BERO: The switching output remains inactive as long as the falling fill level has not reached the minimum fill height. the order number must be supplemented with “–Z”. in this case the lower limit is preset. for applications with automated filling or emptying. Sonar-BERO Automated filling A Sonar-BERO with NC function is used for this purpose. the Sonar-BERO switches the pump on and automatic emptying is performed until the minimum level is reached (dryrunning protection). the SonarBERO switches the pump on and automatic filling is performed until the maximum level is reached. Pump Sonar-BERO Blind zone Max. Mean value generation over 100 measured values is recommended as standard. For this purpose. the switching output remains active. filling Min. I Mode of operation Automated emptying A Sonar-BERO with NO function is used for this purpose. During filling. but with the M 18 form. During emptying. The existing potentiometers. fill level End of operating range NSD01186 I Programming The devices can be switched to fill level mode by means of the SONPROG interface unit. When the maximum level is reached. The required parameters can also be set at the factory. fill level End of operating range . SONPROG software or teach-in keys of the SONPROG interface can be used to set the lower and upper limits of the operating range. the standard design with a fixed sensor head as well as the devices with separate or swivel sensor heads can be used. e. In the case of the M 30 form. It is important to set a mean value. then: – Lower limit of operating range (maximum fill level) – Upper limit of operating range (minimum fill level) • Mean-value 2/22 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Pump ON. I Design The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II (M 30) and M 18 feature a switching output with either an NO function or an NC function as required. Furthermore. the switching output remains active. When the minimum level is reached. only the upper limit can be set. the lower and upper limits of the operating range can be set using potentiometers. The fill level rises and approaches the Sonar-BERO: The switching output is inactive while the level approaches the Sonar-BERO before the maximum fill height is reached. “Z = fill level software” and the required parameters should be specified in plain text: • NO (automatic emptying) or NC (automatic filling) • Fill level limits adjustable via potentiometers or permanently programmed. draining Pump NSD01185 Min. fill level Start of operating range Blind zone Max. In the case of the M 30 form.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range for pump control I Field of application The Sonar-BEROs of forms M 30 and M 18 with a switching output are suitable for pump controls. g. Scope of supply • PC interface • Plug-in power supply unit • Connecting leads to the PC and Sonar-BERO • SONPROG software for Windows. For each BERO. the following parameters can be set: • Lower and upper limit of the operating range • Differential travel • NO/NC switching output function • Switching frequency • Lower and upper limit of the analog characteristic • Analog characteristic.1 upwards Windows 3. for series applications or for replacement of the Sonar-BERO. Version 3.siemens. Windows 95. They will then be immediately available. for example. 98 Windows NT 100 to 240 V AC.de/bero Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/23 . the following SonarBEROs can be individually adapted to the respective application requirements: • Compact ranges II and III • Compact range M 18 • Compact form K 65. I Technical data Type Required hardware Required software 3RX4 000 PC with VGA video card serial interface COM1 or COM2 MS-DOS.X.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches SONPROG PC interface I Field of application Using the SONPROG 3RX4 000 PC interface SONPROG unit and the relevant software. The programmed values can be printed out and recorded. The lower and upper limit of the operating range can be saved at the click of a button for copying to other Sonar-BEROs. rising/ falling • End of blind zone • End of sensing range • Mean-value generation • Sensitivity The function can also be set for the device: • Multiplex function • Function as diffuse or reflex sensor • Fill level mode The programmed values are saved in the BERO and are retained even after the interface or supply voltage has been disconnected. 24 V DC Operating voltage range Software update on the Internet: http://www. 2 I Programming The new version of the SONPROG 3RX4 000 allows the user to program several SonarBEROs simultaneously. If the Sonar-BEROs connected in parallel are connected to different supply voltages.2 Blocking range: Output 2 (red LED) 0. The possible pin assignments are shown in the cover of the terminal compartment. the ultrasonic pulse can be interrupted by all objects (including soundabsorbing objects) situated in the inhibit range. recommended diode type. If a reflecting object is within the inhibit range. Output 14 (S) switches to the “0” signal.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range 3SG16 I Field of application The Sonar-BERO in compact form for DC is a complete factory-assembled unit. Series and parallel connection Series connection of the SonarBERO (Terminal 2 or 4) is possible. For each operating range that can only be coupled with adjacent areas. Output 14 (S) is set to the “1” signal when the object is located in a preset operating range (B1 to B8). It cannot be combined with devices from the compact ranges and the modular range. I Design All components are integrated into a single box-shaped housing. The programming connector supplied can be used to combine from two to eight of the existing individual operating ranges (B1 to B8) to form one extended switching range. Each operating range. The Sonar-BERO signals by means of one output and indicates with one diode (LED) whether objects are located in the preset operating range or in the so called inhibit range that lies before it. 0 Blind zone 0. a programming connector is necessary. Sound cone approx.2 and 1 m is subdivided into 8 equal operating ranges of 0. It is plugged into a pin connector in the terminal compartment of the unit. the outputs must be decoupled using diodes (diodes for 300 mA. ready for connection.9 1m Reflex sensor If a reflector is set up in the preset operating range.9 m Output 1 (green LED) . The ultrasonic converter and the terminal compartment are arranged on the same housing level. 5° Sensing range (selectable operating ranges via jumpers in terminal compartment) B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Operating modes Standard operating mode: Diffuse sensor The Sonar-BERO switches when an object enters the sound cone from any direction.1 m. In this case. Objects within blind zone do not cause an identifiable signal change on Outputs 14 and 24. Aligning unit To make it easier to align the Sonar-BERO with the object to be detected.8 0. The electrical connections are made via screw terminals in the terminal compartment. Parallel connection of the outputs is also possible. This apparatus allows swiveling about a horizontal and a vertical axis with an angle of rotation in each case of up to 30°. g. for example. B1 to B8. I Mode of operation Range definition and adjustability The Sonar-BERO outputs a signal as long as an object is located in the preset operating range or inhibit range within an aperture angle of approximately 5° (see the diagram). The sensing range between 0. an aligning unit 3SX6 287 is available. 0.8 to 0. Output 24 (SX) will switch to the “1” signal simultaneously. 150 to 300 V blocking voltage. can be selected by setting a jumper in the terminal compartment. 1N4004). cable entry is through the M 20 cable gland. I Connection diagram NSD00755 1 2 3 4 U L+ Output 1 LOutput 2 2/24 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00754 Set operating range e. Output 24 (SX) is set to “1” when an object is within the inhibit range. The voltage drops must however be taken into account. The Sonar-BERO can be connected to the tank using two M 5 bolts. 2 Adjustability The product is supplied with the two ranges set (see Technical Data). When the level lies between the two operating ranges. the relevant output is set. If the fill level reaches one of the two switching limits (Smin. The integrated circumferential seal allows the Sonar-BERO to be used directly as a cap with integrated level measurement. Objects within the blind zone can cause fault signals. the minimum and maximum fill level in a tank to be evaluated. Hmax). Smax). Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/25 . factoryassembled units. This allows. so the customer must ensure with appropriate installation that the fill level cannot enter close range. Special settings can be programmed on request. The tank opening must have a minimum diameter of 26 mm. During emptying or filling. They operate with a DC supply.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact form K 65 I Field of application The Sonar-BEROs of compact form K 65 are complete. Their housing design and function makes them ideal for level applications in small containers. The electrical connection is made via an M 12 connector. The following parameters can be changed using SONPROG: • Lower or upper limits of the two operating ranges Smin and Smax • Differential travel (Hmin. Hmax) • Blind zone • End of sensing range • Mean-value generation • Switching output Smin NO/NC Definition of ranges Sonar-BERO Blind zone S max Sensing range S min NSD0 01120 I Mode of operation Within the sensing range. ready for connection. XI must be connected to L–. Alignment can be performed using the buttons of the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit or via terminal XI. They cannot be combined with devices from the modular range. both outputs are reset (see “Definition of ranges”). The values are set using SONPROG or by means of automatic alignment (teach-in function). the fill level of a container is detected. The devices feature two switching outputs (Smin and Smax) to which a different distance can be assigned. I Design All components are integrated into a rounded box-shaped housing. the switching outputs remain set in accordance with the differential travel (Hmin. The ultrasonic converter is protected – set back slightly – in the housing. This is signaled by the relevant LED. S max S min Hmax S max S min H min S max S min I Connection diagrams Connection 1 2 1 3 4 4 5 L+ XI LS min S max NSD01119a Automatic alignment 1 2 1 3 4 4 5 NSD01134 2 5 3 2 5 3 View onto rear of device For automatic alignment. The values are set using SONPROG 3RX4 000 or by means of automatic alignment. for example. The receiver located opposite evaluates this ultrasonic signal. I Mode of operation Operating modes The emitter of the sonar thrubeam sensor emits a narrowly focussed continuous tone in the direction of the receiver. gaps of <1 mm can even be detected.150 cm Adjustability The sensitivity can be adjusted at the receiver module at terminal 2 (NO version) or 4 (NC version).Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Sonar thru-beam sensor I Design The sonar thru-beam sensor comprises an ultrasonic emitter and a receiver. In this case. The gap width between two objects must be at least 3 mm. Arrangement Emitter Object Receiver NSD00750 5 . XI Switching Emitter/ frequency receiver distance < 150 cm < 80 cm < 40 cm Not 100 Hz connected L– L+ 150 Hz 200 Hz I Connection diagrams NSD00751 4/2 3 2/4 1 LL+ U 2 3 1 4 View onto rear of device NSD01042a Emitter NSD00753a WH/BK 2/4 3 BU BK/WH 4/2 1 BN X1 LL+ U Receiver (NO/NC) 2/26 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . objects 2 cm or larger will be detected. At maximum distance. the electrical connection consists of either an M 8 or M 12 connector. the gaps between the objects must be >1 cm. If the distance is less than 40 cm. The emitter and receiver circuits are installed in separate boxshaped housings of molded plastic. If the distance is shorter. objects greater than 4 cm in size can be detected. Depending on the type selected. Interruption of the tone by an object will cause the output signal to change. Application information The minimum size of detectable objects depends on the distance between emitter and receiver. g. Output A1 “Single-layer sheet” is active as long as only one sheet is positioned between the sensors. 40° SEND NSD01130 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/27 . They are adjusted using the internal switch S2.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Double-layer sheet monitoring I Overview The 3RX2 210 Sonar-BERO for double-layer sheet monitoring comprises one signal evaluator and two ultrasonic sensors (emitter and receiver). A larger angle of inclination will increase the flutter range. They must be accurately aligned (±1°). at 40° inclination. Automatic adjustment is performed when sheets are moving and when a sheet has not been detected between the sensors for 2 s. flutter is permissible within 60 % of the measuring field. or automatically when a sheet arrives and the supply voltage is applied if a sheet lies between the sensors at this moment. The set value remains fixed until adjustment is performed again. Adjustment is performed either as described above. the operating range is reduced. Output A2 “Double-layer sheet” is active as soon as there are two or more sheets between the sensors. I Mode of operation The devices are used mainly for checking sheets of paper. Each sheet is compared with the saved reference value and where a singlelayer or double-layer sheet is measured. the SET button must remain depressed or the “1” signal must remain applied (> 6 V) to Pin 5 for this time.. UB : 20. The 3RX2 210 signal evaluator constantly indicates the situation between the sonar sensors on the two outputs A1 and A2. i. plastic sheets or metal foil • Measuring range from 20 g paper to 1100 g card • Manual or automatic adjustment • Sonar sensors in M 18 housing • Short-circuit-proof solid-state outputs (pnp) • Connection via M 12 connector. Automatic adjustment Switch S1 (adjustment) is set to position “0” (factory setting). The yellow LED A1 indicates a single-layer sheet and the red LED A2 indicates a double-layer sheet. • Reliable monitoring of multilayer paper sheets. Two LEDs also indicate the status of the outputs. appropriate indication is given. During adjustment. If the system is operated at an angle between 5° and 20°. switch S2 (operating mode) must be set to position “1”. If they are not aligned along the axis. The 3RX2 210 requires up to 100 ms to readjust. it stops flashing and remains lit. 15 mm 20 . When adjustment has been completed..30VDC MADE IN GERMANY OUT NSD01129 I Design and installation The emitter and receiver sensors are of an identical design and are installed at an angle of 30° (±10°) and 5° to the vertical.. 60 mm REC A= C = 20 . The distance between the emitter and the receiver must be at least 20 mm and can be up to 60 mm. The material to be detected must be approximately 5 to 15 mm above the sensor. The device is set by placing a singlelayer sheet between the sonar sensors and activating the “SET” command.... Mounting the sensors B = 5 . SEND SEND REC REC SIEMENS 3RX2210 LED SET SET LED A1 S2 S1 1 0 01 SET A1 A2 LED A2 Programming The signal evaluator can be set to two different modes. the green LED “SET” flashes. e. 2 Manual adjustment Switch S1 (adjustment) is in position “1”. The device is adjusted to the material to be detected using either the “SET” button on the top of the device or a control signal on the “SET” input of the M 12 connector (Pin 5).. plastic and metal foil. e. The main menu comprises the following parameters: • Language • Relative measurement Yes/No – If Yes: Reference zero point • Lower and upper limit of the operating range The submenu comprises the following parameters: • Resolution • Inhibit range expanded • Operating range expanded • Differential travel • Arithmetic mean • Switching frequency • Axial speed • Analog output • Lower and upper limit of the analog range • Reference measurement Yes/ No – If Yes: Ref. distance – Ref. operating point Sensor 2 – Max. The temperature sensor is fitted to the sensor. The extended version of the signal evaluator offers in addition: • Differential measurement • Multiplex operation with two sensors • Calibration (correction of systematic measurement errors) Signal evaluator and sonar sensors I Design Sensors There are three different sensor designs: • Cubic sensors with a swivel sensor head • Cylindrical sensors • Spherical sensors The spherical sensors can accommodate a larger converter and are therefore suitable for distances up to 10 m. It can also measure the ambient temperature at another location via a 2 m long extension cable 3RX1 516. The submenu for the extended version also comprises the following parameters: • Calibration On/Off – If On: Distance Calibration is performed by entering the actual distance to the object. Signal evaluator The signals output by the sensor are conditioned by the signal evaluator. A green LED indicates the operating voltage and a red LED reports faults. Control keys and an LCD display on the front panel are used for menu-assisted adjustment. I Programming There are two menu sections for programming: The main menu and submenu. operating point Sensor 2 • Lower and upper limit of operating range (not for multiplex operation or differential measurement). The signal evaluator is suitable for mounting on a 35 mm standard mounting rail to EN 50 022. The parameters can be set using four input keys through menuassisted programming in English or German. The signal evaluator calculates a correction factor from this value and the value measured by the sensor which is then applied to all the following measurements. cycle The extended version has an extended main menu with the parameters: • Language • Relative measurement Yes/No – If Yes: Reference zero point • Differential measurement Yes/ No – If Yes: Differential operating point • Multiplex mode On/Off – If On: Min.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Modular range II I Overview The Sonar-BEROs of modular range II comprise the • 3RG61 sonar sensor and • 3RX2 110 signal evaluator. meas. meas. It also provides the operating voltage for the sensors. operating point Sensor 1 – Max. I Connection diagram 2 3 1 4 View onto rear of sensor NSD0 00752a Pin assignment Pin 1: Supply L+ Pin 2: REC Pin 3: Supply L– Pin 4: SEND/TEMP 2/28 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . operating point Sensor 1 – Min. The signal evaluators are suitable for all sonar sensors of modular range II and adapt themselves automatically to the type of sensor connected. pnp 1 NC. multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: • Switching output • Analog output Electrical connection via M 12 connector. } Preferred type Order No. pnp 1 NC.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range III I Selection and ordering data K III Housing M 30 × 1. for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300/150 < 60 5 100 280 10 ± 0.. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO. pnp 1 NC. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.5 M 30x1. Type G Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 131 99 80 SW 36 M 30x1. pnp 1 NO.. pnp 1 NC.3 M 12x1 10.6 m SW 24 25 3RG 61 13–3.3 NSD00779 10. } Preferred type } 3RG61 15–3BF00 3RG61 15–3BE00 3RG61 15–3CF00 3RG61 15–3CE00 } 3RG61 15–3GF00 3RG61 15–3GE00 3RG61 25–3BF00 3RG61 25–3BE00 3RG61 25–3CF00 3RG61 25–3CE00 3RG61 25–3GF00 3RG61 25–3GE00 – – – – Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V With swivel sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V With separate sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO. pnp } 3RG61 12–3BF00 3RG61 12–3BE00 3RG61 12–3CF00 3RG61 12–3CE00 } 3RG61 12–3GF00 3RG61 12–3GE00 3RG61 22–3BF00 3RG61 22–3BE00 3RG61 22–3CF00 3RG61 22–3CE00 3RG61 22–3GF00 3RG61 22–3GE00 3RG61 12–3BF01 3RG61 12–3BE01 3RG61 12–3CF01 3RG61 12–3CE01 1 NO.3 10. pnp 1 NO.3 NSD00786 M 12x1 10.5 27. pnp 1 NC.00 18 12 28 105° 30 45° 150 M 30x1.6 m SW 36 25 M 30x1. pnp 3RG61 12–3GE01 3RG61 13–3GE01 – 1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values..5 M 30x1. } Preferred type } 3RG61 13–3BF00 3RG61 13–3BE00 3RG61 13–3CF00 3RG61 13–3CE00 } 3RG61 13–3GF00 3RG61 13–3GE00 3RG61 23–3BF00 3RG61 23–3BE00 3RG61 23–3CF00 3RG61 23–3CE00 3RG61 23–3GF00 3RG61 23–3GE00 3RG61 13–3BF01 3RG61 13–3BE01 3RG61 13–3CF01 3RG61 13–3CE01 Order No.5 131 27.01 Cable length 1. cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 6 to 30 20 to 130 40 to 300 1×1 2×2 5×5 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included..5 NSD00783 NSD00778 27.34 Order No.21 0.3 M 12x1 3RG 61 25–3. pnp 1 NO. pnp 1 NO.5 SW 36 80 Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability. pnp 1 NC. pnp 1 NC.00 18 12 34 100° 47. approx.5 2 35° 80 M 30x1.5 3RG 61 12–3.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current (NC/NO) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight. pnp 1 NC.01 M 18x1 Cable length 1..5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1) SONPROG SW 36 3RG 61 12–3.3 10.. pnp 3RG61 12–3GF01 3RG61 13–3GF01 – 1 NC.5 27. pnp 1 NO.5 NSD00784 131 148 27.00 3RG 61 13–3. pnp 1 NO.00 M 30x1.45 Yellow 4 120 10 ±2 2 200 20 ±5 kg 400 200 120 Brass. nickel-plated. pnp 1 NO.5 34 33 19 3RG 61 22–3. converter cover CRASTIN.21 0.5 NSD00787 27.00 47.5 3RG 61 15–3. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 131 148 SW 36 80 SW 36 SW 36 80 131 2/29 .00 3RG 61 23–3...5 M 12x1 10. pnp 1 NC.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1) SONPROG 3RG 61 14–3. approx. approx. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO. pnp 1 NC. multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: • Switching output • Analog output Electrical connection with M 12 connector.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range III I Selection and ordering data K III Housing M 30 × 1.38 0..5 25° Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 10° 138 90 102 69 .5 NSD00785 131 27.5 112 26 10° 160 M 30x1. approx.43 0. Type G or screw terminals Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 27. pnp 1 NC. pnp 1 NO.3 10. converter cover CRASTIN. kg kg Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V With swivel sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V Spherical sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO. pnp 1 NO. pnp 2 NC. pnp 1 NC.00 65 34 35 21 3RG 61 76–6. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0. pnp 1 NC. pnp } Preferred type } 3RG61 14–3BF00 3RG61 14–3BE00 3RG61 14–3CF00 3RG61 14–3CE00 } 3RG61 14–3GF00 3RG61 14–3GE00 3RG61 24–3BF00 3RG61 24–3BE00 3RG61 24–3CF00 3RG61 24–3CE00 3RG61 24–3GF00 3RG61 24–3GE00 – – – – – – 1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values. pnp 1 NO.43 0.38 0. pnp 1 NO.43 0.00 18 12 37 95° 65 80 SW 36 M 30x1.00 NSD00781 160 8.3 NSD00780 M 12x1 3RG 61 24–3. 2/30 10.43 0. pnp 2 NC. pnp 2 NC.5 M 12x1 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current (NC/NO) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight. pnp 2 NO. Weight. pnp 2 NO. pnp 1 NO.38 0. for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300/150 < 60 < 75 1 400 280 60 ±9 Yellow 80 Brass.5 SW 36 101 153 Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability.38 Order No.5 Order No.38 0.38 0. kg 0..5 800 10 ±2 200 CRASTIN. pnp 2 NO.38 0.43 0.. nickel-plated. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0. } Preferred type – – – – – – – – – – – – 3RG61 76–6BH00 3RG61 76–6BG00 3RG61 76–6CH00 3RG61 76–6CG00 3RG61 76–6GH00 3RG61 76–6GG00 Weight. cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 80 to 600 100 to 1000 10 × 10 10 × 10 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included.43 0. pnp 1 NC. pnp } 3RG60 12–3AF00 3RG60 12–3AE00 } 3RG60 12–3AH00 3RG60 12–3AG00 3RG60 12–3RS00 – Frequency output 30 to 150 Hz.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 3RG 60 12–3.28 0.5 131 27.21 Order No. pnp 2 NO.45 Yellow 400 10 ±2 200 Brass..21 1 switching output 2 switching outputs (plug connection Type G) 1 NO.00 18 12 28 105° 30 80 SW 36 SW 36 45° 131 80 45° 131 Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability. pnp 1 NO. Type F Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 80 SW 36 NSD00778 80 SW 36 M 30x1. multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: • 1 or 2 switching outputs • Frequency output. pnp 3RG60 22–3AF00 3RG60 22–3AE00 3RG60 12–3AF01 3RG60 12–3AE01 0.3 27.3 27.3 NSD00786 10.32 0. for 12 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300 < 50 8 4 80 110 280 10 ± 0. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/31 .5 2 SW 36 80 M 30x1.32 1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values.01 M 18x1 Cable length 1. cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 6 to 30 1×1 20 to 130 2×2 12 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included.5 M 30x1.21 0. approx.21 0.29 0. pnp 1 NC. } Preferred type } 3RG60 13–3AF00 3RG60 13–3AE00 } 3RG60 13–3AH00 3RG60 13–3AG00 – 3RG60 13–3RS00 0. kg 0.28 0.01 Cable length 1.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range II I Selection and ordering data K II Housing M 30 × 1.3 10. approx. pnp suitable for LOGO! With swivel sensor 1 switching output With separate sensor 1 switching output 1 NO. with separate sensor IP 68 kg 0. converter cover CRASTIN. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65.5 3RG 60 22–3.28 0..5 NSD00783 131 NSD00778 M 30x1. pnp 2 NC.6 m SW 36 25 M 30x1.3 131 148 3RG60 23–3AF00 3RG60 23–3AE00 3RG60 13–3AF01 3RG60 13–3AE01 0. pnp 1 NC.5 SW 36 80 131 148 27. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO. approx.21 Weight.. nickel-plated..5 NSD00783 10. pnp 1 NC.21 0. kg 0. pnp suitable for LOGO! Frequency output 20 to 130 Hz.5 3RG 60 23–3.21 0.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1) SONPROG 3RG 60 12–3..29 10. suitable for connection to LOGO! Electrical connection via M 12 connector.21 0.00 M 30x1.6 m SW 24 25 3RG 60 13–3.00 M 30x1..5 10.3 10.00 18 12 28 105° 30 3RG 60 13–3.21 Order No.21 0.5 NSD00787 M 12x1 M 12x1 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight.5 27.21 0.21 0.5 27.28 0. } Preferred type Weight. 00 65 34 35 21 3RG 60 24–3.. approx. pnp 1 NC.00 47.34 0. approx. nickel-plated. pnp 1 NC. suitable for connection to LOGO! Electrical connection via M 12 connector. multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: • 1 or 2 switching outputs • Frequency output.38 0.3 NSD00780 27. } Preferred type } 3RG60 14–3AF00 3RG60 14–3AE00 } 3RG60 14–3AH00 3RG60 14–3AG00 – 3RG60 14–3RS00 Weight.00 18 12 34 100° 47.34 0.. pnp 2 NC.5 SW 36 99 M 30x1.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1) SONPROG 3RG 60 15–3.38 3RG60 25–3AF00 3RG60 25–3AE00 0.38 Order No.5 27.3 .38 0.5 3RG 60 14–3..Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range II I Selection and ordering data K II Housing M 30 × 1.34 0.43 1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 40 to 300 5×5 60 to 600 10 × 10 12 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included. approx. pnp } Preferred type } 3RG60 15–3AF00 3RG60 15–3AE00 } 3RG60 15–3AH00 3RG60 15–3AG00 3RG60 15–3RS00 – 0. Type F Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight.38 0.3 10. kg 0. Weight.34 0.5 NSD00785 131 27.34 0.34 Order No. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO.5 SW 36 Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability. kg 0.5 34 33 19 3RG 60 25–3. pnp (plug connection Type G) Frequency output 20 to 150 Hz. kg cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 150 80 80 SW 36 M 30x1. 2/32 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 10.3 NSD00779 27.36 3RG60 24–3AF00 3RG60 24–3AE00 0.36 0. pnp suitable for LOGO! With swivel sensor 1 switching output 1 NO.5 NSD00784 101 153 35° 25° SW 36 M 30x1.5 131 10..43 0. for 12 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300 < 50 2 200 280 20 ±5 Yellow 120 1 400 60 ±9 80 Brass.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 10. pnp 2 switching outputs 2 NO. converter cover CRASTIN.00 18 12 37 95° 65 M 30x1. pnp suitable for LOGO! Frequency output 15 to 150 Hz.38 1 switching output 1 NO. 3 27.00 M 30x1.3 10.3 131 148 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/33 .5 200 Brass.01 M 18x1 Cable length 1.. pnp 1 NC.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range I I Selection and ordering data KI Housing M 30 × 1.21 0.5 SW 36 80 131 148 27.21 0. } Preferred type } 3RG60 13–3AD00 3RG60 13–3AC00 3RG60 23–3AD00 3RG60 23–3AC00 3RG60 13–3AD01 3RG60 13–3AC01 Weight.5 NSD00783 131 NSD00778 M 30x1.5 2 SW 36 80 M 30x1. pnp 1 NO.32 0.3 27.01 Cable length 1. with separate sensor IP 68 kg 0. } Preferred type Weight. pnp } 3RG60 12–3AD00 3RG60 12–3AC00 3RG60 22–3AD00 3RG60 22–3AC00 3RG60 12–3AD01 3RG60 12–3AC01 10.5 NSD00783 10.5 3RG 60 22–3.29 0.5 27.5 NSD00787 M 12x1 M 12x1 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight.. approx.. converter cover CRASTIN. cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 6 to 30 1×1 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) 300 < 50 10 80 280 10 ± 0.21 Order No. approx.00 M 30x1. nickel-plated.28 0..21 Order No.5 3RG 60 23–3.28 0.45 Yellow 400 20 to 130 2×2 4 110 10 ± 1.28 0.32 1 switching output With swivel sensor 1 switching output With separate sensor 1 switching output 1 NO. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 3RG 60 12–3..21 0. approx.6 m SW 36 25 M 30x1. kg 0.5 10.28 0.3 10. F Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 3RG 60 12–3.5 Adjustable via potentiometer Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Solid-state output: • Switching output Electrical connection via M 12 connector.3 NSD00786 10.00 18 12 28 105° 30 3RG 60 13–3. kg 0.6 m SW 24 25 3RG 60 13–3.00 18 12 28 105° 30 80 SW 36 SW 36 45° 131 80 45° 131 80 SW 36 NSD00778 80 SW 36 M 30x1.29 0.5 M 30x1. pnp 1 NC.5 131 27. pnp 1 NO..21 0. Type E. pnp 1 NC.5 27. 34 0.3 NSD00780 27.5 27.34 0. pnp 1 NO.5 Adjustable via potentiometer Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Solid-state output: • Switching output Electrical connection via M 12 connector.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 10.38 0. kg 0. } Preferred type Weight. cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 40 to 300 5×5 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) 300 < 50 2 200 280 20 ±5 Yellow 60 to 600 10 × 10 1 400 60 ±9 kg 120 80 Brass.5 SW 36 99 M 30x1. approx.38 0.00 18 12 37 95° 65 M 30x1. pnp } 3RG60 15–3AD00 3RG60 15–3AC00 3RG60 25–3AD00 3RG60 25–3AC00 2/34 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 10.5 131 10. pnp 1 NC.. approx. Type E.3 NSD00779 27.36 0.5 34 33 19 3RG 60 25–3..00 18 12 34 100° 47.5 3RG 60 14–3. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.3 10. pnp 1 NC. converter cover CRASTIN.43 1 switching output With swivel sensor 1 switching output 1 NO.00 65 34 35 21 3RG 60 24–3.43 0. F Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 3RG 60 15–3. nickel-plated. } Preferred type } 3RG60 14–3AD00 3RG60 14–3AC00 3RG60 24–3AD00 3RG60 24–3AC00 Weight. approx.3 .36 Order No.5 SW 36 150 80 80 SW 36 M 30x1.38 Order No.5 NSD00785 131 27..5 NSD00784 101 153 35° 25° SW 36 M 30x1.5 M 12x1 M 12x1 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply rating I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight. kg 0..Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range I I Selection and ordering data KI Housing M 30 × 1.34 0.00 47. 5 3RG64 3.S00 M 18x1 4 3RG64 2. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/35 . (angular sensor) Sensing M 18x1 face 12 18. multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: • Switching output • Analog output (not for M 18 S) • Frequency output Electrical connection via M 12 connector. } Preferred type Weight. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO. M 18 S I Selection and ordering data K M 18 Housing M 18 × 1 M 18 adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1) SONPROG 104 (-3) 65 104 (-3) 65 SW 24 90.05 0. pnp 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 10 V Frequency output. for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 150 < 60 5 100 280 10 ±1 Yellow M 18 S 3 to 20 2×2 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) M 18 15 to 100 2×2 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included.05 0.05 Straight form M 18 Switching output Analog output 1 NO. converter cover CRASTIN.05 3RG64 33–3AB00 3RG62 33–3BB00 – 3RG64 33–3RS00 0.05 0.5 0.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact ranges M 18.–3. (straight sensor) NSD01291a M 18 S adjustable via teach-in Versions as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability. pnp Frequency output 400 to 1600 Hz or 200 to 800 Hz 300 to 1400 Hz or 150 to 700 Hz Accessories SONPROG interface unit. mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz < 20 10 50 20 ± 1 (freq.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 3RG64 23–3AB00 3RG62 23–3BB00 – 3RG64 23–3RS00 0.05 Order No. Type F Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C Type Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) cm cm V 51.05 0. for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) < 60 4 120 280 10 ±2 M 18 S 10 to 70 2×2 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight. pnp 1 NC. output ± 2.5 90. 24 V DC 1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5 M 18x1 4 4 2 M 18 5 to 30 1×1 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included.5) < 20 5 100 20 ± 1 (freq. kg 0.05 0. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 67 0. pnp 1 NO. output ± 2. pnp 1 NO.05 0. approx.5 37 51 37 12 12 Pot.00 M 18x1 4 3RG 62 3.05 0.05 0. suitable for LOGO! Straight form M 18 S Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor 1 NO.5) kg 400 200 Brass.05 Order No.05 0. } Preferred type } 3RG62 33–3AB00 3RG62 33–3AA00 } 3RG62 33–3LS00 3RG62 33–3TS00 3RG62 33–3JS00 – 3RG62 33–3RS00 0.5 3RG 62 3.5 SW 24 72.05 0. pnp 3RG64 32–3AB00 3RG64 32–3BB00 3RG64 32–3RS00 – 3RG64 22–3AB00 3RG64 22–3BB00 3RG64 22–3RS00 – 3RX4 000 250 to 1500 Hz 150 to 1000 Hz } 3RG62 32–3AB00 3RG62 32–3AA00 } 3RG62 32–3LS00 3RG62 32–3TS00 3RG62 32–3JS00 3RG62 32–3RS00 – Frequency output 400 to 1600 Hz or 200 to 800 Hz 300 to 1400 Hz or 150 to 700 Hz Angular form M 18 S Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor 1 NO. approx. kg 0.–3A. 100 to 240 V AC.05 0.05 Weight. NSD0 00776 SW 24 LED (4x) LED NSD00775 LED (4x) LED M 12x1 M 12x1 SW 24 NSD01290a 0. nickel-plated. approx.05 0.05 0. kg 0.5 200 kg 0. approx. } Preferred type } 3RG63 43–3AB00 3RG63 43–3AA00 } 3RG63 43–3JK00 Weight.3 13. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65. Type F Temperature range: • Operation 0 to 55 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 3RG 63 4.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact range 0 I Selection and ordering data K0 Housing 65 × 88 × 30 Adjustable via potentiometer Operates as diffuse sensor Background suppression Solid-state outputs: • Switching output • Analog output Electrical connection via M 12 connector.2 Switching output Analog output 0 to 10 V With separate sensor Switching output Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO. cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz 6 to 30 20 to 100 1×1 2×2 10 to 35 (± 10 % residual ripple included.2 0. pnp 1 NC.3 13. pnp } 3RG63 42–3AB00 3RG63 42–3AA00 } 3RG63 42–3JK00 1 NO.5 M 12 25 M 12 3RG63 43–3AB01 3RG63 43–3AA01 3RG63 43–3JK01 0.. } Preferred type Weight.–3. with separate sensor IP 68 0. + LED 30 88 76 76 88 5. for 10 to 18 V sensitivity reduced by 30 %) 100 < 35 8 70 7 5 ± 0.01 A M 18 M 30 B SW 24 SW 36 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight.3 2/36 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD0 00773 .3 0.3 0. approx.2 0.2 Order No.3 0. pnp 3RG63 42–3AB01 3RG63 42–3AA01 3RG63 42–3JK01 0.01 65 53 Pot..5 24 5.–3.2 0.45 Yellow 400 CRASTIN. kg 0.2 5 90 10 ± 1..01 3RG63 43–3.3 B A Type 3RG63 42–3. pnp 1 NC.2 0..3 0. approx.2 Order No.00 65 53 Pot. + LED 30 Ultrasonic converter NSD00772 3RG 63 4. 39 Order No.01 4 120 280 10 ±2 Yellow 200 CRASTIN. kg 0. Weight. pnp } Preferred type } 3SG16 67–1BJ87 3SX6 287 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/37 .5 Sensor connector can be retrofitted 2 20 to 100 2×2 10 to 35 (± 10 % residual ripple included.39 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output • Rated operational current • Voltage drop • Off-state current Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact form 3SG16 I Selection and ordering data KF Housing 80 × 130 × 40 Adjustable via plug-in jumpers Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Solid-state outputs: • 2 switching outputs Terminal compartment with screwtype terminals Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 3RG 63 4.3 40 33 NSD00777 65 135 7.–3..3 LED 19.00 80 65 Æ 5. approx. cm cm V mA mA V mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz kg 2 switching outputs Accessories Aligning unit 2 NO. approx.3x5. for 10 to 18 V sensitivity reduced by 30 %) < 60 150 2 0. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0. 4 25 to 250 5×5 kHz ms cm cm cm cm 100 50 35 230 10 20 kg 0. 3RG62 53–3AH00 Order No.–3AH00 8. 100 to 240 V AC. pnp 3RG62 52–3AH00 3RX4 000 2/38 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . Order No. 24 V DC 2 NO.8 6 5.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Compact form K 65 I Selection and ordering data 10 17 30 30 NSD01138 K 65 Housing 65 × 120 × 30 Adjustable via teach-in or SONPROG SONPROG 3RG 62 5. Type G Temperature range: • Operation –25 to 70 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C 54 12 125 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output • Rated operational current • Voltage drop • Switching output function Smax • Switching output function Smin Ultrasonic frequency Measurement rate Switching limit • Smax • Smin Differential travel H • Hmax (adjustable) • Hmin (adjustable) LED (switching state) LED (operation) Housing material Degree of protection Weight.5 Order No. 3RG62 55–3AH00 2 switching outputs Accessories SONPROG interface unit.5 Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Solid-state outputs: • 2 switching outputs Electrical connection via M 12 connector. approx. cm cm V mA mA V 6 to 50 20 to 150 1×1 2×2 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) < 60 150 2 NO NO/NC programmable 400 20 8 45 2 10 2 × yellow Green CRASTIN. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 200 25 25 140 5 10 46 64. pnp 1 NC. cm cm cm V mA mA Hz Hz Hz ms ms ms ms kHz 200 kg 0.. Type B • With M 12 connector.2 Order No. kg 0.2 } 3RG62 43–0NN00 3RG62 43–7NN00 } 3RG62 43–3NN00 0.. pnp 1 NO.00 For M 4 40 31 4. 3RG62 43–7. 4-pole.2 5 to 150 (emitter) – < 30 – – – – – – Sensing range Standard target • Up to 40 cm • Over 40 cm Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency • Up to 40 cm • Up to 80 cm • Up to 150 cm Response time • Up to 40 cm • Up to 80 cm • Up to 150 cm Power-up delay LED (status indication) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight..5 4.2 0. pnp 1 NC.5 28 31 40 29 NSD00771 NSD00774 4. approx.2 0.00. pnp } 3RG62 43–0PB00 3RG62 43–0PA00 3RG62 43–7PB00 3RG62 43–7PA00 } 3RG62 43–3PB00 3RG62 43–3PA00 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/39 .5 3RG62 43–3. pnp 1 NC. 3 m. 4-pole With M 12 connector.2 0. } Preferred type Weight. switching output With M 12 connector. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Sonar thru-beam sensor I Selection and ordering data Sonar thru-beam sensor Housing 40 × 40 × 19 3 measurement ranges can be set Operates as thru-beam sensor with emitter and receiver Solid-state output: • Switching output Connection: • With 3 m cable • With M 8 connector.2 0. Type F Temperature range: • Operation 0 to 70 °C • Storage –25 to 85 °C 3RG62 43–0. 4-pole 1 NO.00 For M 4 28 40 31 4. kg Receiver With cable.2 0. 4-pole.5 19 28 19 29 28 31 40 2 – (receiver) 2×2 1×1 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) 100 < 20 200 150 100 2 1.2 Order No. } Preferred type Weight. switching output With M 8 connector. approx.5 1 < 40 Green – CRASTIN. pnp 1 NO.2 0. switching output Emitter With 3 m cable With M 8 connector. approx.2 0. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 kg 0. Type G Temperature range: • Operation 0 to 65 °C • Storage –40 to 85 °C Signal evaluator 24 M8 84 64 16 2. card) Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output • Rated operational current • Voltage drop at 200 mA Switching frequency Response time LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material • Signal evaluator • Sensor Degree of protection Weight. pnp 3RX2 210 2/40 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . approx. Weight. approx.5 2 switching outputs 2 NO. kg 0. nickel-plated.3 37 13 Sensor ~2000 M8 25 M 18 x 1 NSD01132 78 98 74 5 NSD01131 10 13 M 12 x 1 Sensing range Material thickness (paper.5 Order No.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Double-layer sheet monitoring I Selection and ordering data DK Housing 84 × 98 × 37 Adjustable via teach-in With 2 separate sensors Solid-state outputs: • 2 switching outputs Electrical connection via M 12 connector.5 4. mm g V mA mA V Hz ms kHz 20 to 60 20 to 1100 18 to 36 (± 10 % residual ripple included) < 75 200 <3 100 5 Red and yellow 200 Metal Brass. 100 m (shielded) CRASTIN IP 20 kg 0.6 0. approx. V mA A A mA Ω V bit Hz ms 4 to 20 0 to 500 10 8 Depending on sensor type Depending on sensor type LCD.0 0. 2 lines of 16 characters Screw fitting or snap-on fitting (standard mounting rail) max.6 Standard version Extended version } Preferred type } 3RX2 110 3RX2 110–1A I Time diagram a: Input SEND.6 Order No. kg 0. Sending pulse width tS Temperature pulse time tP Temperature pulse width ti Cycle time tW tw (24V) UA b 0V tT NSD00766 tL tE Sending deadtime tT Sound propagation time tL Echo duration tE Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/41 . Weight. see following pages. approx.8 SIEMENS NSD00794 100 113 85 LED SEL 1) 70 90 5 100 43 96 3 2 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included) < 150 3.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Modular range II I Selection and ordering data B II Signal evaluator Adjustable via four keys and a two-line LCD Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Outputs: • 2 switching outputs • 1 analog output • 1 alarm output • 1 relay output Connections • Screw terminals Temperature range: • Operation 0 to 55 °C • Storage –10 to 70 °C Signal evaluator 4.1 30 million operating cycles Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output • Current Ie /AC-12 at 230 V • Current Ie /DC-12 at 230 V • Life at switching frequency of 5000/h Analog output • Range • Burden • Max. voltage • Resolution Switching frequency Response time Display Mounting Cable to sensor Housing material Degree of protection Weight. output TEMP b: Output REC (24V) U H a 0V ts tp ti Values depend on sensor type. 3 Æ 5.5 M 12x1 3SG61 42–3MM00 16 18 Æ 30 3SG61 43–3MM00 16 18 28 Æ 30 3SG61 45–3MM00 Æ 47. • 3RG61 5.5 108.27 0.3 0.5 NSD00791 6 6 27. approx. • 3RG61 5.27 0.5 27. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 kg kg 0. • 3RG61 4.35 40 to 400 1 to 10 1 to 4 1 200 140 to 160 18 to 24 > 25 < 1. nickel-plated. } Preferred type } 3RG61 43–3MM00 3RG61 53–3MM00 0.5 16 18 28 6. } Preferred type 0. Degree of protection Weight.3 30 42 36 41 30 42 36 41 Æ 5.21 Order No.5 4.5 } 3RG61 42–3MM00 3RG61 52–3MM00 2/42 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 36 .3 Order No.5 12 12 60 72 60 72 NSD01173 NSD01173 60 72 12 Æ 5.5 34 33 19 90 90 4. converter cover CRASTIN.5 23.5 NSD00790 3SG61 52–3MM00 47.5 NSD00790 3SG61 53–3MM00 M 30x1.17 100 to 800 10 120 235 to 265 30 to 40 > 50 < 2. cm cm V mA Hz ms mm mm kHz µs ms µs ms ms µs 6 to 30 1×1 20 to 130 2×2 40 to 300 5×5 20 to 30 (±10 % residual ripple included) < 30 1 to 20 < 50 Adjustable 1 400 70 to 80 9 to 12 350 to 750 > 13 < 0.5 Æ 8 13.3 NSD01174 30 42 36 41 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Power-up delay Differential travel H Resolution Ultrasonic frequency Sending pulse width tS Temperature pulse time tP Temperature pulse width ti Cycle time tW Sending deadtime tT Echo duration tE Housing material • 3RG61 4.33 100 to 800 CRASTIN.7 Æ 23.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Modular range II I Selection and ordering data B II External sensors Connections • M 12 connector Temperature range: • Operation 0 to 55 °C • Storage –10 to 70 °C 3SG61 52–3MM00 M 30x1. converter coating Epoxy resin Brass. } Preferred type } 3RG61 45–3MM00 3RG61 55–3MM00 Cubic housing with a swivel sensor Cylindrical housing M 30 × 1.21 Order No.7 Æ Æ 8 13. 5 112 26 10° 111.39 0. • 3RG61 5.38 1. cm cm V mA Hz ms mm mm kHz µs ms µs ms ms µs 60 to 600 10 × 10 20 to 30 (±10 % residual ripple included) < 30 1 to 3 < 50 Adjustable 10 80 330 to 370 45 to 60 350 to 700 > 95 < 3. • 3RG61 5. converter coating Epoxy resin Brass.5 160 138 90 69 NSD00792 6. Degree of protection Weight.5 Spherical housing } Preferred type } 3RG61 44–3MM00 3RG61 54–3MM00 3RG61 74–6MM00 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/43 . approx.66 200 to 5000 CRASTIN. converter cover CRASTIN.. • 3RG61 4.85 Order No. converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 kg kg kg 0. • 3RG61 7. – – 3RG61 76–6MM00 Cubic housing with a swivel sensor Cylindrical housing M 30 × 1. nickel-plated. 3RG61 7.9 Order No.3 NSD01174 30 42 36 41 Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Power-up delay Differential travel H Resolution Ultrasonic frequency Sending pulse width tS Temperature pulse time tP Temperature pulse width ti Cycle time tW Sending deadtime tT Echo duration tE Housing material • 3RG61 4.Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches Modular range II I Selection and ordering data B II External sensors Connections • M 12 connector Temperature range: • Operation 0 to 55 °C • Storage –10 to 70 °C 3SG61 54–3MM00 65 34 35 21 3SG61 74–6MM00.5 200 to 5000 80 to 1000 20 × 20 1 to 2 10 60 470 to 530 60 to 80 > 130 < 4.5 M 12x1 10° 102 3SG61 44–3MM00 16 18 Æ 65 2 36 60 72 Æ 12 5. – – 1. 3SG61 76–6MM00 NSD00781 160 8. Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches D 4 and M 5 forms M 12 form M 18. K 31 and K 35 forms C 40 and K 40 forms 3RG74 Selection and ordering data Page 3/28 3RG70. M 18 M. M 18 P forms 3RG70 Selection and ordering data Page 3/16 3RG71 Selection and ordering data Page 3/17 3RG7 Selection and ordering data Page 3/19 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/14 3/16 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/14 3/17 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/14 3/19 K 20 form K 30. 3RG70 Selection and ordering data Page 3/37 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/28 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/15 3/30 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/15 3/37 3/2 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . 3RG73 Selection and ordering data Page 3/30 3RG72. Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 50 and K 65 forms K 80 form L 18 and L 50 forms (Laser sensors) 3RG73 Selection and ordering data Page 3/41 3RG72 Selection and ordering data Page 3/48 3RG7 Selection and ordering data Page 3/56 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/41 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/15 3/48 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/56 3 KL 40 form CL 40 form (color sensor) C 80 and G 20 forms (color mark sensor) 3RG74 Selection and ordering data Page 3/52 3RG75 Selection and ordering data Page 3/53 3RG75 Selection and ordering data Page 3/54 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings 3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/52 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings 3/6 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/53 Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings 3/6 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/54 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/3 . 5 m 12 m 15 m 50 m Diffuse sensor D 4. M 5 K 20 M 12 M 18 P M 18 M K 35 M 18 K 31 K 50 C40 K 30 K 40 K 65 K 80 50 mm 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 50 cm 60 cm 60 cm 90 cm 1m 1.2 m 2.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Overview Form Sensing range 120 mm 150 mm 50 mm 50 cm 60 cm 1.2 m 2m 2m 2m 100 mm 100 mm 120 mm 150 mm 25 cm 25 cm 50 cm 1m 150 mm 75 mm 200 mm 280 mm 400 mm 1500 mm 45 to 85 mm Diffuse sensor with background suppression K 20 M 18 P M 18 K 31 C 40 K 50 K 65 K 80 Laser L 50 K 35 K 31 KL 40 K 30 K 40 Opto-BEROs with optical fibers Laser diffuse sensor with analog output L 50 3/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 70 m 1m 2m 4m 6m . Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Overview Voltage Output Analog output Connection AS-Interface with FK connect. M 12 connector M 8 connector Features Molded plastic h. Anti-interference function Timing function Enabling input Metal housing AS-Interface Terminals AC/DC Cable Relay 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 18 to 28 V 20 to 320 V 20 to 320 V 15 to 264 V 3/16 3/28 3/17 3/24 3/21 3/34 3/19 3/30 3/41 3/37 3/32 3/39 3/46 3/48 3/28 3/25 3/19 3/30 3/37 3/42 3/46 3/49 3/57 3/36 3/52 3/31 3/33 3/40 3/58 Page pnp npn DC 3 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/5 . 5 m 4m 4m 6m 6m 6m 8m 12 m 1.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Overview Form Sensing range 120 mm 150 mm 50 mm 50 cm 60 cm 1.2 m 2. M 5 M 12 K 35 K 50 M 18 K 31 M 18 M M 18 P K 30 K 40 K 65 K 80 Laser L 18 G 20 2 mm 25 cm 4m 5m 5m 6m 6m 12 m 12 m 12 m 15 m 50 m 50 m 50 m Fork/slot sensor Color sensor CL 40 15 mm Color mark BERO C 80 18 mm 3/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 50 m 1m 2m 4m 6m .5 m 2.4 m Thru-beam sensor D 4.5 m 12 m 15 m 25 m Retroreflective sensor M 12 M 18 M 18 M M 18 P K 31 K 20 K 35 K 30 K 50 K 40 C 40 K 80 K 65 Laser Light array L 50 1.5 m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2. M 12 connector M 8 connector Features molded plastic h.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Overview Voltage Output Connection AS-Interface with FK connect. Anti-interference function Timing function Enabling input Metal housing AS-Interface Terminals AC/DC Cable Relay 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 12 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 20 to 320 V 15 to 264 V 20 to 320 V 15 to 264 V 3/18 3/20 3/22 3/26 3/30 3/29 3/35 3/32 3/43 3/39 3/38 3/50 3/47 3/57 3/59 3/16 3/18 3/36 3/45 3/20 3/31 3/23 3/27 3/33 3/40 3/47 3/51 3/56 3/55 Page pnp npn DC 3 10 to 30 V 3/53 10 to 30 V 3/54 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/7 . They represent the “extended eye” of the Opto-BERO. When the BERO is set. Fork/slot sensors The object is placed inside the slot of the BERO. The emitter is aligned in such a way that the greatest possible amount of pulsed light from the emitter diode reaches the receiver. the output is switched. The light beam emitted from the emitter diode is interrupted or reflected by the object to be detected. in conveyor systems. The focus level can be adjusted. Due to the different physical principles of these systems. they provide a practical solution to the problem of sensing at points that are not easily accessible. Color mark BERO The color mark BERO uses green or red emitted light. thru-beam sensors have wider ranges than retroreflective sensors. Depending on the type of BERO. Part of the reflected light passes through another polarization filter and reaches the receiver. All objects beyond this range are suppressed. One color or a color range can be set. During the learning phase. An object that interrupts the light beam from the emitter through the reflector to the receiver causes the output to switch. g. green and blue. Part of this reflected light reaches the receiver located in the same device. for example. The sensing range can be varied within a wide range by means of the built-in potentiometer.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I Mode of operation Opto-BEROs react to changes in the received quantity of light. Thru-beam sensors Thru-beam sensors comprise an emitter and a receiver. The background is suppressed due to the geometric constellation between the emitter and the receiver. The filters are selected and aligned in such a way that only the light reflected from the reflector reaches the receiver and not the light reflected from other objects within the beam range. Diffuse sensors can also react to diffuse-reflecting materials. Light array (7-beam retroflective sensor) The light from all seven emitters of this special Opto-BERO is directed to one reflector and reflected to the seven receivers of the BERO. Color sensors The color sensor uses three LEDs with the colors red. Diffuse sensors with background suppression Diffuse sensors with background suppression can detect objects up to a specific sensing range. they are harmless and can be used without health risks (e. This ensures that the setting procedure will not have to be repeated whenever the supply for the BERO is switched on. I Functions Diffuse sensors (energetic sensors) The light from the emitter falls on an object and is reflected in a diffuse pattern. The mark color and the background color can be set separately by means of two keys. the color of the object is measured and assigned to an output state. to the eyes). the interruption or reflection of the light beam is evaluated. the measurement is highly accurate and the output is extremely linear. Laser diffuse sensor with analog output The analog laser BERO can measure the exact distance of an object within its sensing range. 3/8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . All laser BEROs belong to laser protection class 2. The color is selected automatically depending on the constrast. The BERO reacts to the change in the received quantity of light. The switching output switches as soon as one of the beams is interrupted. Furthermore no electrical potential is transferred. The “energetic sensor” can therefore also be used to detect different colors. The receiver evaluates the incoming light to clearly separate it from the ambient light and other light sources. If the intensity of the received light is sufficient. This Opto-BERO type can be used. The sensing range depends on the size and color of the object involved as well as its surface texture. The emitted light of the sensor passes through the object. Optical fibers are fitted in front of the emitter and receiver. Variations in contrast. the BERO saves the detected color in a non-volatile EEPROM. Due to the use of visible laser light. Any interruption of the light beam between emitter and receiver causes the output to switch. cracks or holes will change the quality of the light received by the receiver. e. Opto-BEROs are available as • Diffuse sensors • Retroreflective sensors • Thru-beam sensors. i. The sensing range is therefore shorter than the range of retroreflective sensors. As optical fibers are very small and flexible. The light is emitted to the object. A line of 42 mm can be completely covered. Retroreflective sensors The light from the emitter diode is focussed through a lens and directed via a polarization filter to a reflector (principle of a 3-way mirror). Devices for optical fibers The basic operation is the same for optical fibers made of glass or plastic. • Install the retroreflective sensor so that it switches reliably. the relevant LED must be active. The values given are for maximum sensitivity. P2 P3 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/9 . the sensors are largely insensitive to ambient light. The specified clearances between devices does not have to be observed for devices with an anti-interference function. the surplus light LED should be activated. In devices that have a surplus light function. polished 100 % 80 % 57 % 60 % 73 % 65 % 70 % 22 % 20 % 15 % 200 % 150 % 120 % 230 % Anti-interference function This function prevents mutual interference between OptoBEROs. sheet Black anodized aluminum sheet Dull aluminum sheet (brushed) Stainless steel. a minimum clearance a between 2 devices must be observed.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I Design and installation The devices can be mounted in any position. Reliable operation is not possible above the respective ambient light limit. It is therefore possible to align two retroreflective sensors with a common reflector. This means that there is no blind zone in front of the BERO and the accuracy of the switching point is higher. The clearances shown in the table below are recommended values only. a long cable length causes: • Additional capacitive load (short-circuit protection) • Increased injection of interference. The device has only one optical system. They should be installed in such a manner as to prevent dirt deposits as far as possible. The available accessories enable the devices to be mounted easily and correctly. • Align the emitter with the receiver as accurately as possible. If required. The luminance level is measured on the light incidence surface. It may be necessary to reduce the sensitivity in the case of transparent objects. Ambient light limit Ambient light is the light produced by external light sources. For this reason. • Finally remove the adhesive tape from the reflector. This results in maximum surplus light. Retroreflective sensors / thru-beam sensors The potentiometer is normally set to maximum sensitivity (clockwise rotation). the optical axes for the emitter and receiver are identical. There is. NSD00795 NSD00797 Retroreflective sensor Clearance The Opto-BEROs must not interfere with each other. The correction factors stated below are to be applied for other surfaces (guide values): Test card White paper Gray PVC Printed newspaper Light-colored wood Cork White plastic Black plastic Black neoprene Automobile tyres Untreated alumin. Due to the use of modulated light. • Cover the reflector with adhesive tape so that only the center (approximately 25 % of the surface) remains free. Correction factors (sensing range) The specified sensing ranges of diffuse sensors are achieved with the specified surfaces by using matte-white standard paper. a a Diffuse sensor Thru-beam sensor Alignment Diffuse sensors The BERO must be aligned with the object to be sensed to ensure reliable switching. If the output remains On. The object must then be removed. an upper limit for the intensity of any external light which is referred to as the ambient light limit. the sensitivity must be reduced slightly. Turning it clockwise increases the sensitivity. The specified maximum cable length should therefore not be exceeded. Retroreflective sensors • Place the reflector at the required location and secure it firmly. Clearance a 50 mm 250 mm 250 mm 250 mm 500 mm 750 mm 500 mm 150 mm 1) 30 mm 80 mm a I Opto-BERO dictionary Adjustment (potentiometer) The sensitivity is adjusted via the built-in multi-turn potentiometer. Allocation of parameter bits Parameter bits Meaning P0 P1 – Inversion of D0 • 0: Inverted • 1: Not inverted – – Differential travel The differential travel causes a defined switching response for the devices. NSD00796 Opto-BERO D 4/M 5 M 12 M 18 K 31 K 30 K 40 K 80 L 18 L 50 (diffuse) L 50 (retroreflective) 1) Focussing at 50 m. The potentiometer cannot be overwound (no stops). 3 Cable length (maximum) For the devices. The range is always specified with regard to the pick-up point on approach. Thru-beam sensors • Place the receiver in the required position and secure it firmly. Connection to AS-Interface Allocation of data bits Data bits D0 D1 D2 D3 Meaning Switching signal Surplus light – Enabling input for testing • 0: Emitter On • 1: Emitter Off Autocollimation For these devices. It is specified for sunlight (unmodulated light) and halogen light (light modulated at twice the frequency of the electricity supply). however. Diffuse sensors The sensitivity and the distance should be set such that the object is reliably detected. g. Other reflections do not cause a reaction. LEDs are used as emitting sources. e. the emitter is only active for a short time. They are also used in the Opto-BERO to signal the switching state or the surplus light. Please note: The power consumption increases. Operation with modulated light provides the following advantages: • High degree of insensitivity to ambient light • Wider range • Minimal temperature rise and therefore longer service life of the emitter diodes. so that reliable operation is no longer guaranteed. This configuration is called complementary. Retroreflective sensors use this polarized light to minimize the influence of unwanted reflections. They can be omitted when a small number of devices are connected in parallel. IR light IR is the abbreviation for “infrared”. NSD00801 3/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . Optical fibers can be used for applications in confined spaces and extreme environmental conditions. interference might occur (see minimum distance). can be easily modulated and have a long life. To disable the BERO. Z X Surplus light The surplus light is the excess radiant power that falls on the light incidence surface and that is evaluated by the light receiver. laser diodes These emit extremely high-intensity red light in a narrow light beam. For operation of the BERO. the enabling input does not have to be used. i. Light-ON The “light-ON” function means that this output is switched through (current-carrying) when light reaches the receiver. This can be used to recognize that operation can no longer be relied on. capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads (e. One output is dark-ON and the other is light-ON. Safety-related applications The use of OptoBEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO! 1 0 1 0 NSD00799 If an Opto-BERO is operated within close proximity of another Opto-BERO with the same modulation frequency. the load may be energized. the built-in overload and short-circuit protection will be activated. Devices are also available in which this signal is connected to one of the outputs. f mod Y NSD00800 Output current The devices are designed for maximum output current (see rated operational current in technical data). A built-in pull-up resistor ensures that an output signal is always available. Receive level Surplus light Differential travel t Output surplus light Switching output NSD00798 LEDs In Opto-BEROs. It prevents the occurrence of spurious signals from the moment of application of the operating voltage until the moment when the device is ready for operation (approximately 5 ms). All devices are therefore equipped with a surplus light LED. Optical fibers Optical fibers are plastic or glass fibers inside which light can also be guided round bends. only that part of the light remains which oscillates in the polarization direction of the filter. The surplus light can decrease in the course of time due to pollution. Destruction of the device is effectively prevented. changing of the reflection factor of the object and aging of the emitter diode. Surplus light Alternatively some of the devices are available with a different configuration of the outputs: One output is light-ON and the other is for surplus light. Modulated light Opto-BEROs operate with modulated light. even briefly. If this current is exceeded. When the light has passed through a polarization filter. A minimum load current is not necessary. Spurious signal suppression The devices feature spurious signal suppression. Parallel connection Devices can be connected in parallel for logic gating of the outputs. They use visible red light. The output signal can be evaluated to check that the sensor is functioning correctly (thru-beam sensors: no obstruction of light beam / diffuse sensors: reflecting object exists). Outputs Dark-ON The “dark-ON” function means that this output is switched through (current-carrying) when no light reaches the receiver. It refers to electromagnetic radiation with a wavelength between 780 and 1500 nm which is longer than that of visible light (wavelength between 380 and 780 nm). Leakage currents add up so that even in the off state. The lasers used meet the standards of protection class 2. Complementary Devices with complementary outputs have 2 outputs. Different logic operations can be achieved by mixed use of dark-ON and light-ON outputs. the socalled 3-way mirror. long leads) have a similar effect on an overload. Incandescent lamps. With polarization filters in front of the emitter and receiver.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction Enabling input Opto-BEROs with a test input allow the emitter to be selectively switched on or off. Solid-state lasers. Depending on the type. They have a small emission spectrum. Diodes in the output leads serve to decouple the pull-up resistors. the modulation frequency fmod of the modulated light is between 5 and 30 kHz. Polarized light Natural light (including the light from the emitter diodes or laser diodes) is unpolarized. the enabling input must be connected to 0 V. the retroreflective sensor only reacts to light that is reflected by a special reflector. Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I General technical data Voltage drop at 200 mA Operating capacity Blocking output current Overload protection Overvoltage protection Short-circuit protection Power-up delay Max. 0. NSD00801 I Special designs Cable length The designs including cables are normally supplied with a cable of 2 or 3 m in length (see selection data).1 mA Built-in Built-in Built-in Max. the Order No. 2. 2. 300 ms Max. 20 ms Max.0 V Max. must be supplemented with “–Z” and the required length should be specified in plain text. lead length Differential travel (typical) for diffuse sensors Repeat accuracy for diffuse sensors Ambient light limit Sunlight acc. L 50) Max. to DIN Halogen light Solid-state output Max.1 mA Built-in Built-in Built-in Max. 0. Longer cables can be ordered as necessary.000 Lux Relay output (K 80) – 2A – Not available – Back-up fuse necessary Max. 100 m 5% 5 % of operating distance The use of Opto-BEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO. 3 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/11 . 200 mA Max.4 mA Max. 200 mA Max. 250 m 10 % 5 % of operating distance 10. In this case.000 Lux 3. 300 ms Max. 250 m Devices with laser (L18. 4-pole Cable Figure 5 NSD0 00869a Figure 6 + Ub NSD00875a 2 3 1 4 BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) Output dark-ON Output light-ON 0V M 12 connector.N Cable BN (1) 2 3 1 4 + Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V M 12 connector Type E. K. J. J. J. L Cable Figure 7 NSD0 00870a Figure 8 NSD00876a BN (1) 2 3 1 4 + Ub M 12 connector.. F. 30 V DC Changeover light-ON/dark-ON 0V Switching output NSD0 01085 M 8 connector Type B. 30 V DC Output dark-ON 0V Output light-ON M 12 connector. K. L. Type B. C. L Cable BK (4) BU (3) Enable input 0V 2 3 1 4 BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) GR (5) +U b Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V Enable input M 12 connector. Type B. F. Type E. Type E. L. H. 4-pole BN (1) 2 1 4 WH (2) + U b 10 . 4-pole BU (3) 3 BK (4) Figure 19 M 12 connector. 30 V Programming 0V Switching output light-ON/dark-ON M 8 connector. K. Type E. M Figure 9 NSD00871a Figure 10 NSD00877 BN (1) 2 3 1 4 + Ub M 12 connector. L. K. Type A. H... F. H. J.N BN (1) 2 1 4 WH (2) + U b DC 10 . H. K. L. Type E. Type F. D Cable BN (1) 4 + Ub Enable input 0V M 8 connector... K. L Cable BN (1) 2 3 1 4 + Ub Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) M 12 connector.N Figure 20 2 3 NSD0 01086 1 4 Pin 1: + Ub 10 . Type E. J.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I Connection diagrams Figure 1 NSD00867a Figure 2 NSD00873a BN (1) 4 +Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V M 8 connector.. H. Type F. J. F. Type E. 4-pole BU (3) 3 BK (4) Figure 17 NSD00881a Figure 18 BN (1) 4 WH (2) BU (3) 3 BK (4) 2 1 + U b 10 . F. L. H. 30 V DC Pin 2: Changeover light-ON/dark-ON Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output pnp M 12 connector. F.N Cable BK (4) BU (3) WH (2) BU (3) Figure 15 NSD00880 Figure 16 1 4 2 3 BN (1) WH (2) BU (3) BK (4) NSD01084 + Ub 10 .. K. K. K. D Cable BK (4) 1 3 BK (4) 1 3 BU (3) BU (3) Figure 3 NSD00868b Figure 4 NSD00874a BN (1) 2 1 3 4 + Ub Output dark-ON Output light-ON 0V WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) M 8 connector.N BK = Black BN = Brown BU = Blue GR = Gray WH = White YE = Yellow 3/12 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .. Type G. 30 V DC Test input + 0V Test input – M 8 connector. J... Type B Cable BN (1) 2 1 3 4 + Ub Output surplus light Output light-ON 0V WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) M 8 connector. L. H. Type B.M Cable (1) AS-Interface AS-Interface FK connection BU (3) 0V (3) AS-Interface Figure 11 NSD00872 Figure 12 NSD00878 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) + Ub 0V NC (relay) Common (relay) NO (relay) Screw terminals BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) GR (5) +U b Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V Enable input Screw terminals Figure 13 NSD00879 Figure 14 NSD00886 BN (1) 2 3 1 4 + Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V M 12 connector. C. F. Type A. 30 V DC Switching output npn 0V Changeover light: Ub . 30 V DC Pin 2: Test input + Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Test input _ M 12 connector. 4-pole Figure 25 2 1 NSD0 01090 Figure 26 Pin 1: + U b 10 .... K. J..N 2 3 1 4 BN (1) WH (2) BU (3) BK (4) + Ub 10 .. J. Type G. 4-pole 2 1 NSD01087 4 3 Pin 1: + U b 10 .... 30 V DC Pin 2: Analog output Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output npn/pnp M 12 connector. Type E... 30 V DC Test input + Test input – 0V Cable BN WH BK BU RD +U b 10 . F. dark: 0 V Alarm output Cable Figure 31 BN WH BK BU RD NSD00888 Figure 32 +Ub 10 . L... 30 V DC Pin 2: Time function Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output 4 3 M 8 connector. 30 V DC Pin 2: Switching output npn Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output pnp M 8 connector. 30 V DC Pin 2: Programming Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output 4 3 M 8 connector.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I Connection diagrams (continued) Figure 21 2 3 NSD0 01089 Figure 22 NSD00880 1 4 Pin 1: + U b 10 ... K.... Type E. H. 264 V AC/DC Figure 33 WH BN RD BK BU NSD00890 Figure 34 NSD00891 Cable Switching output relay BN WH BU OR + Ub 10 .. 30 V DC Switching output pnp 0V Changeover light: Ub Cable 3 Figure 29 NSD00885 Figure 30 WH BK BU RD Switching output npn 0V Changeover light-ON : U b NSD00887 BN + U b 10 . F. F. 30 V DC Switching output Time function 0V Programming Alarm output NSD00892 Figure 36 NSD00893 Cable RD OR GR WH BN BU Control input A Control input B Analog output Switching output npn/pnp + Ub 10 . Type G. J. Type B.. M 2 5 3 1 4 PIN 1: + U b PIN 2: Programming PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: Switching output light-ON/dark-ON PIN 5: Output surplus light M 12 connector. Progr. 30 V DC Switching output pnp 0V Changeover light: Ub ..N Figure 23 2 1 NSD00883 Figure 24 Pin 1: +U b 10 .. H... 30 V DC Switching output (npn).. Type B. H. M BK = Black BN = Brown BU = Blue GR = Gray OR = Orange RD = Red WH = White YE = Yellow Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/13 . K. 30 V DC Output dark-ON 0V Output light-ON M 12 connector Type E.N Figure 27 NSD0 00884 Figure 28 NSD00704 BN WH BK BU + U b 10 . K. 264 V AC/DC Figure 35 BN BK GR BU WH RD + Ub 10 .. 30 V DC Cable BN WH BK BU RD + U b 10 . Type E.. F. (pnp) Progr.. 30 V DC Switching output 0V Programming Cable 15 . 30 V DC 0V Cable Figure 37 NSD00894 Figure 38 NSD00895 BN WH YE GN + Ub + Ua _U a Cable BN WH BK BU + Ub 10 ... H.. (npn). 4-pole 2 3 NSD01088 1 4 Pin 1: + Ub 10 .N Cable 0V Shielding Figure 39 NSD01205 Figure 40 1 4 2 3 PIN 1: + U b PIN 2: Programming PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: Switching output light-ON/dark-ON NSD01206 M 12 connector.. Type B.. dark: 0 V Alarm output NSD0 00889 Cable Cable BK BU 15 . J. Switching output (pnp) 0V M 12 connector... L. L. L. 2 0.2 3.1 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm) 0.20 0.10 0.6 a S 4.3 3.5 1.6 1.6 1.4 S (m) NSD00898a Retroreflective sensor a S Thru-beam sensor S (m) NSD00899a 2.15 0.8 5.0 0.2 2.30 0.6 1.8 S (m) NSD00901a Retroreflective sensor a S Thru-beam sensor S (m) NSD00902a 2.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I Beam diagrams D 4 and M 5 forms Diffuse sensor 60 50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm) S (m) NSD00896a Thru-beam sensor a S 0.5 a S 0.4 a S 7.0 1.4 1.2 40 20 0 20 40 a (mm) 300 150 0 150 300 a (mm) M 18 form Diffuse sensor 0.0 0.0 S (m) NSD00903a 0.5 S (m) NSD00900a 0.0 80 40 0 40 80 a (mm) 40 20 0 20 40 a (mm) 600 300 0 300 600 a (mm) 3/14 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .0 a S 0.05 80 40 0 40 80 a (mm) S M 12 form Diffuse sensor 0.25 S (m) NSD00897a a 0.5 0.4 1. 0 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) 4 2.6 0.0 80 40 0 a S 60 50 40 30 20 10 S (m) NSD00912b a S 40 80 a (mm) 2000 1000 0 1000 2000 a (mm) Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/15 .4 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) S (m) NSD00907a Retroreflective sensor a S Thru-beam sensor S (m) NSD00908a 6.0 a S 2.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Introduction I Beam diagrams (continued) K 30 and K 31 forms Diffuse sensor S (m) NSD00904a Retroreflective sensor a S Thru-beam sensor S (m) NSD00905a 4.0 a S 20 16 12 S (m) NSD00906a 1.0 2.0 0 1.2 0.0 4.0 4.6 1.6 1.0 1.2 0.4 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) S (m) NSD00910a Retroreflective sensor a S Thru-beam sensor S (m) NSD00911a 6.0 1.0 1.4 2.9 0.3 3.0 3.0 a (m) K 80 form Diffuse sensor 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.0 5.0 4 200 100 0 100 200 a (mm) 80 40 0 40 80 a (mm) 800 400 0 400 800 a (mm) Series K 30 Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 31 K 40 form Diffuse sensor 2.0 2.2 0.0 3.0 8 1.8 0.0 a S 20 16 12 8 S (m) NSD00909a a 3 S 2.8 0.0 5. 14 mm2 M 8 connector. light-ON npn. light-ON npn. 3-pole.5 28 LED M 5x0. light-ON npn.5 SW 7 26.3 %/K 4 4 4 4 26. M 5: Brass. Type A For thru-beam sensors D4 D4 M5 pnp. nickel-plated IP 67 35 / 4 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) nm g 2 m cable.5 SW 7 26. 100 m 10 250 2. nickel-plated IP 67 35 / 4 Order No. 3 × 0. 20 % residual ripple) Max. Type A 2 m cable.5 30 M 5x0. light-ON npn.5 30 35 NSD00803 D 4 and M 5 Sensing range 50 mm (diffuse sensor. Type A M 5 2 m cable.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 5 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 (max. 3-pole.14 mm2 M 8 connector. energetic sensor) Range 250 mm (thru-beam sensor) IR light 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 0 to +55 °C Temperature coefficient 0. light-ON } 3RG70 40–0AB00 3RG70 40–0GB00 } 3RG70 40–7AB00 3RG70 40–7GB00 } 3RG70 30–0AB00 3RG70 30–0GB00 } 3RG70 30–7AB00 3RG70 30–7GB00 – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Receiver } 3RG70 42–0AB00 3RG70 42–0GB00 } 3RG70 42–7AB00 3RG70 42–7GB00 } 3RG70 32–0AB00 3RG70 32–0GB00 } 3RG70 32–7AB00 3RG70 32–7GB00 Emitter } 3RG70 42–0BG00 } 3RG70 42–7BG00 } 3RG70 32–0BG00 } 3RG70 32–7BG00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 m cable. light-ON pnp. 20 % residual ripple) Max.5 Yellow = Reliable detection.5 30 35 M 5x0.5 SW 7 26. PUR.14 mm2 M 8 connector. 3 × 0.5 35 45 26.5 Yellow = Reliable detection.5 28 26. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) NSD00804 NSD00805 LED LED LED 25 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 (max.5 35 26. Yellow flashing = Surplus light low 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) D 4: Stainless steel.14 mm2 M 8 connector. 100 m 5 / 5 (emitter/receiver) 250 2.5 SW 7 26. 3 × 0. Type A 3/16 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 45 . light-ON pnp. 3-pole. M 5: Brass. 3 × 0. 3-pole. light-ON pnp. Yellow flashing = Surplus light low – 880 (IR) D 4: Stainless steel. PUR.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches D 4 and M 5 forms I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Thru-beam sensor NSD00803 NSD00802 LED NSD00802 LED M 5x0. PUR. PUR.5 30 NSD00805 LED 45 45 LED NSD00804 Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. PUR. light-ON npn. dark-ON npn. dark-ON Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/17 .3 %/K M 12x1 4 M 12x1 4 60 Pot.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 12 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor M 12 Sensing range 30 cm (energetic sensor) Modulated red light. light-ON pnp. nickel-plated IP 67 100 / 20 Order No.5 Switching state indication (yellow). LED NSD0 00806 SW 17 31. } Preferred type } 3RG71 20–0AB00 3RG71 20–0AA00 3RG71 20–0GB00 3RG71 20–0GA00 } 3RG71 20–3AB00 3RG71 20–3AA00 3RG71 20–3GB00 3RG71 20–3GA00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 nm g 2 m cable. 20 % residual ripple) Max.34 mm2 pnp. 3 × 0. 200 mA 15 1000 0. Type F pnp.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. LED NSD0 00807 Pot.5 50 SW 17 44 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. surplus light (green) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 660 (red. light-ON pnp. visible) Brass. visible 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. dark-ON M 12 connector 4-pole. light-ON npn. dark-ON npn. 3RX7 916 660 (red.34 mm2 pnp.5 60 LED LED NSD00809 SW 17 44 SW 17 31. PUR. 200 mA 15 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow).3 %/K Supplied without reflector M 12x1 4 M 12x1 4 M 12x1 4 M 12x1 4 SW 17 31. visible) Brass. 20 % residual ripple) Max. dark-ON For thru-beam sensors 2 m cable. light-ON pnp. dark-ON npn. 3 × 0. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 4 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. light-ON npn. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84. nickel-plated IP 67 100 / 20 Order No. polarized. 4-pole. 3 × 0. PUR.5 60 LED LED NSD00808 NSD00808 NSD00809 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 1. nickel-plated IP 67 100 / 20 Order No. 20 % residual ripple) Max. dark-ON npn. } Preferred type Receiver Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) nm g 2 m cable.5 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 4 m Enabling input for test purposes (thru-beam sensor) Red light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 12 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor Thru-beam sensor M 12 Range 1. visible) Brass. 200 mA 15 1000 0. light-ON pnp.34 mm2 M 12 connector. dark-ON } 3RG71 21–0AB00 } 3RG71 21–0AA00 3RG71 21–0GB00 3RG71 21–0GA00 } 3RG71 21–3AB00 } 3RG71 21–3AA00 3RG71 21–3GB00 3RG71 21–3GA00 – – 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 } 3RG71 22–0AB00 } 3RG71 22–0AA00 3RG71 22–0GB00 3RG71 22–0GA00 } 3RG71 22–3AB00 } 3RG71 22–3AA00 3RG71 22–3GB00 3RG71 22–3GA00 Emitter } 3RG71 22–0BG00 } 3RG71 22–3BG00 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 7 7 M 12 connector 4-pole. Type F pnp. light-ON npn. surplus light (green) – 660 (red.5 Switching state indication (yellow). Type F 3/18 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 SW 17 44 50 50 .5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. dark-ON npn.5 Pot. surplus light (green) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 660 (red.34 mm2 pnp. light-ON npn. Type F pnp.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression NSD0 00810 NSD0 00811 NSD0 00810 M 18 Sensing range 60 mm (diffuse sensor. PUR. LED NSD0 00811 4 SW 24 29 Pot.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 60 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. light-ON npn. light-ON pnp. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 nm g 2 m cable. visible) Brass.5 Switching state indication (yellow). 20 % residual ripple) Max. dark-ON 3RG71 30–0AB00 3RG71 30–0AA00 3RG71 30–0GB00 3RG71 30–0GA00 3RG71 30–3AB00 3RG71 30–3AA00 3RG71 30–3GB00 3RG71 30–3GA00 3RG71 34–0AB00 3RG71 34–0AA00 3RG71 34–0GB00 3RG71 34–0GA00 3RG71 34–3AB00 3RG71 34–3AA00 3RG71 34–3GB00 3RG71 34–3GA00 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/19 . visible) Brass. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 1 to 12 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 200 mA 25 500 1 Switching state indication (yellow). 200 mA 15 1000 0. dark-ON npn.3 %/K M 18x1 4 SW 24 29 M 18x1 M 18x1 SW 24 29 4 M 18x1 4 SW 24 29 50 63. LED 4x 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. LED Pot. LED 4x 63. light-ON pnp.5 50 Pot. surplus light (green) 50 mm × 50 mm (white) 660 (red. 3 × 0. 20 % residual ripple) Max. dark-ON M 12 connector 4-pole. energetic sensor) Sensing range 30 to 120 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) Red light (visible) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. Type F pnp. dark-ON M 12 connector 4-pole. dark-ON npn. nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No.34 mm2 pnp. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow). light-ON pnp. light-ON npn. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0. visible) Brass. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 V (max. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) nm g Receiver 2 m cable.5 50 LED 4x NSD00812 LED NSD00813 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. Type E – – 3RG71 31–0AB00 3RG71 31–0AA00 3RG71 31–0GB00 3RG71 31–0GA00 3RG71 31–3AB00 3RG71 31–3AA00 3RG71 31–3GB00 3RG71 31–3GA00 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 3RG71 32–0AB00 3RG71 32–0AA00 3RG71 32–0GB00 3RG71 32–0GA00 3RG71 32–3AB00 3RG71 32–3AA00 3RG71 32–3GB00 3RG71 32–3GA00 Emitter 3RG71 32–0BG00 3RG71 32–3BG00 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 7 7 3/20 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 SW 24 29 . dark-ON For thru-beam sensors 2 m cable. polarized. PUR.3 %/K Supplied without reflector M 18x1 4 M 18x1 4 M 18x1 4 M 18x1 4 SW 24 29 63.34 mm2 M 12 connector. PUR.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor Thru-beam sensor M 18 Range 2 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 6 m Enabling input for test purposes (thru-beam sensor) Red light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. 4-pole. 3 × 0. 3RX7 916 660 (red.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 V (max. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84.5 Switching state indication (yellow). nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. visible) Brass. surplus light (green) – 660 (red. 3 × 0. light-ON npn. dark-ON npn. light-ON pnp.5 LED 4x NSD00813 SW 24 29 SW 24 29 50 LED NSD00812 63. 20 % residual ripple) Max. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 2 m cable.6 16.9 18. } Preferred type } 3RG76 00–1RH00 } 3RG76 00–3RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 nm g Order No. NSD0 00814 NSD0 00815 8 4 Pot.5 M 18x1 16. light-ON or dark-ON 3RG76 00–1RH60 3RG76 00–3RH60 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/21 . 4 × 0.5 M 12 16. Type F pnp/npn. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 23. light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn. 11. PVC.8 42 65 6 M 18 M Sensing range 8 cm or 30 cm (diffuse sensor) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole.6 4. nickel-plated IP 67 100 Order No.6 3 8 (not adjustable) Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Brass.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 M form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor 8 4 6 42 65 Pot.5 3 23. 3RX7 922 660 (red.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S 48.8 68 42 6 23. Type F pnp/npn. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 2 m cable. PVC. light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn. 11.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 M form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter M 18 M Range 2 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing. } Preferred type } 3RG76 01–1RH00 } 3RG76 01–3RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 18.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. light-ON or dark-ON 3RG76 01–1RH51 3RG76 01–3RH51 3/22 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . NSD0 00818 NSD0 00819 Pot.6 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 1. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 8 4 23.5 3 42 68 8 4 Pot.5 M 18x1 16.6 M 12 16.6 6 4. nickel-plated IP 67 100 Order No.5 2 (not adjustable) nm 880 (IR) g Order No. 4 × 0.9 16. visible) Brass. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 3 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 12 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 150 < 30 250 2 Switching state (yellow) – 880 (IR) Brass. light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn. PVC. 4 × 0. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG76 02–1BG00 } 3RG76 02–3BG00 21 21 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/23 . Type F } Preferred type } 3RG76 02–1RH00 } 3RG76 02–3RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 nm g pnp/npn. Type F Emitter 2 m cable. 4 × 0.25 mm² M 12 connector 4-pole.25 mm² M 12 connector 4-pole. PVC. Receiver 2 m cable.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 M form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor M 18 M Range 12 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing. nickel-plated IP 67 100 Order No. 5 M 18x1 16. 11. Type F pnp/npn.6 6 4.8 42 65 M 18 P Sensing range 8 cm (diffuse sensor) Sensing range 30 cm (diffuse sensor) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing.9 16. light-ON or dark-ON 3RG76 20–1RH60 3RG76 20–3RH60 3/24 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 2 m cable. 4 × 0. } Preferred type } 3RG76 20–1RH00 } 3RG76 20–3RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 18.6 M 12 16.5 8 (not adjustable) nm g Order No.6 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 P form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor 8 4 42 65 Pot. NSD0 00814 NSD0 00815 8 4 Pot. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 23. light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn.5 3 6 23.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. PVC. 6 88. light-ON. darkON (compatible) npn. darkON (compatible) M 12 connector 4-pole. } Preferred type } 3RG76 24–1CC00 3RG76 24–1HC00 } 3RG76 24–3CC00 3RG76 24–3HC00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 15 15 15 nm g 2 m cable.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 P form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor with background suppression NSD00824a 45. PVC. light-ON. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories Angular optical system 21.5 ∅16. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %) 660 (red. darkON (compatible) pnp. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No.5 Switching state (yellow). light-ON. light-ON. pnp. } Preferred type } 3RG76 34–1CC00 3RG76 34–1HC00 } 3RG76 34–3CC00 3RG76 34–3HC00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 15 15 15 Order No. Type F Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/25 .4 10 22 ∅ 19 Straight optical system 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 2 to 10 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 V 100 < 30 200 2.1 M 18x1 M 18 P Sensing range 20 to 100 mm 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. dark4 × 0.25 mm2 ON (compatible) npn. Type F pnp/npn. 11.6 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S 48. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 8 4 23.9 16. NSD0 00818 NSD0 00819 Pot. } Preferred type } 3RG76 21–1RH00 } 3RG76 21–3RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 18. 3RX7 922 660 (red.8 68 42 6 23.5 2 (not adjustable) nm 880 (IR) g Order No. PVC. 4 × 0.6 M 12 16.5 3 42 68 8 4 Pot.6 6 4.5 M 18x1 16. light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 2 m cable. light-ON or dark-ON 3RG76 21–1RH51 3RG76 21–3RH51 3/26 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 P form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter M 18 P Sensing range 2 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. Receiver 2 m cable. PVC. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG76 22–1BG00 } 3RG76 22–3BG00 38 38 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/27 . light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn. PVC. Type F } Preferred type } 3RG76 22–1RH00 } 3RG76 22–3RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38 nm g pnp/npn.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches M 18 P form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor M 18 P Range 12 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. 4 × 0. Type F Emitter 2 m cable. IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 3 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 12 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 150 < 30 250 2 Switching state indication (yellow) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. 4 × 0. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (white 90%) 660 (red. PUR.5 Switching state indication (yellow).8 .2 2. } Preferred type } 3RG74 04–0CH00 3RG74 04–0HH00 } 3RG74 04–7CH00 3RG74 04–7HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 16 16 16 2 m cable. IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –20 to +60 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 12 3. Type B Accessories Mounting bracket for K 20 3RX7 308 For mounting brackets. light-ON or dark-ON pnp.6 10. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 40 Order No.7 20 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current at 24 V DC Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (with connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 30 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 100 Max. 35 1000 0. light-ON or dark-ON M 8 connector. 4-pole.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 20 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression K 20 Sensing range 300 mm (diffuse sensor) Sensing range 20 to 100 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. 3/28 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3.14 mm2 pnp.6 10.7 M 8x1 20 2.2 NSD00826 12 3. 4 × 0. light-ON or dark-ON npn.2 NSD00827 4. see also Page 3/66.2 24 32 4 5 4 24 4. } Preferred type } 3RG74 00–0CH00 3RG74 00–0HH00 } 3RG74 00–7CH00 3RG74 00–7HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 16 16 16 2 to 10 (adjustable via "teach-in") 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %) nm g Order No. light-ON or dark-ON npn. } Preferred type } 3RG74 01–0CH52 3RG74 01–0HH52 } 3RG74 01–7CH52 3RG74 01–7HH52 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 19 16 16 50 (adjustable via "teach-in") nm g M 8 connector.6 10.1 m to 3.6 10.5 m 2 m cable.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 20 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects K 20 Range 0.14 mm2 dark-ON npn. light-ON or dark-ON npn. light-ON or dark-ON npn. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –20 to +60 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 12 3. PUR. surplus light (green) Reflector type R 60.2 NSD00827 4.7 M 8x1 20 2. Range 2.5 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 0. PUR.5 m (retroreflective sensor with increased range) Range 50 cm (retroreflective sensor for transparent objects) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. 4-pole.2 2. pnp.8 3 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current at 24 V DC Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (with connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 10 to 250 or 10 to 350 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 100 Max. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. 4-pole. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/29 .7 20 3. 3RX7 305 660 (red. light-ON or dark-ON M 8 connector. see also Page 3/66. light-ON or dark-ON npn.2 NSD00826 12 3. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 40 Order No. Type B pnp. Type B Range 3. 4 × 0. light-ON or dark-ON Accessories Mounting bracket for K 20 3RX7 308 } Preferred type } 3RG74 01–0CH00 3RG74 01–0HH00 } 3RG74 01–7CH00 3RG74 01–7HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 16 16 16 Order No. light-ON or 4 × 0.1 m to 2.14 mm2 } 3RG74 01–0CH61 3RG74 01–0HH61 } 3RG74 01–7CH61 3RG74 01–7HH61 16 16 16 16 For mounting brackets.5 Switching state indication (yellow). 35 1000 0.2 24 32 4 5 4 24 4.5 m/50 cm 2 m cable. dark-ON npn. } Preferred type } 3RG70 11–0AB00 } 3RG70 11–0AA00 3RG70 11–0GB00 3RG70 11–0GA00 } 3RG70 11–7AB00 } 3RG70 11–7AA00 3RG70 11–7GB00 3RG70 11–7GA00 – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) nm 10 to 36 (max. g Energetic sensor 2 m cable. 3-pole. PUR.14 mm2 pnp. dark-ON pnp. see also Page 3/66. light-ON pnp.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 3 to 15 (potentiometer) Energetic sensor 60 (potentiometer) 200 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. Type A Accessories Mounting bracket for K 31 For mounting brackets.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 31 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Retroreflective sensor K 31 Sensing range 30 to 150 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) red light Sensing range 60 cm (diffuse sensor. 20 % residual ripple) Max.5 For M 4 14 21 30 21 4.5 NSD00828 NSD00829 21 30 20 4. light-ON pnp.5 For M 4 14 21 30 21 5 4. light-ON pnp.5 For M 4 14 21 30 21 5 4. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 660 (red. PUR. Crastin) IP 65 80 / 18 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Order No. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP.5 Switching state indication (yellow). light-ON pnp.5 NSD00830 NSD00831 21 30 20 4.14 mm2 M 8 connector. dark-ON npn. dark-ON pnp.5 With background suppression Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. 20 % residual ripple) Max.5 Switching state indication (yellow).3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories and reflector For M 4 14 21 30 21 4. 3-pole. 3RX7 916 660 (red. polarized.5 15 21 20 15 21 21 30 4. 200 mA 15 1000 0. Type A With background suppression 2 m cable. 200 mA 25 15 500 1000 1 0. dark-ON npn. dark-ON npn. 3 × 0. 3 × 0. Crastin) IP 65 75 / 17 Order No. light-ON npn. light-ON npn. light-ON npn. light-ON npn. IP 65 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. 3/30 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4. energetic sensor) IR light Range 2 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. dark-ON pnp. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84. dark-ON } Preferred type } 3RG70 10–0AB00 3RG70 10–0AA00 3RG70 10–0GB00 3RG70 10–0GA00 } 3RG70 10–7AB00 3RG70 10–7AA00 3RG70 10–7GB00 3RG70 10–7GA00 } 3RG70 14–0AB00 3RG70 14–0AA00 3RG70 14–0GB00 3RG70 14–0GA00 } 3RG70 14–7AB00 3RG70 14–7AA00 3RG70 14–7GB00 3RG70 14–7GA00 3RX7 910 M 8 connector.5 15 A 20 21 15 21 21 30 . visible) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP. } Preferred type } 3RG70 12–0AB00 } 3RG70 12–0AA00 3RG70 12–0GB00 3RG70 12–0GA00 } 3RG70 12–7AB00 } 3RG70 12–7AA00 3RG70 12–7GB00 3RG70 12–7GA00 } 3RG70 12–0BG00 } 3RG70 12–7BG00 3RX7 910 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Dependent on fiber type 10 to 36 (max. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP.5 4. PUR. see also Page 3/66. 200 mA 15 1000 0. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/31 . For plastic fiber-optic conductors.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 31 form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor K 31 Range 6 m (thru-beam sensor) IR light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. IP 65 Enabling input for test purposes Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow). PUR. 3 × 0.5 NSD00828 NSD00832 21 30 20 4.5 For M 4 21 14 30 21 4. light-ON pnp. 20 % residual ripple) Max. Crastin) IP 65 80 / 18 Order No. Crastin) IP 65 75 / 17 (emitter and receiver) Order No.5 For M 4 21 30 21 4. dark-ON pnp. surplus light (green) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP.5 Switching state indication (yellow).5 NSD00830 NSD00833 21 30 20 4. 3-pole.5 For M 4 21 30 21 4. 3-pole. 20 % residual ripple) Max. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 660 (red.5 15 A 21 20 15 21 21 30 3 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. } Preferred type } 3RG70 13–0AB00 } 3RG70 13–0AA00 3RG70 13–0GB00 3RG70 13–0GA00 } 3RG70 13–7AB00 } 3RG70 13–7AA00 3RG70 13–7GB00 3RG70 13–7GA00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 nm g 2 m cable.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories For M 4 14 21 30 21 4. Type A Accessories Mounting bracket for K 31 For mounting brackets. dark-ON npn. 200 mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0. 3 × 0. dark-ON M 8 connector.14 mm2 pnp. dark-ON npn. see Pages 3/60 and 3/61. light-ON npn.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max.14 mm2 M 8 connector. Type A Emitter for thru-beam sensors 2 m cable.5 15 21 20 15 21 21 30 4.5 4.5 4. light-ON pnp. light-ON npn. 20% residual ripple) Max. IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.5 15 A 20 21 15 21 21 30 . 3/32 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 1. 200 mA 15 1000 0.3 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories. light-ON and surplus light function npn.2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 30 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Retroreflective sensor 14 21 NSD00830 NSD00831 21 30 14 21 K 30 Sensing range 1.5 20 4. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. pnp.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp.5 15 21 20 15 21 21 30 4. Crastin) IP 67 75 / 17 Order No.5 Switching state indication (yellow). see also Page 3/66. light-ON and surplus light function Accessories Mounting bracket for K 30 3RX7 910 For mounting brackets. light-ON and darkON (compatible) 4-pole.5 For M 4 30 21 5 4. light-ON and surplus light function npn. Type B pnp. light-ON and dark4 × 0. surplus light (green) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn.2 m (diffuse sensor) IR light Range 4 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing.5 Switching state indication (yellow). 3RX7 916 660 (red. light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector.5 NSD00828 NSD00829 21 30 20 4. pnp. PUR.5 For M 4 14 21 30 21 5 4.5 For M 4 30 21 4. } Preferred type } 3RG70 10–0CC00 3RG70 10–0CD00 3RG70 10–0HC00 3RG70 10–0HD00 } 3RG70 10–7CC00 3RG70 10–7CD00 3RG70 10–7HC00 3RG70 10–7HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 17 4 3 4 4 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 200 mA 15 1000 0. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP. without reflector For M 4 14 21 30 21 4. 20% residual ripple) Max. polarized. } Preferred type } 3RG70 11–0CC00 3RG70 11–0CD00 3RG70 11–0HC00 3RG70 11–0HD00 } 3RG70 11–7CC00 3RG70 11–7CD00 3RG70 11–7HC00 3RG70 11–7HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 nm g 3 m cable. Crastin) IP 67 80 / 18 Order No.5 Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. light-ON and dark4 × 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories For M 4 14 21 30 21 4.5 15 21 20 15 21 21 30 4. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 660 (red. } Preferred type } 3RG70 13–0CC00 3RG70 13–0CD00 3RG70 13–0HC00 3RG70 13–0HD00 } 3RG70 13–7CC00 3RG70 13–7CD00 3RG70 13–7HC00 3RG70 13–7HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 nm g 3 m cable. 200 mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP. see Pages 3/60 and 3/61.5 For M 4 21 14 30 21 4.5 For M 4 21 30 21 4.5 NSD00828 NSD00832 21 30 20 4.5 4. 4-pole. see also Page 3/66.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 12 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. pnp.5 4. 200 mA 15 1000 0. Crastin) IP 67 75 / 17 (emitter and receiver) Order No. pnp.5 Switching state indication (yellow). Type B Accessories Mounting bracket for K 30 } 3RG70 12–0BE00 } 3RG70 12–7BE00 3RX7 910 2 2 For mounting brackets. light-ON and surplus light function Emitter for thru-beam sensors 3 m cable.5 NSD00830 NSD00833 21 30 20 4. IP 67 Enabling input for test purposes solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. light-ON and surplus light function npn. light-ON and darkON (compatible) 4-pole.5 4.14 mm2 M 8 connector.5 Switching state indication (yellow). light-ON and surplus light function npn. } Preferred type } 3RG70 12–0CC00 3RG70 12–0CD00 3RG70 12–0HC00 3RG70 12–0HD00 } 3RG70 12–7CC00 3RG70 12–7CD00 3RG70 12–7HC00 3RG70 12–7HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 Dependent on fiber type 10 to 36 (max.5 For M 4 21 30 21 4.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp. Crastin) IP 67 78 / 18 Order No.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 30 form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor K 30 Range 12 m (thru-beam sensor) IR light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. PUR. Type B pnp. For plastic fiber-optic conductors. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/33 . surplus light (green) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP. 3 × 0. 20 % residual ripple) Max. light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector.5 15 A 21 20 15 21 21 30 3 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. 20 % residual ripple) Max. PUR. 7 11.5 M 8x1 NSD00835 ∅13 13 K 35 Sensing range 10 or 50 cm Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing.5 52 44 16 20 28 15. IP 66 pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only) Solid-state output Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories Straight optical system ∅13 4 26 23 8 ∅ 3. light-ON or dark-ON 5 × 0. 4-pole. light-ON or dark-ON 0} 3RG73 20–1RH00 0} 3RG73 20–7CH00 28.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 35 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Angular optical system 29 26 25 4 20 42 29.2 mm2 M 8 connector. 29 17 – – Angular optical system 2 m cable. PVC. Type B npn/pnp. 29 17 3RG73 30–1RH60 3RG73 30–7CH60 28. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. 4-pole. Type B Accessories pnp. 5 × 0. PVC. 3/34 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .5 10 (adjustable via potentiometer) nm g Order No.2 mm2 M 8 connector. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Straight optical system 2 m cable. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG73 30–1RH00 } 3RG73 30–7CH00 28. npn/pnp.5 50 ∅13 13 M 8x1 NSD00834 8 ∅13 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. 29 17 Mounting bracket for K 35 3RX7 313 For mounting brackets. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15. see also Page 3/66. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. 4-pole.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 35 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter K 35 Range 0. see also Page 3/66. pnp/npn. light-ON or dark-ON pnp.5 52 44 Angular optical system 29 26 25 28 4 20 42 29.2 mm2 M 8 connector.5 Order No. 3RX7 922 660 (red.5 50 16 13 20 15. 29 17 – – Angular optical system 2 m cable. 3RX7 922 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 8 ∅13 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 1.2 mm2 M 8 connector. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) nm g 15.5 ∅13 M 8x1 NSD00835 ∅13 13 M 8x1 NSD00834 8 ∅13 Angular optical system 29 26 25 4 20 42 29. 29 17 Mounting bracket for K 35 3RX7 313 For mounting brackets.8 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S48. PVC.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S48. light-ON or dark-ON 0} 3RG73 21–1RH00 0} 3RG73 21–7CH00 28. PVC. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/35 . 29 17 3RG73 31–1RH51 3RG73 31–7CH51 28.5 50 15. Type B Accessories pnp.7 11.5 ∅13 13 M 8x1 NSD00834 3 2.1 to 2. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Straight optical system 2 m cable. IP 66 pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only) Solid-state output Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector Straight optical system ∅13 4 26 23 8 ∅ 3. Type B pnp/npn. 5 × 0. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG73 31–1RH00 } 3RG73 31–7CH00 28.5 m Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. light-ON or dark-ON 5 × 0. 4-pole. 7 NSD00837 28 16 20 15. } Preferred type 30.5 50 ∅13 13 NSD00834 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 250 2 Switching state (yellow) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. PVC. 4-pole.2 mm2 M 8 connector. 31 17 0} 3RG73 23–1RH00 0} 3RG73 23–7CH00 30. light-ON or 4-pole. see also Page 3/66. see Pages 3/60 and 3/61. light-ON or dark-ON 6 × 0.5 Angular optical system 29 26 25 Angular optical system 7. 4-pole. pnp. Type B pnp/npn. 6 × 0. IP 66 pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only) Solid-state output Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories Straight optical system ∅13 4 26 23 8 ∅ 3. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Dependent on fiber type 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 Switching state (yellow) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No.5 36 54 ∅13 ∅13 ∅3.5 ∅13 30.5 23 8 13 35 25.5 52 44 Straight optical system 61.2 mm2 Straight optical system Angular optical system M 8 connector.5 37 29.5 28.7 11.2 mm2 M 8 connector. 31 17 } 3RG73 33–1RH00 } 3RG73 33–7CH00 35 9 25.5 7. Type B Straight optical system Angular optical system Accessories Mounting bracket for K 35 } 3RG73 32–1RK00 } 3RG73 32–7CK00 30. For plastic fiber-optic conductors. 3/36 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . 4 × 0. Type B dark-ON Emitter for thru-beam sensors 2 m cable.4 8 46 ∅3.7 13 M 8x1 11. PVC. PVC.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 35 form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor M 8x1 13 NSD00835 ∅13 13 K 35 Range 5 m Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. 31 17 0} 3RG73 22–1BG00 } 3RG73 32–1BG00 0} 3RG73 22–7BG00 } 3RG73 32–7BG00 27 27 18 18 3RX7 313 For mounting brackets. light-ON or dark-ON 0} 3RG73 22–1RK00 0} 3RG73 22–7CK00 Angular optical system 2 m cable. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. 31 17 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) nm g Straight optical system 2 m cable.5 26 NSD00836 4 20 42 29. pnp/npn.4 8 46 8 15. 3x7. IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 M 12x1 40 30 40 5. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 39 39 5 to 25 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 250 ≤ 35 200 2. light-ON or darkON 3RG72 40–3CH00 3RG72 40–3HH00 3RG72 44–3CH00 3RG72 44–3HH00 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/37 . surplus light (green) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 660 (red. light-ON or darkON npn.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches N I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor C 40 form Diffuse sensor with background suppression C 40 Sensing range 70 cm (diffuse sensor) Sensing range 5 to 25 cm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 40 40 nm g M 12 connector 4-pole. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray) 660 (red.1 %/K Supplied with mounting bracket LED NSD 01184 LED 40 46 55 40 46 55 NSD 01184 69 30 40 5.3 M 12x1 40 69 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 70 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 ≤ 35 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow). visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0.40 Order No.3x7. Type F pnp.40 Order No.5 Switching state indication (yellow). polarized. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0.1 %/K Supplied with mounting bracket LED NSD 01184 LED 40 46 55 40 46 55 NSD 01184 69 30 40 5.40 Order No.3 M 12x1 40 30 40 5. light-ON or darkON 3RG72 41–3CH00 3RG72 41–3HH00 3RG72 41–3CH52 3RG72 41–3HH52 3/38 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 69 .5 Switching state indication (yellow). light-ON or darkON npn.3x7.3 M 12x1 40 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 6 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 ≤ 35 1000 0. IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.40 Order No. polarized. Type F pnp. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 39 39 1 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 ≤ 35 1000 0.3x7. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84.5 Switching state indication (yellow). visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0. 3RX7 916 660 (red. 3RX7 916 660 (red. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 40 40 nm g M 12 connector 4-pole.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches C 40 form N Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects I Selection and ordering data C 40 Range 6 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 1 m (retroreflective sensor for transparent objects) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. 20 % residual ripple) Max.1 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories For M 4 28 40 31 4. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. 20 % residual ripple) Max. light-ON and surplus light function npn. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp. surplus light (green) 400 mm × 400 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP.5 Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. Type F pnp.5 31 40 NSD00840 NSD00841 29 29 31 40 4. Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 Order No.5 19 28 19 28 31 40 4. 200 mA 15 1000 0. light-ON and surplus light function Accessories Mounting bracket for K 40 3RG70 20–0CC00 3RG70 20–0CD00 3RG70 20–0HC00 3RG70 20–0HD00 3RG70 20–7CC00 3RG70 20–7CD00 3RG70 20–7HC00 3RG70 20–7HD00 3RG70 20–3CC00 3RG70 20–3CD00 3RG70 20–3HC00 3RG70 20–3HD00 3RG70 21–0CC00 3RG70 21–0CD00 3RG70 21–0HC00 3RG70 21–0HD00 3RG70 21–7CC00 3RG70 21–7CD00 3RG70 21–7HC00 3RG70 21–7HD00 3RG70 21–3CC00 3RG70 21–3CD00 3RG70 21–3HC00 3RG70 21–3HD00 3RX7 911 For mounting brackets. see also Page 3/66.5 For M 4 16 28 40 31 5 4. PUR.5 für M 4 16 28 40 31 5 4. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 3RX7 916 660 (red. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. 200 mA 15 1000 0. 4-pole.5 Switching state indication (yellow).Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 40 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Retroreflective sensor K 40 Sensing range 2 m (diffuse sensor) IR light Range 6 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 and M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. Type B pnp. Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 Order No.5 19 28 19 28 3 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/39 . light-ON and dark4 × 0. light-ON and surplus light function npn. light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp. polarized. light-ON and surplus light function npn.5 4. pnp. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn.5 31 40 NSD00838 NSD00839 29 29 For M 4 28 40 31 4. 4. light-ON and surplus light function M 12 connector 4-pole. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 nm g 3 m cable.5 Switching state indication (yellow). surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84. light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector. surplus light (green) 100 mm × 100 mm 660 nm (red.14 mm2 M 8 connector. pnp. light-ON and surplus light function npn. light-ON and surplus light function M 12 connector 4-pole. Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 (emitter and receiver) Order No. 3-pole.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/40 4.5 31 40 NSD00839 NSD00842 29 4. light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector. light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn.1 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories For M 4 16 28 40 31 5 4.5 Switching state indication (yellow). light-ON and surplus light function npn. light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp. 20 % residual ripple) Max. IP 67 Enabling input for test purposes solid-state output Temperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. light-ON and surplus light function Emitter for thru-beam sensors 3 m cable. For glass FO conductors.5 4.5 For M 4 16 28 40 31 5 4. PUR.. Type A M 12 connector. surplus light (green) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP.5 Switching state indication (yellow). see P. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 nm g 3 m cable.5 19 28 29 19 28 31 40 . 20 % residual ripple) Max. see also Page 3/60.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 15 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 3/62 to 3/65. 200 mA 15 1000 0. Type B pnp. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP. Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for K 40 3RG70 22–0CC00 3RG70 22–0CD00 3RG70 22–0HC00 3RG70 22–0HD00 3RG70 22–7CC00 3RG70 22–7CD00 3RG70 22–7HC00 3RG70 22–7HD00 3RG70 22–3CC00 3RG70 22–3CD00 3RG70 22–3HC00 3RG70 22–3HD00 3RG70 23–0CC00 3RG70 23–0CD00 3RG70 23–0HC00 3RG70 23–0HD00 3RG70 23–7CC00 3RG70 23–7CD00 3RG70 23–7HC00 3RG70 23–7HD00 3RG70 23–3CC00 3RG70 23–3CD00 3RG70 23–3HC00 3RG70 23–3HD00 3RG70 22–0BE00 3RG70 22–7BE00 3RG70 22–3BE00 3RX7 911 2 2 7 For mounting brackets. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 Dependent on fiber type 10 to 36 (max. 200 mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0.5 19 28 29 19 28 31 40 4.5 For M 4 28 40 31 4. 3 × 0. light-ON and surplus light function npn. light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn. Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 Order No. PUR. 4-pole. 4-pole.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 40 form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor BERO for glass fiber-optic conductor K 40 Range 15 m (thru-beam sensor) Red light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 and M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. light-ON and dark4 × 0.5 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. Type F pnp.5 For M 4 28 40 31 31 40 NSD00841 NSD00843 29 4. 6 27 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 90 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 660 (red. Type F 2 m cable. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. 5 V/10 mA < 40 2 30 nm g For mounting brackets. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/41 . 5 × 0.5 mm2 Accessories Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 pnp/npn. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG73 00–1RH00 } 3RG73 00–3RH00 – 28. 5 × 0. IP 65 Solid-state or relay output Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 50 40 ∅4.2 11. light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn. min. PVC.4 NSD00844 M 12 18 16. } Preferred type – – } 3RG73 00–1PH00 33 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC. PVC. } Preferred type 2 m cable.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. see also Page 3/67.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 50 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor K 50 Sensing range 90 cm Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. 30 V DC). 29 20 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Order No.6 50 40 30 20. light-ON or dark-ON Relay. M 12 connector Accessories pnp/npn. 5 × 0. 3/42 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .2 Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 5 to 25 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %) 660 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG73 04–1RH00 } 3RG73 04–3CH00 – 19 Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 For mounting brackets.6 50 40 30 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 2 m cable. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 28. } Preferred type – – } 3RG73 04–3WS00 27 K 50 Range 5 to 25 cm Anti-interference function DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. 29 20 11. see also Page 3/67.6 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 50 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor with background suppression 20. ID-Code 1 < 30 – <5 nm g Order No. IP 65 Solid-state or relay output AS-Interface Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 50 40 ∅4. PVC.4 NSD00844 M 12 18 16.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. Type F With AS-Interface connection. 6 27 3 Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 3 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector S 48. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No.2 11. Type F With AS-Interface connection. 5 × 0. polarized. 29 20 Order No. PVC. ID-Code 1 < 30 mA – <5 nm g 2 m cable. 5 V/10 mA < 40 mA 2 30 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1. 3RX7 922 660 (red. M 12 connector 2 m cable. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. light-ON or dark-ON Light-ON or dark-ON Relay. light-ON or dark-ON – } 3RG73 01–1PH00 33 Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 For mounting brackets. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/43 . 30 V AC). see also Page 3/67. } Preferred type – – } 3RG73 01–3WS00 19 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 50 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter K 50 Range 3 m Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. min.5 mm2 Accessories pnp/npn.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. } Preferred type } 3RG73 01–1RH00 } 3RG73 01–3CH00 – Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 28.4 NSD00844 M 12 18 16. IP 65 Solid-state or relay output AS-Interface Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 50 40 ∅4. 5 × 0. PVC.6 50 40 30 20. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. 3/44 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . PVC. 5 × 0.5 mm2 Accessories pnp/npn. PVC. 3RX7 922 660 (red. min. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. 5 V/10 mA < 40 2 30 nm g Order No. light-ON or dark-ON Relay. 5 × 0. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 28. 29 20 11.4 NSD00844 M 12 18 16. Type F 2 m cable. IP 65 Solid-state or relay output Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 50 40 ∅4. } Preferred type – – } 3RG73 01–1PH51 27 K 50 Range 4 m Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 50 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter 30 20.6 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC. light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG73 01–1RH51 } 3RG73 01–3CH51 – 33 Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 For mounting brackets.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole.6 50 40 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 2 m cable. see also Page 3/67.2 Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 4 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector S 48. 30 V DC). 31 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Order No.6 27 3 Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 250 2 Switching state (yellow) – 660 (red. } Preferred type – Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC.6 50 40 30 20. Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 } 3RG73 02–1BG00 } 3RG73 02–3BG00 27 21 } 3RG73 02–1FG00 – 32 pnp/npn.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 50 form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor K 50 Range 5 m Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. light-ON or dark-ON } Preferred type } 3RG73 02–1RH00 30. PVC M 12 connector.35 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole. PVC. see also Page 3/67. with alarm output pnp.4 NSD00844 M 12 18 16. 6 × 0. PVC.2 11. Receiver 2 m cable. min. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No.5 mm2 Emitter 2 m cable. light-ON or dark-ON. 30 V DC). 5 V/10 mA < 40 2 30 nm g } 3RG73 02–3CH00 – 20 – } 3RG73 02–1PH00 33 For mounting brackets. 4-pole. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/45 . light-ON or dark-ON Relay. Type F 2 m cable. IP 65 Solid-state or relay output Temperature range –15 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 50 40 ∅4. 5 × 0. dark4 × 0. darkON (compatible) M 12 connector 4-pole.5 5 20 65 Sensing range 10 to 50 cm. see also Page 3/67. } Preferred type } 3RG73 44–1CC00 3RG73 44–1HC00 } 3RG73 44–3CC00 3RG73 44–3HC00 22 22 22 22 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) nm g 2 m cable. Ready (green) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %) 660 (red. darkON (compatible) Accessories Mounting bracket for K 65 } 3RG73 40–1CC00 3RG73 40–1HC00 } 3RG73 40–3CC00 3RG73 40–3HC00 3RX7 311 For mounting brackets.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 65 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression K 65 Sensing range 2 m. PVC. IP 66 Solid-state output Supplied without fixing accessories ∅ 4. adjustable via potentiometer Temperature range –20 to +60 °C 55 5. pnp.25 mm2 ON (compatible) npn. light-ON. adjustable via "teach-in" (background suppression) Temperature range –10 to +55 °C Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing.8 10 to 50 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 < 50 200 2.5 Switching state (yellow). 3/46 10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . light-ON.3 36 22 16 NSD00845 40 M12 41 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 200 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 < 40 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 130 Order No. darkON (compatible) npn. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 22 22 22 22 10. visible) ABS IP 66 130 Order No. Type F pnp. light-ON. light-ON. light-ON. darkON (compatible) M 12 connector 4-pole. IP 66 Solid-state output Temperature range –20 to +60 °C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 55 5. light-ON.5 5 20 ∅ 4. light-ON. Type F pnp. darkON (compatible) npn. 4-pole. } Preferred type } 3RG73 42–1CC00 3RG73 42–1HC00 } 3RG73 42–3CC00 3RG73 42–3HC00 22 22 22 22 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 8 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 < 40 500 1 Switching state (yellow). surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84. see also Page 3/67.25 mm2 ON (compatible) npn. surplus light (green) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 130 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 22 22 22 22 Order No.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 65 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor Thru-beam sensor K 65 Range 8 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 50 mm (thru-beam sensor) Adjustment via potentiometer Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing. 3RX7 916 660 (red.25 mm2 M 12 connector. pnp. light-ON. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/47 . PVC.3 36 65 22 16 NSD00845 40 M12 10 41 3 50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 < 40 25 20 Switching state (yellow).8 – – 3RX7 311 } 3RG73 42–1BG00 } 3RG73 42–3BG00 21 21 For mounting brackets. darkON (compatible) Emitter 2 m cable. Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for K 65 } 3RG73 41–1CC00 3RG73 41–1HC00 } 3RG73 41–3CC00 3RG73 41–3HC00 10. visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 130 Order No. dark4 × 0. } Preferred type nm g 2 m cable. PVC. 4 × 0. light-ON and dark-ON.5 5 5. + LEDs NSD0 00846b 65 Pot. Light-ON or dark. } Preferred type } 3RG72 00–3CC00 3RG72 00–3HC00 } 3RG72 10–3DK00 3RG72 10–3EK00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 8 Order No. 3/48 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .01 to 1 s) Accessories – } 3RG72 10–5WS00 10 For mounting brackets. with timing function (0.1 to 10 s) } 3RG72 00–6CC00 3RG72 00–6HC00 } 3RG72 10–6DK00 3RG72 10–6EK00 12 12 – – – – Pg 11 – } 3RG72 10–6MC00 11 FK connection AS-Interface. AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. } Preferred type – – – – Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 20 to 320 AC/DC.5 Switching state indication (yellow). enabling input for test purposes. + LEDs NSD0 00848b 83 73 62 30 13.2 83 73 62 30 5 5.01 to 1 s) Relay.01 s to 10 s Solid-state or relay output. ID-Code 1 ≤ 30 mA – ≤5 Hz ms nm g M 12 connector Light-ON and dark.5 36 M 12x1 50 25 10 20 10 20 PG 11 36 50 25 Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V 2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 mA ≤ 30 mA ≤ 1000 ≤ 0. Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector. see also Page 3/67. npn surplus light. ON. npn with enabling surplus light.pnp ON.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories 65 Pot. input with timing function (0. Type G. with enabling input Light-ON and dark. with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Pg 11. molded plastic housing. surplus light (green) 400 mm × 400 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No.pnp 5-pole. with timing function (0. 2 A (at 240 V AC) ≤ 2 VA ≤ 20 ≤ 20 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 80 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor K 80 Sensing range 2 m Infrared light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland.pnp ON (compatible) npn Light-ON or dark. IP 67 ON-delay. OFF-delay.pnp 4-pole. pulse shaping Time range 0. ID-Code 1 ≤ 30 – ≤5 nm g M 12 connector Light-ON and dark. with enabling input Light-ON and dark. + LEDs NSD0 00848b 83 73 62 30 13. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 8 Order No.pnp 5-pole.pnp ON (compatible) npn 3RG72 04–3CC00 3RG72 04–3HC00 3RG72 14–3DK00 3RG72 14–3EK00 – – – – 3RG72 04–6CC00 3RG72 04–6HC00 3RG72 14–6DK00 3RG72 14–6EK00 12 12 – – – – Light-ON or dark. npn with enabling surplus light .01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Pg 11. OFF-delay. AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/49 .Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 80 form I Selection and ordering data Diffuse sensor with background suppression K 80 Sensing range 0.pnp 4-pole. pulse shaping Time range 0. npn surplus light . Light-ON or dark. IP 67 ON-delay. Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector. with timing function (0.01 s to 10 s Solid-state output. see also Page 3/67. input with timing function (0.2 83 73 62 30 5 5.5 5 5.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories 65 Pot.5 36 M 12x1 50 25 10 20 10 20 PG 11 36 50 25 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 0. Type G.2 to 1 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 ≤ 45 ≤ 250 ≤2 Switching state indication (yellow). ON. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1.01 to 1 s) Accessories Mounting bracket for K 80 – 3RG72 14–5WS00 10 3RX7 303 For mounting brackets. with timing function (0. surplus light (green) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No.2 m to 1 m Infrared light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland. + LEDs NSD0 00846b 65 Pot.pnp ON. molded plastic housing. enabling input for test purposes.01 to 1 s) FK connection AS-Interface. pnp ON (compatible) npn Light-ON or dark.5 36 M 12x1 50 25 10 20 10 20 PG 11 36 50 25 Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V 6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 mA ≤ 30 mA ≤ 1000 ≤ 0. with timing function (0. Light-ON or dark. with timing function (0. pulse shaping Time range 0. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No.pnp 4-pole. surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84. with enabling input Light-ON and dark.01 s to 10 s Solid-state or relay output. npn surplus light . } Preferred type } 3RG72 01–3CC00 3RG72 01–3HC00 } 3RG72 11–3DK00 3RG72 11–3EK00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 8 Order No. + LEDs NSD0 00846b 65 Pot.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 65 Pot. light-ON and dark-ON. OFF-delay.pnp 5-pole. 3RX7 916 660 (red. molded plastic housing. AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. npn with enabling surplus light . Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector.01 to 1 s) Accessories Mounting bracket for K 80 – } 3RG72 11–5WS00 10 3RX7 303 For mounting brackets. with timing function (0. ON. + LEDs NSD0 00848b 83 73 62 30 13. ID-Code 1 ≤ 30 mA – ≤5 Hz ms nm g M 12 connector Light-ON and dark.pnp ON.5 5 5.2 83 73 62 30 5 5. 2 A (at 240 V AC) ≤ 2 VA ≤ 20 ≤ 20 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 80 form I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter K 80 Range 6 m (autocollimation principle) Visible red light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland. IP 67 ON-delay. Type G.5 Switching state indication (yellow). polarized. enabling input for test purposes. 3/50 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . see also Page 3/67. input with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Relay.1 to 10 s) } 3RG72 01–6CC00 3RG72 01–6HC00 } 3RG72 11–6DK00 3RG72 11–6EK00 12 12 – – – – Pg 11 – } 3RG72 11–6MC00 11 FK connection AS-Interface. } Preferred type – – – – Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 20 to 320 AC/DC.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Pg 11. 4-pole. Type F ON. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/51 . npn surplus light . AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0. OFF-delay. Receiver M 12 connector Light-ON and dark. IP 67 ON-delay. } Preferred type – – – – Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 20 to 320 AC/DC. + LEDs NSD0 00848b 83 73 62 30 13.01 s to 10 s Solid-state or relay output. ID-Code 1 ≤ 30 mA – ≤5 nm g } 3RG72 02–6CC00 3RG72 02–6HC00 } 3RG72 12–6DK00 3RG72 12–6EK00 12 12 – – – – Pg 11 – } 3RG72 12–6MC00 11 FK connection AS-Interface. molded plastic housing.pnp 4-pole.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories 65 Pot.01 to 1 s) Relay. enabling input for test purposes.pnp ON (compatible) npn Pg 11. with timing function (0. pulse shaping Time range 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow). with timing function (0. npn surplus light .pnp ON.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches K 80 form I Selection and ordering data Thru-beam sensor K 80 Range 50 m Modulated infrared light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland.1 to 10 s) } Preferred type } 3RG72 02–3CC00 3RG72 02–3HC00 } 3RG72 12–3DK00 3RG72 12–3EK00 5 6 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Order No.5 36 M 12x1 50 25 10 20 10 20 PG 11 36 50 25 3 Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight Hz ms m V 50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 mA ≤ 30 mA ≤ 1000 ≤ 0.5 5 5. with timing function (0.2 83 73 62 30 5 5. Light-ON or dark. with enabling input Light-ON or dark.pnp 4-pole. Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector. light-ON and dark-ON.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Light-ON and dark. surplus light (green) – 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No. + LEDs NSD0 00846b 65 Pot. see also Page 3/67. 2A ≤ 2 VA ≤ 20 ≤ 20 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1. with timing function (0. Type F Pg 11 FK connection for AS-Interface Accessories Mounting bracket for K 80 – } 3RG72 12–5WS00 10 } 3RG72 02–3BG00 } 3RG72 02–6BG00 – 3RX7 303 7 12 – } 3RG72 02–6FG00 } 3RG72 02–5WG00 12 10 For mounting brackets.01 to 1 s) Emitter M 12 connector. 280 10 to 30 100 < 55 1500 333 Switching state (yellow). 4-pole.088 mm2 pnp. 3/52 17 16 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . light-ON or dark-ON npn. Set (red/green) – 660 (red) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. 6 × 0. light-ON or dark-ON npn.3 3. light-ON or dark-ON pnp. IP 65 Programmable via teach-in Solid-state output npn or pnp Temperature range –10 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 64 NSD00849 44. Type B Accessories Mounting bracket for KL 40 3RX7 313 For mounting brackets.6 12 12 LED YE LED GN/RD Programming Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight mm V mA mA Hz µs Max. light-ON or dark-ON M 8 connector. PVC. see also Page 3/66. } Preferred type } 3RG74 13–1CH00 3RG74 13–1HH00 } 3RG74 13–7CH00 3RG74 13–7HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 34 34 23 23 nm g 2 m cable.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches KL 40 form I Selection and ordering data BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor KL 40 Snap-on fitting (standard mounting rail) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing.5 25. see Pages 3/60 and 3/61.75 24.65 6. For plastic fiber-optic conductors. IP 65 Programmable via teach-in Version with cable: Also with remote teach-in and alarm output Solid-state output npn/pnp Timing function Temperature range –10 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories Supplied with plastic fiber-optic conductor 3RX7 011 64 NSD00850 44. programming (red/green).6 25. 4-pole. timer (green) – 3 LEDs: 660 (red). 6 × 0. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/53 . 1 m long. 525 (green). 470 (blue) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 40 Order No.5 6.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches CL 40 form I Selection and ordering data Color sensor CL 40 Sensing range 3 to 15 mm 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing. see also Page 3/66. Type B Accessories pnp npn pnp npn Plastic fiber-optic conductor. for color sensor CL 40 Mounting bracket for CL 40 For mounting brackets.75 24.088 mm2 M 8 connector.65 12 12 9 8 8 8 LED GN LED YE LED RD/GN Programming 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight mm V mA mA Hz µs 3 to 15 10 to 30 100 < 60 550 100 Switching state (yellow). } Preferred type } 3RG75 50–1CA00 3RG75 50–1HA00 } 3RG75 50–7CA00 3RG75 50–7HA00 3RX7 011 3RX7 313 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 35 35 25 25 nm g 2 m cable. PVC.3 3. 6 × 0. 5. Ready (green) – 660 (red) or 565 (green). light-ON or dark-ON.5 ∅25 5. horizontal light spot } 3RG75 60–1CH55 } 3RG75 60–3CH55 26 } 3RG75 60–3CH54 26 3RG75 60–3CH53 26 3RG75 60–3CH56 26 3/54 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . light-ON or dark-ON.8 Order No.5 10 50 Switching state (yellow).7 31 ∅25 21 18 14. vertical light spot pnp.5 V Horizontal or vertical light spot Temperature range –10 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 7.3 NSD00851 18 nm g 39. Type F pnp.9 82.1 36.9 42. light-ON or dark-ON.8 M5 15 33. switchable Solid-state output pnp. IP 67 Programmable via teach-in ON-delay...5 28 28 M5 M 12 20. analog output 0 to 5. automatic selection Aluminum die-cast IP 67 560 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 36 4. vertical light spot pnp. PVC.2 READY OUT MARK BKGR 9 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Analog output (R i = 22 kΩ) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight mm V mA mA V kHz µs 9 10 to 30 200 < 80 0 .15 mm² shielded M 12 connector 4-pole.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches C 80 form I Selection and ordering data Color mark sensor C 80 Sensing range 9 or 18 mm 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing.6 27. } Preferred type } 3RG75 60–1CH54 M 12x1 58 24 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 36 3 m cable. } Preferred type } 3RG75 02–7RH57 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 24 nm IR g Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG75 02–7RH58 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 24 M 8 connector. visible red/green Fork/slot.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches G 20 form I Selection and ordering data Fork/slot. Type B pnp/npn.5 3 Fork/slot width Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight mm V mA mA kHz µs 2 10 to 30 100 < 55 6 80 Switching state (yellow) – Green/red Aluminum die-cast IP 65 115 g Order No. light-ON or dark-ON Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/55 . pnp and npn Teach-in Temperature range 0 to +55 °C Supplied without fixing accessories 2 16 12 M4 NSD00852 7. IP 65 Solid-state output.5 4. 4-pole.5 20 M8 8 97.25 90 9 20 18 9 26 4 6 4 18 26 50 7. infrared G 20 Fork/slot width 2 mm 10 to 30 V DC M 8 connector Metal housing. without fixing accessories Laser thru-beam sensor Straight optical system Angular optical system M 18x1 5 M 18x1 27.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches L 18 form (Laser) I Selection and ordering data L 18 Range 50 m Visible laser light.25 mm² M 12 connector. LED NSD0 00861 NSD00862 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 M 12x1 Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. PUR. Laser Protection Class 2 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 65 Solid-state output Temperature range –10 to +60°C Temperature coefficient 0. switching state indication (yellow). Type F pnp. nickel-plated IP 65 75 / 175 Order No.7 NSD00857 Pot. see also Page 3/68. light-ON. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 nm g Receiver 3 m cable. 3/56 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 M 18x1 SW 24 4 37 48 48 SW 24 SW 24 48 M 18x1 75 4 4 75 75 75 64 M 18x1 4 M 18x1 SW 24 37 48 4 4 48 SW 24 SW 24 48 75 M 18x1 4 4 75 75 75 64 M 18x1 4 .7 5 Pot. visible) Brass. light-ON and surplus light function M 12 connector 4-pole. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 Order No.7 SW 24 20 SW 24 NSD0 00856 28. 4-pole. Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for L 18 3RG71 35–0CC00 3RG71 35–0CD00 3RG71 35–3CC00 3RG71 35–3CD00 3RG71 75–0CC00 3RG71 75–0CD00 3RG71 75–3CC00 3RG71 75–3CD00 3RG71 35–0BE00 3RG71 35–3BE00 3RX7 300 9 9 3RG71 75–0BE00 3RG71 75–3BE00 9 9 For mounting brackets.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz µs 50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 Emitter: ≤ 10. dark-ON 4 × 0.1 %/K Supplied with focussing and adjustment tool. LED 5 Pot. light-ON. PUR. 4 × 0. LED NSD0 00858 NSD00859 NSD00860 Pot. pnp.7 SW 24 20 SW 24 28. dark-ON (compatible) pnp. receiver: ≤ 15 6000 ≤ 83 Operating voltage (green).25 mm² (compatible) pnp. surplus light (red) – 660 (red laser light. LED NSD0 00853 NSD00854 NSD00855 M 18x1 5 4 M 18x1 27. light-ON and surplus light function Emitter 3 m cable. ) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) V mA mA Hz µs 30 to 150 mm (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 (max. light-ON and dark-ON pnp.25 mm² dark-ON pnp. pnp. Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for L 50 3RX7 302 For mounting brackets. see also Page 3/67. light-ON and surplus light function } Preferred type 3RG70 56–0CC00 3RG70 56–0CD00 3RG70 56–0HC00 3RG70 56–0HD00 } 3RG70 56–3CC00 3RG70 56–3CD00 3RG70 56–3HC00 3RG70 56–3HD00 3RG70 57–0CC00 3RG70 57–0CD00 3RG70 57–0HC00 3RG70 57–0HD00 3RG70 57–3CC00 3RG70 57–3CD00 3RG70 57–3HC00 3RG70 57–3HD00 M 12 connector 4-pole.5 46 44 16 4. 10 % residual ripple) 200 ≤ 50 2500 ≤ 200 Operating voltage (green). Laser Protection Class 2 Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range –20 to +45°C Temperature coefficient 0. 4.3 40 44 50 Pot. PUR. light-ON and surplus light function pnp. + LEDs 16 46 44 4.) Range 12 m (retroreflective sensor) Visible laser light.5 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/57 .3 40 44 50 Pot. light-ON and surplus light function npn. light-ON and dark-ON npn. + LEDs 17 4 50 Pot. + LEDs 17 4 17 4 50 50 3 46 44 NSD0 00864 NSD0 00864 27.1 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector 17 4 50 Pot. + LEDs 50 46 44 50 NSD0 00863 NSD0 00863 16 4. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 nm g 2 m cable. light-ON and 4 × 0.3 16 M 12x1 M 12x1 40 44 M 12x1 M 12x1 40 44 Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. light-ON and surplus light function npn. surplus light (red) Reflector type RL 50. light-ON and dark-ON npn. 3RX7 307 670 (red laser light) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 145 / 45 Order No. switching state (yellow). switching state (yellow).3 27. 10 % residual ripple) 200 ≤ 50 2500 ≤ 200 Operating voltage (green). surplus light (red) 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 670 (red laser light) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 140 / 40 Order No.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches L 50 form (Laser) I Selection and ordering data Laser diffuse sensor with background suppression Laser diffuse sensor L 50 Sensing range 30 to 150 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppr. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 12 m (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 (max. temperature drift 18 µm/K Supplied without fixing accessories 17 4 50 Pot. Laser Protection Class 2 (acc. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 37 Order No. 4 × 0.34 mm² Mounting bracket for L 50 3RX1 680 3RX1 681 3RX7 302 For mounting brackets. rising 3RG70 56–1CM00 3RG70 56–1CM03 3RG70 56–3CM00 37 3RG70 56–3CM03 37 Accessories Cable plug. 4 × 0. see also Page 3/67.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Spot size when sensor is 65 mm from target Housing material Degree of protection Weight mm µm V V mA Hz ms mm 45 to 85 (adjustable via potentiometer) 80 < 1 % of measuring range (40 mm) 18 to 28 0 to 10 / max.34 mm² Right angle cable plug.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches L 50 form (Laser) I Selection and ordering data Laser diffuse sensor with analog output L 50 Sensing range 45 to 85 mm Resolution 80 µm/20 µm Visible laser light.3 40 44 Sensing range Resolution Linearity Rated operational voltage (DC) Analog output No-load supply current I0 (typ. to IEC 825/VDE 0837) Cable IP 67 Voltage output 0 to 10 V Temperature range 0 to +45 °C. 4 × 0. surplus light (red) < 0. + LEDs 50 NSD0 00863 16 46 44 4.8 Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 280 Order No. 3 mA ≤ 35 500 1 Operating voltage (green).34 mm² rising shielded M 12 connector 4-pole. PVC. Analog output 0 to 10 V. shielded. Type F Analog output 0 to 10 V. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 37 50 10 20 g 6 m cable. NSD00865 Characteristic Measuring range 10 V 0V 45 mm 85 mm 3/58 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . shielded. 7 light beams Autocollimation principle 12 to 36 V DC M 8 connector IP 54 Solid-state output Temperature range –10 to +50°C Temperature coefficient 0. fouling indic. 200 < 30 50 10 Switching state indication (yellow).Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches Light array I Selection and ordering data Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter LG Range 1.4 m Visible red light. dark-ON and surplus light function The switching output switches as soon as one of the 7 beams is interrupted. polarized. 3RX7 924 660 (red.1 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories Supplied without reflector 30 60 LED YE LED RE 16 M4 46 7 Direction of travel 23 9 60 6x7=42 12 20 45 NSD00866 A 3 Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ. 4-pole.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 1. (red) Reflector type R 45. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 6 nm g } Preferred type M 8 connector. Type B pnp. Crastin) IP 54 120 Order No.4 12 to 36 Max. visible) Molded plastic (PBTP. Accessories Reflector type R 45 3RX7 924 } 3RG70 71–7CD27 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/59 . 100 M 6 (P=0. 30 N Max.75) NSD00915 12 2 individual fibers Ø 1 mm. K 31.01 2.5) NSD00914 Sensing range: 7 ∅1 Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 20 mm 40 mm 20 mm 35 mm 3RX7 001 0.01 2000 + . The main advantages are: • Extremely small dimensions • Small bending radius • For cutting to length • Visible light • Wide range of types • Attractively priced Typical beam diagram (fiber type 3RX7 003) 50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm) a TW TW (mm) NSD00913a TW = Sensing range I Technical data Temperature range Degree of protection • Sensor head • Sensor Standard length Bending radius Tensile strength Attenuation Sleeve material Angle of incidence Solvent resistance –40 to +75 °C IP 67 IP 65 2 m ± 0. can be cut 2000 + . 25 mm Max.01 2000 + . can be cut 1. The sensing range of the plastic fiber-optic conductors depends on the type of OptoBERO used. ± 56° Not resistant I Selection and ordering data Design Order No.2 2000 + .2 mm contained in the scope of supply.8 15 90 3/60 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . can be cut Adapter sleeves for Ø 2.5) NSD00917 2 individual fibers Ø 2.2 90 + -2 ∅1 Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 20 mm 40 mm 20 mm 35 mm 3RX7 004 0. Sensing range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 50 mm 110 mm 3RX7 002 0.100 M 3 (P=0. K 35 and KL 40.8 15 Sensing range: 1.2 ∅ 2. 0. can be cut Adapter sleeves for Ø 2.2 mm. Weight kg Plastic fiber-optic conductors for diffuse sensors M 3 (P=0.100 1.01 ∅ 2.75) NSD00918 7 12 2 individual fibers Ø 1 mm.1 m Min. Sensing range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 16 mm 100 mm 3RX7 005 0.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 plastic fiber-optic conductors I Overview The plastic fiber-optic conductors are used in conjunction with the Opto-BEROs of types K 30.4 dB/m at 660 nm Polyethylene Max.2 mm contained in the scope of supply.5 2 individual fibers Ø 2.100 M 6 (P=0.2 mm. 5 3RX7 901 1500 mm 3000 mm 250 mm 2000 mm 3RX7 902 250 mm 500 mm 20 mm 350 mm 0.7 5.01 3 2 individual fibers Ø 2.01 M 4 (P=0.01 Plastic fiber-optic conductors for thru-beam sensors Range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 32 mm 90 mm 3RX7 006 M 3 (P=0.2 mm.7) NSD00920 M 2.2 mm.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 plastic fiber-optic conductors I Selection and ordering data Design Order No.2 ∅3 2000 + 100 - 12 7 Range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 200 mm 400 mm 50 mm 280 mm 3RX7 007 0. approx.5 8.7) NSD00922 ∅ 1.5 M 2.6 (P=0.9 90 + -2 Range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 200 mm 400 mm 75 mm 280 mm 3RX7 010 0.2 2000 + .100 11 3 Range: M 3 (P=0.100 12 7 ∅ 0. kg 0.2 mm. can be cut (fine internal fiber) ∅ 2.02 ∅ 4.6 (P=0.6 (P=0.45) 5.2 mm.5) NSD00919 2 individual fibers Ø 2.8 0.2 2 individual fibers Ø 2.2 2000 + .2 2000 + . can be cut ∅ 2. can be cut (fine internal fiber) ∅ 2.100 11 90 + -2 Front lenses NSD00923 Front lenses (1 pair) ∅ 4.45) Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/61 .45) 2 individual fibers Ø 2.01 M 4 (P=0. Weight.02 ∅4 for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type Range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 M 2.7 NSD00924 Front lenses 90° (1 pair) for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type Range: 9. can be cut ∅ 2.5) NSD00921 Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 14 mm 60 mm 3RX7 008 0. 02 0. approx.04 3/62 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .7 mm Min.04 1. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. The main advantages are: • Small dimensions • Wide range of types • Large selection of fibers and sensor heads • Detection of extremely small parts Depending on the type. 0.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 glass fiber-optic conductors I Overview The glass fiber-optic conductors are used in conjunction with the Opto-BEROs of type K 40.01 0.5 m. The sensor heads are available with light outlet at the front or side. NSD00928 6 NSD00925 3RX7 107–0CF 3RX7 107–0FA 3RX7 107–1AA 0. see Page 4/65. 3RX7 104–0CF 3RX7 104–0FA 3RX7 104–1AA 0. 0. 1. Weight.01 0. 3RX7 101–0CF 3RX7 101–0FA 3RX7 101–1AA 0.02 0. bending radius 20 mm Max.7 Sensing range 5 mm With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 4 mm) for detecting the smallest objects NSD00926 5 50 6 5 Sheath: Silicon sheath Ø 4. The range includes glass optical fibers for operation in retroreflective mode (with separate bundles of fibers for emitter and receiver) and for operation as diffuse sensors (the bundles for emitter and receiver are located in a common sleeve).04 NSD00927 5 80 6 5 6 15 12 25 1 Sensing range 15 mm For detecting extremely small objects Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4. The bundle of fibers is surrounded by a sheath that can be selected according to the application: • Wound sheath of chromeplated brass • Silicon sheath with stainless steel braiding for strain-relief for use in corrosive media and under mechanical stress. see Page 4/65. kg Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial diffuse sensors 1 6 15 12 75 0. ± 32° Not resistant I Selection and ordering data Design Order No.5 6 15 12 100 Sensing range 15 mm 1 With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 5 mm) for practically inaccessible locations Sheath: Silicon sheath Ø 4. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. see Page 4/65. Typical beam diagram I Technical data Temperature range • Silicon sheath • Wound sheath Sensor head degree of protection Optical fiber degree of protection • With wound sheath of chromeplated brass • With silicon sheath sleeve Standard lengths Attenuation at 880 nm Angle of incidence Solvent resistance –25 °C to +150 °C –25 °C to +250 °C IP 54 (optionally IP 68) IP 50 IP 65 0. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths.01 0.7 mm Min.25 m.4 dB/m Max. bending radius 23 mm Max.02 0.7 mm Min.0 m Max. bending radius 20 mm Max. glass fiber-optic conductors comprise 200 to 5000 individual fibers with a diameter of 30 to 50 mm. see Page 4/65.01 0.01 0.02 0.5 12 Sensing range 30 mm Universal design Limb length 14 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 6. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. approx.01 0.3 Sensing range 150 mm For reducing the sensing range to 150 mm Housing material: Polyamide 3RX7 904 0. Weight.01 0. bending radius 25 mm Max. kg Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial diffuse sensors (continued) 6 15 12 25 8 5 Sensing range 50 mm Universal sensor of medium range Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 6.7 mm Min. see Page 4/65.04 NSD00932 1. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths.01 0.7 mm Min. 3RX7 201–0CF 3RX7 201–0FA 3RX7 201–1AA 0. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. see Page 4/65.02 0.02 3 NSD00931 6 3 12 24 15 3 15.04 6 15 12 25 8 NSD00930 10 6 3RX7 114–0CF 3RX7 114–0FA 3RX7 114–1AA 0.7 mm Min.02 0.04 Axial heads 6 3 12 24 15 3 15.02 0.3 Sensing range 100 mm For reducing the sensing range to 100 mm Housing material: Polyamide 3RX7 903 0.7 mm Min.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 glass fiber-optic conductors I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. NSD00929 10 3RX7 111–0CF 3RX7 111–0FA 3RX7 111–1AA 0.04 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/63 . bending radius 25 mm Max.7 mm Min. bending radius 25 mm Max. Sensing range 150 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 6.5 8 14 6 15 20 3. see Page 4/65. see Page 4/65.02 NSD00931 Glass fiber-optic conductors for radial diffuse sensors 6 14 6 15 20 1. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. bending radius 23 mm Max.25 12 Sensing range 15 mm For detecting the smallest objects Limb length 14 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4.02 0. 3RX7 204–0CF 3RX7 204–0FA 3RX7 204–1AA 0. NSD00934 6 3RX7 207–0CF 3RX7 207–0FA 3RX7 207–1AA 0.04 NSD00933 5 8 14 6 15 20 12 4 Sensing range 15 mm Limb length 14 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 6. bending radius 25 mm Max. bending radius 20 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths.1 6 15 12 25 8 NSD00939 10 6 6 15 12 25 8 6 Range 1500 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 5. 3RX7 131–0CF 3RX7 131–0FA 3RX7 131–1AA 0.3 3RX7 907 0.7 mm Min.05 0.3 3RX7 908 0. approx. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. bending radius 23 mm Max. 3RX7 117–0CF 3RX7 117–0FA 3RX7 117–1AA 0. see Page 4/65. see Page 4/65. bending radius 24 mm Max. Range 800 mm Universal design Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths.Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 glass fiber-optic conductors I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths. see Page 4/65.025 0.02 0.025 0.025 0. 3RX7 121–0CF 3RX7 121–0FA 3RX7 121–1AA 0. bending radius 20 mm Max.08 NSD00937 5 80 6 5 6 15 12 25 1 Range 200 mm For detecting the smallest objects Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special length.7 mm Min. kg Radial heads 6 12 13 21 15 Sensing range 100 mm 15.08 1.1 mm Min.05 0.05 0.04 0. see Page 4/65.5 6 15 12 100 Range 200 mm 1 With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 5 mm) for practically inaccessible locations Sheath: Silicon sheath Ø 4.7 mm Min.1 NSD00938 6 3RX7 124–0CF 3RX7 124–0FA 3RX7 124–1AA 0.04 0.02 For reducing the sensing range to 100 mm Housing material: Polyamide 5 21 15 4 ∅ NSD00935 Sensing range 150 mm 15. see Page 4/65. 3RX7 127–0CF 3RX7 127–0FA 3RX7 127–1AA 0.7 ∅ NSD00935 Range 50 mm With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 4 mm) for detecting the smallest objects NSD00936 5 50 6 5 Sheath: Silicon sheath Ø 4.02 6 12 13 For reducing the sensing range to 150 mm Housing material: Polyamide 5 4 Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial thru-beam sensors 1 6 15 12 75 0. bending radius 23 mm Max.02 0.1 NSD00939 10 3/64 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .7 mm Min. Weight. Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 glass fiber-optic conductors I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg Glass fiber-optic conductors for radial thru-beam sensors 6 14 6 15 20 1,25 12 Range 200 mm For detecting extremely small objects Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see below. Range 800 mm Universal design Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see below. 3RX7 214–0CF 3RX7 214–0FA 3RX7 214–1AA 0.025 0.05 0.1 NSD00940 1,5 3RX7 211–0CF 3RX7 211–0FA 3RX7 211–1AA 0.025 0.05 0.1 8 14 6 15 20 3,5 NSD00941 5 12 8 14 6 15 20 4 12 Range 1500 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 5.1 mm Min. bending radius 24 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see below. 3RX7 217–0CF 3RX7 217–0FA 3RX7 217–1AA 0.025 0.05 0.1 3 NSD00942 6 I Special designs Special lengths for glass fiber-optic conductors The design is indicated in the first seven positions of the Order No. in accordance with Pages 4/62 to 4/65. Order No. Positions 8 to 10 ("–0AZ") indicate special lengths. The required length must be specified in the order as follows: Order No. and additionally the length in cm. Order No. Ordering example The glass fiber-optic conductor 3RX7 127 is ordered with a length of 75 cm. The order is specified as follows: 3RX 127–0AZ Length: 75 cm Order No. 3RX7 101–0AZ 3RX7 104–0AZ 3RX7 107–0AZ 3RX7 111–0AZ 3RX7 114–0AZ 3RX7 201–0AZ 3RX7 204–0AZ 3RX7 207–0AZ 3RX7 117–0AZ 3RX7 121–0AZ 3RX7 124–0AZ 3RX7 127–0AZ 3RX7 131–0AZ 3RX7 211–0AZ 3RX7 214–0AZ 3RX7 217–0AZ Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/65 Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 accessories I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.013 Mounting brackets 3,3 18,75 3,3 14 6 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 20 3RX7 308 5 30 ∅3,3 20 1,2 NSD00943 4,5 7,5 21 4,5 ∅4,2 1,5 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 30, K 31 Material: Galvanized steel 3RX7 910 0.02 21 10° 10° ∅4,2 NSD00944a 42 ∅4,2 33 16,5 ∅4,2 8° 8° 4,5 21 30 49 7,5 Mounting bracket for 35 mm mounting rail for Opto-BEROs of Series K 30, K 31 Material: Galvanized steel 37,5 41 15 21 NSD00945a 34 13,8 21 30 4,5 3RX7 304 0.032 4,5 1 4 19 1 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 35, KL 40 and CL 40 3RX7 313 0.017 1 4,2x12 4,2x12 4 1 NSD00946 19 1 4,5 13,8 31 4,5 ∅4,2 1,5 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 40 (included in scope of supply) Material: Galvanized steel 3RX7 911 0.035 31 10° 10° ∅4,2 NSD00947a 52 ∅4,2 45 ∅4,2 16,5 8° 8° 4,5 21 30 3/66 7,5 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 accessories I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.061 Mounting brackets 20 2 10 9 ∅ 6,5 60 40 5 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 50 3RX7 310 58 15 ° ∅ 4,5 ∅ 4,5 9 ∅ 5,5 40 10° 20° 22 2 16° ∅ 6,4 NSD00948 40 2 36 5 5 30 R36 R36 ∅ 4,2 36 55 15° 5,5 75 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 65 3RX7 311 0.08 4 12 13 R25 R14 6,4 30 4 30° NSD00949 3 5 9 137 Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 80 26,5 3RX7 303 0.245 31,5 Material: Galvanized steel 63 16° R62 8° R25 34° 63° NSD00950 R73 ∅5,3 10 2 Mounting bracket for Laser BEROs of Series L 50 Material: Galvanized steel 3RX7 302 NSD00951 48 19 49 24° 10,5 ∅4,3 7,5 4 23 32 4,3 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/67 Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 accessories I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg Mounting brackets Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs with M 18 housing (alignable, specially designed for laser BEROs of Series L 18) 50 3RX7 300 Material: Galvanized steel NSD00952 50 28 M 18 30 13 4,2x6,2 42 Universal mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs with M 18 housing Material: Galvanized steel 18,5 NSD00953 3RX7 301 40 3 12 6 32 Metal supports and cutting tool for fiber-optic conductors NSD00954 3 20 40 ∅3,2 ∅6 Metal support for fiber-optic conductors • Ø 3.5 mm • Ø 4.5 mm • Ø 6 mm • Ø 7 mm • Ø 8 mm • Ø 10 mm Cutting tool for plastic fiber-optic conductors 3RX7 940 3RX7 941 3RX7 942 3RX7 943 3RX7 944 3RX7 945 3RX7 918 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.02 4 B A 8 16 A 3,5 4,5 6 B 20 20 20 7 25 M3 12 8 25 10 25 NSD00955 51 3/68 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches 3RX7 accessories I Selection and ordering data Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.005 Reflectors D 22 NSD00956 3RX7 914 25 mm diameter 25 2,2 5 Range typ. approx. 40% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) D 40 46 mm diameter 3RX7 915 0.01 NSD00957 Range typ. approx. 60% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) 46 6 D 84 8,5 4,8 3RX7 916 0.02 85 mm diameter NSD00958 85 10 S 48 Range typ. approx. 50% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) 48 74 86 ø4,5 3RX7 922 0.01 3 NSD00959 55 5 8,5 R 70 Range typ. approx. 30% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) NSD00960 3RX7 920 0.005 71 82 ø4,5 22,5 ø8 4 7,5 R 45 45 51 61 71 3RX7 924 0.01 Range typ. approx. 60% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) ø4,3 8 4 NSD00961 36 58 60 R 60 Reflector 40 mm × 60 mm ø3,5 52 60 3RX7 305 0.01 Range typ. approx. 40 to 50 % of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) NSD00962 34 40,5 R 84 Reflector 84 mm × 84 mm, high reflection factor for wide ranges ø3,5 77 84,5 3RX7 306 0.02 NSD00963 77 84,5 RL 50 4,3 51 61 3RX7 307 0.01 Laser reflector 50 mm × 50 mm, special reflector for laser retroreflective sensors NSD00964 10 51,5 Reflecting foil 100 mm × 100 mm 3RX7 917 0.005 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3/69 4/23 4/20. 4/38 4/19. M 5. 4/38 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/25 4/25 4/25 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/26 4/26 4/26 Cubic type (5 mm × 5 mm. Shorty (M 8 to M 30) Cylindrical type (M 8 to M 30) 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/19. 4/23 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/46 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/49 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/20. 4/23 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/46 4/46 4/46 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/49 4/49 4/49 4/2 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . 80 mm × 100 mm) 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/20. 4/23 4/20.5. 4/38 4/19.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Mini (D 3 to D 6. 8 mm × 8 mm) Cubic type (40 mm × 40 mm) Cubic type (60 mm × 80 mm. 4/38 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/25 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/26 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/19. 4/110 4/16 4/106 4/107 4/107 4/108 4/108 4 U BERO cylindrical (insensitive to magnetic fields) U BERO cubic type (insensitive to magnetic fields) 3RG46 Selection and ordering data Page 4/95 3RG46 Selection and ordering data Page 4/99 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/95 4/95 4/95 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/99 4/99 4/99 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/3 .BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches IP 68 degree of protection Cylindrical type IP 68 degree of protection Cubic type Explosion-protected acc. to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/73 3RG4 Selection and ordering data Page 4/81 3RG46 Selection and ordering data Page 4/108 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/73 4/73 4/73 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/81 4/81 4/81 Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Description Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Dimension drawings 4/4 4/10 4/16. 6 mm 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Overview Operating distance Cylindrical type 6.5 mm diameter 6.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi) 3 mm With analog output 0 to 6 mm 4/51 4/51 4/52 4/53 4/53 4/54 4/103 4/104 4/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 M 30 M5 M8 M8 .8 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm diameter 12 mm diameter 12 mm diameter 18 mm diameter 18 mm diameter 20 mm diameter 3 mm diameter 4 mm diameter 8 mm diameter M 12 M 12 M 18 M 18 M 30 s 4/54 Shielded / unshielded Standard duty 0.5 mm s s s s us s us s s us s us s us s us us us 4/19 4/19 4/20 4/21 4/22 4/24 4/22 4/25 4/26 4/25 2 mm 4/27 4/28 4/32 4/30 4/34 4/35 4/37 4/38 4/39 4/40 4/43 4/41 4/42 4/44 4/45 4/38 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 40 mm Standard duty (PLC) 1 mm 2 mm 2. 8 mm 1 mm 4/23 1.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 4/46 4/47 15 mm 4/44 4/48 4/49 4/50 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 40 mm Standard duty (PLC) 1 mm 2 mm 4 4/43 4/52 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 4/55 4/55 15 mm 20 mm Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/5 .5 mm 4/29 4/29 4/30 4/31 4/33 4/36 4/36 2 mm 2.6 mm 4/20 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Overview Cubic type Operating distance s us us s s s us s s us s us s us s us 100 mm × 100 mm us 80 mm × 100 mm 80 mm × 100 mm 30 mm diameter 30 mm diameter 34 mm diameter 12 mm × 32 mm 12 mm × 40 mm 12 mm × 40 mm 40 mm × 40 mm 40 mm × 40 mm 60 mm × 80 mm 60 mm × 80 mm Box with M 14 Box with M 14 5 mm × 5 mm 8 mm × 8 mm Shielded / unshielded Standard duty 0. 5 mm diameter 6.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm Optimized for DESINA (IP 68) 2 mm 4 mm 4/105 4/105 4/73 4/73 4/74 4/75 4/75 4/74 4/76 4/74 4/74 4/77 4/76 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/78 4/79 4/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 M 30 M5 M8 M8 .5 mm diameter 12 mm diameter 12 mm diameter 18 mm diameter 18 mm diameter 20 mm diameter 3 mm diameter 4 mm diameter 8 mm diameter M 12 M 12 M 18 M 18 M 30 s 4/78 Shielded / unshielded s s s s us s us s s us s us s us s us us us Extra duty (65 V DC or AC/DC) 1 mm 2 mm 2.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Overview Operating distance Cylindrical type 6.6 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 4/57 4/64 4/59 4/66 4/59 4/66 4/68 4/60 4/67 4/60 4/67 4/56 4/57 4/64 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm Extreme environment (IP 68) 0. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Overview Cubic type Operating distance s us us s s s us s s us s us s us s us 100 mm × 100 mm us 80 mm × 100 mm 80 mm × 100 mm 30 mm diameter 30 mm diameter 34 mm diameter 12 mm × 32 mm 12 mm × 40 mm 12 mm × 40 mm 40 mm × 40 mm 40 mm × 40 mm 60 mm × 80 mm 60 mm × 80 mm Box with M 14 Box with M 14 5 mm × 5 mm 8 mm × 8 mm Shielded / unshielded Extra duty (65 V DC or AC/DC) 1 mm 2 mm 4/58 4/65 2.6 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 4/78 4/78 4/79 4/80 10 mm 15 mm Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/7 .5 mm 4 mm 4/58 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 4/61 4/69 4/70 4/68 4/61 4/69 4/62 4/71 4/63 4/72 4/63 4/62 4/72 4/71 15 mm 4 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm Extreme environment (IP 68) 0. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Overview Operating distance Cylindrical type 6.5 mm diameter 6.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 35 mm 40 mm 75 mm 4/97 4/96 4/95 4/97 4/95 4/96 4/92 4/98 4/8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 M 30 M5 M8 M8 .5 mm diameter 12 mm diameter 12 mm diameter 18 mm diameter 18 mm diameter 20 mm diameter 3 mm diameter 4 mm diameter 8 mm diameter M 12 M 12 M 18 M 18 M 30 s 4/86 4/88 4/98 Shielded / unshielded s s s s us s us s s us s us s us s us us us Greater rated operating distance 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 4/87 4/85 4/86 4/84 4/82 4/81 4/82 4/83 4/84 4/85 22 mm 25 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 50 mm 65 mm No reduction factor 1. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Overview Cubic type Operating distance s us us s s s us s s us s us s us s us 100 mm × 100 mm us 80 mm × 100 mm 80 mm × 100 mm 30 mm diameter 30 mm diameter 34 mm diameter 12 mm × 32 mm 12 mm × 40 mm 12 mm × 40 mm 40 mm × 40 mm 40 mm × 40 mm 60 mm × 80 mm 60 mm × 80 mm Box with M 14 Box with M 14 5 mm × 5 mm 8 mm × 8 mm Shielded / unshielded Greater rated operating distance 2 mm 4/83 3 mm 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 4/87 4/88 4/89 4/90 20 mm 22 mm 4/91 4/93 4/91 4/89 4/90 4/92 4/93 4/94 4/94 25 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 50 mm 65 mm No reduction factor 1.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 4/99 15 mm 20 mm 4/100 4/101 4/101 4/102 4 25 mm 35 mm 40 mm 75 mm Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/9 . pnp. exceptions: 3RG46 48: 140 mT r. 4/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .3-wire BERO: 1 NO. • Output . Advantages: • Can be used under extreme environmental conditions according to IP 68 by use of a well-sealed housing with a special potting compound.3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC up to 200 mA . the field is damped. 10 to 65 V DC insensitive to magnetic fields BEROs for extreme environment (IP 68) See Page 4/73.3-wire BERO: 10 to 65 V DC . resistive load up to 300 mA • Operating frequency up to 5000 Hz (M 8) • The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. 20 to 320 V AC/DC 3-wire.4 mm. Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r. up to 300 mA • Operating frequency up to 1000 Hz (Ø 6.3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC. 5 to 25 V DC EEx ib IIC Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) 2-wire. number of switching operations. pnp. • Operating distance considerably higher than German standard: Up to 3 times the standard rated operating distance • The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. 10 to 65 V DC BEROs for standard duty See Page 4/19. Advantages: • Problem-free adaptation to different rated operational voltages • Insensitive to voltage deviations Standard duty 3-wire. i. 15 to 34 V DC Extra duty 2-wire. 10 to 65 V DC Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) See Page 4/51. 20 to 320 V AC/DC 3-wire. pnp. Advantages • Wide range of mounting adjustment • A smaller type can be selected for the required operating distance • Reduction of actuation distance is corrected for nonferrous metals No reduction factor See Page 4/95.m. . = 21 kA at 25. up to 300 mA . to standard • The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance.4-wire BERO: 15 to 34 V DC. switch point accuracy.m.m.3-wire BERO: 15 to 34 V DC. • Output . • Rated operational voltage: 10 to 65 V DC (for 3RG46: 10 to 30 V DC) • Output 3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC. these BEROs are insensitive to welding current. 10 to 30 V DC 3-wire.5 mm). up to 500 bar No reduction factor 3-wire. 10 to 65 V DC 4-wire. M 8).3-wire BERO: 10 to 30 V DC • Output . • Rated operational voltage .s. 15 to 34 V DC Greater rated operating distance AS-Interface 2-wire. up to 200 mA • Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz Advantages: • No reduction factor for nonferrous metals • Magnetic field resistant. • Operating distance acc. service life. 10 to 55 V DC 3-wire. 10 to 65 V DC 4-wire. The physical size of this alternating field determines the “range” of the device. • Rated operational voltage: 15 to 34 V DC 3RG46: 10 to 30 V DC • Output .s. and so on. 10 to 30 V DC NSD00296a Pressure resistant 3-wire. A high-frequency alternating field is generated in the BERO and emerges at the sensing face. DC 15 to 34 V 3RG46: DC 10 to 30 V NAMUR (non-self contained) 2-wire. • Rated operational voltage: 15 to 34 V DC. They are used in applications with stringent requirements for reliability.m. pnp. I Field of application The inductive BERO proximity switches are classified in accordance with their applications or their technical characteristics: BEROs for extra duty See Page 4/56.4-wire BERO: 1 NO and 1 NC (compatible). up to 200 mA • Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz (Ø 4 mm) • Operating distance acc.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I Mode of operation The inductive BEROs are position switches that can be operated without contact.4-wire BERO: 1 NO and 1 NC (compatible).2-wire BERO: 20 to 320 V AC/DC. • Off-state current and voltage drop to suit PLC inputs • Operating frequency up to 1500 Hz (Ø 8 mm. 3RG46 44: 140 mT r. pnp. up to 200 mA • The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance.2-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC. Extreme environment (IP 68) 2-wire. • Output 2-wire BERO: 1 NO up to 25 mA. operating speed. AS-Interface BERO DESINA 2-wire.2-wire BERO: 20 to 320 V AC/DC. 10 to 30 V DC 3-wire. BEROs with greater rated operating distance See Page 4/81. up to 300 mA .s. • Rated operational voltage . 3RG46 43: 75 mT r.s. that contain no mechanical parts subject to wear and that are mainly insensitive to environmental conditions. Advantages: • Minimum wiring overheads • Direct replacement of mechanical position switches possible in installations that are not safety-oriented • Power is supplied from the PLC input • npn as well as pnp switching Analog output 4-wire. e. When a material that is a good conductor of electricity and/or magnetism comes into close proximity with the sensing surface. pnp. 10 to 65 V DC . to standard • The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance.3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC. Both states (field damped or undamped) are evaluated in the BERO and result in a change in the output state of the switch. • Rated operational voltage . 15 to 34 V DC 3-wire. pnp. • The requirements of the IP 54 degree of protection are met. rated operational current up to 50 mA • Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz Advantages: • Standardized connection technique • Diagnostic functions • Adjustment aid BEROs to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 standards See Page 4/106.2-wire BERO 10 to 55 V DC • Output . • The maximum surface temperature with reference to the ambient temperature is +50 K.91. A warning notice “Do not operate when live” must be applied to them. DESINA describes a comprehensive overall concept for the standardization and decentralization of the electrical and fluidic installation of machines and installations. • Acc. For a complete overview. up to 200 mA • Operating frequency up to 400 Hz • Operating distance: 3 mm.B.3 The proximity switches with the order designations • 3RG40 . Advantages: • Suitable for extreme dynamic mechanical stress • Easy to install: BERO can be screw fastened against a stop. no adjustment required • Sensing face seal is gas-tight BEROs for DESINA See Page 4/105. • The proximity switches operate without contact.Voltage output 0 to 5 V DC .3. Ex-88. • Rated operational voltage 10 to 30 V DC • Output . .3-wire BERO 10 to 30 V DC . . Section 6. such that plugging in and unplugging is only possible with the power turned off.2145). The following requirements are met or must be complied with.5 mm. In addition. • Small types • Matching SIMATIC NAMUR input modules • Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring by seriesconnection switching devices are permitted to be implemented in Zone 2 in accordance with DIN VDE 0165 Subsection 6. up to 200 mA . the general requirements of the DIN VDE 0165 standard for the installation of electrical equipment in potentially explosive areas must be observed. pnp. 4 I Personnel safety The use of inductive BEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO. up to 200 mA . total reverse polarity protection • Non-linearized design • Connection via cable or S12 connector Approvals 3RG40 and 3RG41 sensors with M 12 or M 18 connectors as well as terminal compartments are UL and CSA listed. to standard • The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. . EEx ib IIC. Applications in Zone 2 to DIN VDE 0165/2.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I Field of application BEROs pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi) See Page 4/103.3-wire BERO: 1 NO.Current output 1 to 5 mA • Short-circuit protection. BEROs with analog output See Page 4/104. certified by PTB (No. M 8) • Operating distance acc. • 3RG41 . they must be interlocked. to Specification 06 • Rated operational voltage: . • For devices with plugs and connectors. • Rated operational voltage: 10 to 30 V DC • Output 3-wire BERO: 1 NO.2-wire BERO: 1 NO. • 3RG46 . Advantages: • Intrinsically safe. see the Appendix. No sparks or arcing occur during operation. inductive interference protection.Additional diagnostics output. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/11 . • Intrinsically safe for use in potentially explosive areas (not Zone 0) • Rated operational voltage: 5 to 25 V DC (can be extended with seriesconnection switching devices) • Output 2-wire current loop for series connection of switching devices (continuous characteristic curve) • Operating frequency up to 5000 Hz (Ø 4. e. the LEDs are not functional. contactor coils. see Accessories. low interference voltage levels. For applications where cables come into contact with acids or alkalis. • Spurious signals • Short-circuit and overload (DC) • Overvoltage peaks • Swapped connectors • Radio interference Wire-break protection The DC version is designed such that the BERO does not output a false signal in the event of a wire-beak in any connection (not for 3RG46 and all 4-wire BEROs). The clearance a depends on the housing size and device type (see diagrams in selection tables). The following EMC standards are applicable for the individual tests: • ENV 50 140 • ENV 50 141 • EN 55 011 • EN 55 022 • EN 61 000-4-2 • EN 61 000-4-4 I Design and installation Specifications EN 60 947-5-2 (VDE 0660. This protection function prevents the output from switching during this period. This is verified by application of the standard EN 60 947-5-2 and certified by the appropriate authority. a minimum clearance a between BEROs must be observed. Short-circuits between the output and the operational voltage connections will not damage the proximity switches and are permitted to be continuous. the damped status is simulated due to the transient state of the sensor inductor even when an object is not present. the output voltage rises (without a protection circuit) to a high value which can destroy the output transistor. there are also no restrictions on the duration of an overload. Protection against interference from radio equipment The high-frequency sensitivity is so low that it meets the requirements of IEC 60 801-3. When inductive loads are connected with a current > 100 mA as well as an operating frequency > 10 Hz. Short-circuit and overload protection All DC devices are equipped with short-circuit and overload protection. 89/336/EWG. LEDs The cylindrical BEROs (with the exception of BEROs for extreme environmental conditions and BEROs according to NAMUR) are equipped with one or two light emitting diodes (LEDs). • For the NO function: BERO damped = LED lit • For the NC function: BERO not damped = LED lit The green LED indicates that the operational voltage is applied. Clearance Mutual interference between the proximity switches is not permitted. As an option. it is recommended that a free-wheeling diode is connected directly to the load (due to the power loss in the built-in Zener diode). long cables cause: • Capacitive loading of the output • Increased injection of interference. A false signal is any signal other than 0 that remains active for longer than 2 ms whose current is larger than the off-state current. however. The yellow LEDs indicate the operating status. Protection against static electricity The devices are constructed such that they will not be damaged if charged with static electricity to IEC 60 801-3. Cables should be shorter than 300 m even under favorable conditions. Cables In general. Level 3 (testing level 10 V/m). For this reason. The inductive BERO proximity switches therefore have a Zener diode connected to the output that limits the switch-off voltage to a safe value (3-wire BERO). plugs with an M 18 thread (3-pole) are also offered for the M 18 and M 30 types. Reverse polarity protection All inductive proximity switches are protected against the wrong connection of all connectors. Protection is possible against • Wire-break (connection L– or L+). 4/12 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . Interference can be reduced by means of the following measures: • Clearance from interfering cables > 100 mm. Part 208) Connectors For the cylindrical types. During the short-circuit. • Shielding • Connection of coils (of contactors. highly flexible cables with oil-resistant outer casings of polyurethane (PUR) are used that are 2 m long as standard. they can. solenoid valves or motors) or that carry the currents of electronic motorized operating mechanisms. i. This function is only available in certain devices. For devices used in applications to UL and CSA. The lead lengths should be as short as possible. Other cable lengths and materials are available on request. 8 mm combined plugs or plugs with M 12 threads are offered as standard (3-pole or 4-pole). Cable routing The connecting leads of the proximity switches should not be routed in a cable duct alongside cables that are used to switch inductive loads (e. PVC cables must be ordered. g. relays or solenoid valves) with RC elements or varistors. Electromagnetic compatibility All inductive BEROs meet the protection requirements of EMC guideline No. Level 3 (8 kV). Inductive interference protection When inductive loads are deactivated. be up to 300 m in length under the best conditions (minimal coupling capacitance. A cable plug is additionally required for the plug-and-socket connections. Cable length a NSD00796 For the BERO proximity switches. Spurious signal suppression When the operating voltage is suddenly applied. please order devices with PVC cables.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I Functions Built-in protection The protective circuits built into most BEROs (see selection data) make them easy to handle and protect the devices from damage. amplifier. Level 3 • IEC 60 255-4/E. Shielded mounting in non-conductive materials is permissible. Direction of movement Switch-off point Switch-on point Operating distance s Differential travel Response curves NSD01053 4 Non-equivalent outputs The 4-wire BEROs have two outputs: • A1 with NO function and • A2 with NC function. Level 3 • IEC 60 801-4. g. Level 3 • IEC 60 801-3. Current consumption Current consumption (supply current) is defined as the current consumed by the proximity switch itself for operation of the oscillator. Damage is however unlikely to occur. 7 indicates protection against the effects of immersion in water at a specified pressure for a specified duration. Class III This is supplemented by strict practical tests. Complete protection against contact with live parts. Water must not penetrate in quantities that can cause adverse effects. NC function An inductive BERO is said to have an NC function when its output is blocked in the damped state and switched through in the non-damped state. Minimum load current The minimum load current is the lowest current that is necessary to ensure reliable operation of the BERO in the switched through state (for 2-wire BEROs). shielding should be implemented. 8 indicates protection against the effects of immersion in water. The following requirements are met: • IEC 60 801-2. Their shape. Intense fields may saturate the ferrite core of the switch and therefore increase the operating distance or allow the device to switch through. g Partial height of the transition zone d Diameter of the BERO Q Sensing face r Radius of the free zone w Mounting status z Reference axis ZB Damping zone ZF Free zone ZJ Inactive zone Metal BERO NSD01060 Functions NO function An inductive BERO is said to have an NO function when its output is switched through in the damped state and blocked in the non-damped state. Its volume is determined by the dimensions r. The no-load supply current I0 is the current that is drawn from the electricity supply when a load is not connected. etc. Proximity switches for shielded mounting Proximity switches for shielded mounting can be shieldedmounted in any type of metal. The rated operating distances sn specified were determined using the minimum surface area defined in the standard (see the characteristic curve). In the event of problems with interference fields. Metal BERO NSD01062 EMC The electromagnetic compatibility of the devices meets the most stringent requirements. the specified clearances between the sensor and the conductive material must be observed. defined as s = 0. High-frequency fields with frequencies of several hundred kHz can have a detrimental effect on the function (operational frequency of the devices). Sensing face Ak Response characteristic A Response point c. ZJ ZF ZB Q d w z r NSD01061 Mounting Ak A g c Actuating element The actuating elements are the structural parts made from metal that are used to actuate the BERO during normal operation. c and w. material and dimensions have an effect on the response characteristic of the BERO (see “Reduction factors”). Magnetic fields Permanent magnetic fields and low-frequency alternating fields do not generally affect the function of the proximity switches. This does not include the current that flows through the load. The operating distance is always specified with reference to the switch-on point. Test conditions: • Immersion depth 1 m • Immersion time 30 min IP 68 degree of protection Where: 6 indicates the same protection as above.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I BERO dictionary Actuating distance sa See “Operating distance” Degree of protection Degree of protection to DIN 40 050/IEC 60 529.5 sn. This also applies in the case of semi-shielded mounting. The specified clearance must be observed to ensure that the proximity switch functions correctly. Build-up time ts This is the time that elapses at the output between removal of the actuation and the change in signal. Free zone ZF This is the zone that surrounds the damping zone and that has to be kept free of metal parts as does the damping zone itself. It causes a defined switching response for the devices. Proximity switches for unshielded mounting When proximity switches for unshielded mounting are mounted in conductive materials (metals). If the surface area used is less than this minimum. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/13 . IP 67 degree of protection Where: 6 indicates protection against the ingress of dust. the usable operating distance is reduced su. Sensing face Axial approach Axial approach is when the actuating element approaches the sensing face centrally along the reference axis z. Differential travel H The differential travel H is the distance between the switch-on point and the switch-off point of the BERO. Output The BERO proximity switch is available with different types of outputs. even briefly. I Operating distance The operating distance is the distance at which a target approaching the sensing surface of the proximity switch causes a signal change. Otherwise. load is between A1. • Leakage currents add up so that even in the off state.9 sn < sr < 1. e.21 sn Assured operating distance (actuating distance) sa This is the minimum usable operating distance: sa = 0. the built-in overload protection will be activated. For operation at high operating frequencies. Incandescent lamps. distance su 3-wire. Taking into account the effective operating distance. This operating distance is applicable when using the standard actuating element specified in EN 50 010. 2-wire. The manufacturing tolerance is 10 %: 0. PVC cables are discolored and become brittle. cutting oils These oils attack most plastics. +UB RL A Load 0V NSD01049 Rated operating distance sn The rated operating distance sn of the BERO is a characteristic value of the device that does not take into account the practical deviations caused by external influences such as temperature and voltage. the following is true for a reliable situation: 0. have a similar effect to an overload. Effective operating distance sr This is the operating distance that applies to a specific example in accordance with EN 50 010. load is between A and L– L+ I A d L- t m See diagrams on Page 4/18. the proximity switch may be damaged and the operating response is undefined. DC.1 sn Usable operating distance su This includes the expected deviations that are caused by temperature variations and operating voltage variations within a specified range. DC. pnp.81 sn < su < 1.81 sn 120% 100% +10% +10% -10% sN sn + 20% Operating frequency f The operating frequency f is the maximum possible number of changeovers between the damped and undamped states of a BERO at which the output circuit still supplies a defined signal sequence in accordance with the operation. It is important to note the following: Lubricating oils Usually unproblematic. L- Non-conductive material NSD01058 Disc NSD01052 Output current The devices are designed for a specified maximum output current. g. The load is connected between the output and the positive operating voltage (+UB). Hydraulic oils. long leads. Off-state current The off-state current is the current that flows through the output transistor when the output is inhibited and that therefore also flows through the load (this is particularly important in the case of connection in parallel). load is between A and L+ L+ I A LNSD01056 4-wire. compatible. Action: Avoid contact with these liquids wherever possible. DC or AC/DC. Measurement was performed in accordance with EN 50 010. NSD01051 4/14 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . load is in series with BERO L+ Output resistance To ensure that the output voltage follows the switching state even when an external load is not connected. usable oper. In particular. If the actuating element deviates from this with regard to its material and/ or size.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I BERO dictionary npn circuit The output stage contains an npn transistor that switches the load onto the negative operating voltage (0 V). A2 and L– L+ I A2 A1 Oil resistance The proximity switches to the IP 67 degree of protection are not suitable for continuous operation in oily environments. The operating distance is measured in accordance with EN 50 010 using a standard target in the axial direction. capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads. usable operating distance su (= Actuating distance sa) smax Max. NSD01057 NSD01063 sa Operating distance sn Rated operating distance sr Effective operating distance smin Min. reduction factors must be applied. the BERO proximity switches have a built-in output resistance. npn. Proximity switch m 2m sn / 2 Target 3-wire. Operating temperature The specified operating temperature range must not be exceeded. Please note: • The power consumption increases. If this current is exceeded. sn -10% 80% s r min s min Sensing face s r max s max 0% BERO sa LNSD01055 Parallel connection Proximity switches can be connected in parallel to implement logic gating operations without any problems in the case of 3wire and 4-wire BEROs but not in the case of 2-wire BEROs. an impermissible voltage drop can occur across the load. DC. a load resistance must be connected (to reduce the electrical time constant). especially on the sensing surface. This specifies the highest permissible number of pulses per second for a constant ratio of Pulse:Interval = 1:2 and half the rated operating distance sn. 23 Tesla (peak value). They were determined using a standard actuation element. The BERO axis z is aligned with the y-axis. Weld-resistant Devices that are characterized as weld-resistant are insensitive to magnetic fields of up to 0. Deviations can occur due to differences in material composition and type.6 0.4 0. Response characteristic Response point Switchback point Differential travel Operating distance Direction of motion Tripping distance Distance to BERO Reference axis Temperature drift The specified operating distances are based on an ambient temperature of 20 °C. Tightening torque If the nuts are over-tightened. Power-up delay te This is the device-specific time that elapses before the BERO is ready for operation after the operating voltage is applied (see also “Spurious signal suppression”). 1 mm thickness Surface dimensions of the square standard target: The length of the sides is identical to the diameter of the circle drawn on the sensing face of the BERO (in accordance with EN 50 010) or equal to three times the rated operating distance sn. the output voltage does not therefore reach the associated operating voltage (particularly important to note in the case of series connection and solid-state inputs).8 1.0 Reduction factor 0. The temperature of the actuating element itself has a negligible effect on the operating distance.2 0 0. a (current-dependent) voltage drop occurs across the output transistor. This corresponds to an effective current of up to 21 kA for 25. 4 Programming The NO or NC function can be selected by setting a slidingdolly switch in the base of the housing or by setting a jumper in the electronics socket.2 Relative side length of target 0 NSD01054 Response characteristic Ak This is the line on which all the response points A for a BERO are located. Response time tA This is the time that elapses at the output between actuation and the change in signal. Within the permissible temperature range of –25 to +70 °C. The reference point is the lower front edge of the actuating element. x x x B A B A H s y z Ak Material of the standard target: St 37. the operating response can be undefined. Voltage drop In the switched through state. at the moment when the signal changes on departure of the actuating element. g. this action must also be taken in the case of threephase power supply units. defined as s = 0. The specified repeat accuracy is based on this definition. Series connection See diagrams on Page 4/18. +UB Load RL 0V NSD01050 The influence of geometry If a smaller plate is used instead of the standard actuating element specified in EN 50 010. Tripping distance ∆x Distance between the actuating element and BERO axis z at response point A. Under other conditions. Standard target Actuating elements with specified dimensions that are used to determine the response characteristic. Rated operational voltage The rated operational voltage is specified inclusive of 10 % residual ripple. The device-specific characteristic values can be read from the response characteristic. For the purpose of interference suppression.4 0. The repeat accuracy is usually significantly better for measurements that follow each other immediately. the BERO proximity switches can be mechanically damaged. A x x x Switchback point B This is the location of the lower rear edge of the actuating element. The deviation from the effective distance sr is permitted to be up to 10 %. This is only possible in box-shaped BEROs with increased requirements and with increased operating distance. If the residual ripple is excessive. the operating state must be corrected with a reduction factor. in the damping zone. Ak A B H s x ∆x y z Sensing face x NSD0 01059 Repeat accuracy R The repeat accuracy R is defined as the repeat accuracy of the effective operating distance sr for two successive switching operations within a period of eight hours for housing temperature between 18 and 28 °C at rated operating voltage Un. Sensing face The sensing face of a BERO proximity switch is the surface that the actuating element has to approach before the output will switch. e. provided that 3 × sn is larger than the diameter of the circle.8 0. the operating distance is usually reduced.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I BERO dictionary pnp circuit The output stage contains a pnp transistor that switches the load onto the positive operating voltage (+UB) The load is connected between the output and the negative operating voltage (0 V). Response point A This is the location of the actuating element at the moment of signal output. Unshielded mounting See “Mounting”. 1. The reduction factors (see the technical data) are only approximate values. The maximum permissible tightening torques are specified in the technical data. the operating distance varies by up to ±10 % of the value for 25 °C. This can be rectified by means of a larger smoothing capacitor or a stabilized power supply. Reference axis z Power supply units Single-phase power supply units must be smoothed with at least 1000 µF/A. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/15 .6 0. Reduction factors The specified operating distance s refers to precisely defined measuring conditions (see “Operating distance”).0 1. The reference axis is the axis that passes vertically through the center of the sensing face of the BERO proximity switch (see also “Mounting”). Shielded mounting See “Mounting”.2 0. Residual voltage The residual voltage is the voltage that is measured across the load when the output is inhibited.5 sn. Residual ripple σ The maximum value of residual ripple peak-to-peak is not permitted to exceed 10 % of the rated voltage Un.4 mm spacing. Price supplement per m The Order No.5 5.5 4. up to +70 °C. permissible (unshielded) Degree of protection AC DC Molded cable Plug with cable plug Terminal compartment For extreme environmental conditions / DESINA Ambient temperature Shock resistance Vibration strength Reduction factor U BERO BERO for shielded mounting/ unshielded mounting (typical values) Stainless steel Al Cu Ms 1 0.5 4.5 V ≤ 2.3 Perm.0 5. For shorter lengths under 2 m. on request) If UL and CSA approvals are required.55 4-wire BERO Stainless steel housing Many types of 3RG4 cylindrical inductive BEROs (from type M 12 onwards) with metal housings can also be supplied in stainless steel.56 3 × 0.1 m: Short code A10 Length 1. Delivery times on request. (3RG46 .5 20 3 50 M 30 Brass 40 Molded plastic 5 Stainless steel 100 Voltage drop 2-wire BERO 3-wire BERO 4-wire BERO I Special designs Longer connecting cables 3RG40/41 inductive BEROs can be supplied with longer connecting cables (PUR).56 3 × 0.6 4.34 4 × 0.25 3 × 0.25 2 × 0.9 m Note: These details do not apply to the standard design with a cable length of 2 m (no supplement). Price supplement Can be supplied on request. Extended temperature range The 3RG40 BEROs can be supplied for an operating temperature range of –40 to +85 °C or –25 to +100 °C. . 18 ms duration 55 Hz.14 4 × 0. From 10 m in steps of 1 m: Short code B10 Length 10 m B99 Length 99 m Example: 3RG40 12–0AB00–Z Example: B10 Special cables 3RG4 inductive BEROs can also be supplied with other types of cable – See the table below. Minimum order quantity 50 units. Can be supplied on request. Version with cable (standard 2 m PUR or PVC cable.55 3 × 0.8 4. conductor cross-section mm2 2 × 0. Up to 9. 1) For 3RG41 and 3RG46. must be supplemented with “–Z” and the required cable and cable length should be specified in plain text.9 m in steps of 0. depending on type) Cable type Outer Diameter mm 2-wire BERO 3-wire BERO LiYY11Y (PUR) PVC (UL + CSA approved) LiYY11Y (PUR) PVC (UL + CSA approved) PVC (oil resistant) Teflon Silicon LiYY11Y (PUR) PVC (UL + CSA approved) PVC (oil resistant) Teflon 4.5 4. please order the approved PVC cable.25 4 × 0.9 0.35 to 0.5 4. Delivery times and prices will be supplied on request.0 m A21 Length 2.5 0.6 4. 1 mm amplitude M 14 M 18 M8 M 12 Stainless steel Brass Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Molded plastic Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Type Material Tightening torque Nm 5 2 10 1 25 0.2 to 0. the normal price applies.5 V During operation During storage H ≤ 0.2 sr 100 m 300 m IP 67 IP 67 IP 65 IP 68 –25 to +85 °C 1)2) –40 to +85 °C 1) 30 × g.14 4 × 0. 2) Maximum switching current for 3-wire BERO for normal requirements is 150 mA for operating temperatures >50 °C. The Order No.7 to 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Introduction I Technical data Differential travel H Cable length Max.25 3 × 0. must be supplemented with “–Z” and the short code for the required length should be appended. 4/16 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .3 4.1 m A99 Length 9.6 ≤8V ≤ 2.3 to 0. 3RG46 inductive BEROs can be supplied with longer connecting cables.4 0. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Connection diagrams I Connection diagrams Figure 1 Figure 12 1 2 4 3 NO+NC NSD00642 Figure 23 BN L+ BK BU L NC NO NSD00664 L+ I I NC NSD00653 I 1 2/4 3 L+ L L Figure 2 Figure 13 1 4 3 L NO NSD00654 Figure 24 BN L+ BK BU L NC NO NSD00665 I NO NSD00643 L+ I I 1/3 L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+) 2/4 Figure 3 Figure 14 1 2 3 L NC NSD00655 Figure 25 BN BK BU L NO+NC NSD00666 L+ I NC NSD00644 I L+ I 3 4 2 1 L L+ Figure 4 Figure 15 1 4 3 L NO NSD00656 Figure 26 BN L+ L+ I NO NSD00645 I BU L I NO NSD00667 1/3 X 2/4 L+ L Figure 5 Figure 16 1 2 3 L NO NSD00657 Figure 27 BK L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+) I NC NSD00646 L+ I BK I NC NO NSD00668 1/3 X 2/4 L+ L Figure 6 Figure 17 1 L+ BK Figure 28 L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+) 4 I NO NSD00647 I BK NC NSD00658 I NO NSD01167 1 4 3 L+ 4 L L Figure 7 Figure 18 1 4 3 L+ L 1 L+ Figure 29 4 2 3 L NO NSD01168 I NO NSD00648 I NO+NC NSD00659 I 1 4 3 L+ L Figure 8 Figure 19 3 L1/L+ N/L N/L L1/L+ 1 L+ Figure 30 BN 39 V BK I NO NSD00649 I NO NSD00660 +UB A1 A2 0V R L2 R L1 2/4 3 L = WH 39 V BU 4 NSD00669 Figure 9 Figure 20 1 L1/L+ N/L N/L L1/L+ 1 L+ Figure 31 I NC NSD00650 I NC NSD00661 2/4 3 L I NO NSD01182 1 4 2 Sensor Monitor L+ 2 3 1 4 2 L Figure 10 BN Figure 21 L+ 1 L+ Figure 32 I NO+NC NSD00651 WH BK BU I NO NSD00662 2/4 3 L I M NO NSD01183 L 1 4 2 3 L+ Sensor Monitor 2 3 1 4 L Figure 11 Figure 22 BN BK I NO NSD00652a L+ 1 L+ I L NO NSD00663 Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to DIN IEC 60 757: BK= Black BU= Blue BN = Brown WH = White BU 4 L Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/17 . pnp I BN BK BU BN BK BU NSD00672 L L BN BK BU NSD00674 I L BN BK BU I BN BK BU L I L NSD00675 I I BN BK BU No other circuits are permitted. because the sum of all residual currents of the BERO must be less than the holding current of the load.+1 2. NSD00680 NSD00681 4/18 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . a diode must be connected in parallel with the mainly inductive load.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Connection diagrams I Typical circuits DC version Parallel connection 2-wire BERO.5 V Uc = Ub – (n · 2. Ub The sum of all off-state currents of n ≤ -------20 V the BERO must be less than the Uc = Ub – (n · 8 V) holding current of the load. Ub = Operational voltage Uc = Minimum operating voltage of the load n = Number of BEROs Umin = Minimum permissible operational voltage Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to DIN IEC 60 757: BK = Black BN = Brown BU = Blue WH= White 1) The power-up delay for the devices must be taken into account when calculating the operating times. because U b – 15 V n ≤ ------------------8V Ub PLC: 24 V Parallel connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) L BN BU NSD00671 Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1) L BN BU NSD00670 I I L L 3-wire BERO.5 V) L L BU BK BN NSD00678 3-wire BERO.5 V) 4-wire BERO. pnp I BN BK WH BU BN BK WH BU L L L L BN BK WH BU L BN BK WH BU I BN BK WH BU BN BK WH BU L I I L NSD01189 L NSD01190 I I NSD01187 NSD01188 AC/DC version Parallel connection With 2 connections I BK BK L1(L ) Series connection 1) Parallel connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) L1(L ) Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1) L1(L ) L1(L ) I BK BK I BK BK N(L ) I BK BK N(L ) NSD00683 NSD00682 I BK BK N(L ) I BK BK N(L ) For DC operation. npn I BU BK BN BU BK BN NSD00676 I L BU BK BN NSD00679 I BU BK BN L I L I I BU BK BN L L NSD00677 L U b – U min .5 V Uc = Ub – (n · 2.+1 n ≤ ------------------2. L L L NSD00673 n≤ U b – U min ------------------. for solid-state inputs (PLC) Not possible. Series connection 1) Not possible. 5 -x 1 0. P.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0.4 NSD00302 0. 11 Type Order No. pnp 1 } 3RG46 03–2AB00 Conn. 3 × 0. kg } Preferred type – 2 } 3RG46 00–1AB00 Conn.5 0 0. 4/17 No.5 1+x 1. diagr..6 NSD00301 A 1.055 mm2 With 2 m cable.021 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.8 0.033 11 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 0. approx. PUR. P.14 mm2 NO func.6 mm Ø 3 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 0. PUR.01 8 1 2 3 5 6 NSD00307 Type Order No. 3 × 0.. 4 – 0. kg 0. 4/17 No.5 mm mm B +x 2 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/19 NSD00304 2.8 mm Ø 4 mm Shielded Type 2 Æ 3 16 4 18 22 25 LED Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Operating frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 100 5000 0.01 10 1 2 3 5 6 NSD00298 LED 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 5000 0. Weight.5 6 B y mm 1 6 8 B .4 A 1.8 0.5 0.6 A 0.4 y mm 1 4. Weight. pnp NO func.2 2 -x mm 1 0 1 NSD00303 0.2 A 0. approx. diagr. 026 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG46 36–0AG00 Conn. 3 × 0.8 0. P. approx.5 10 B .BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0. kg 0.5 14 NSD00310 5x5 1.01 10 1 2 3 5 6 3-wire Brass. kg 0.5 SW 7 18 Type 3 5.4 y mm 1 7. 11 13 3RG46 10–0GB00 2 } 3RG46 10–7AG00 3RG46 36–0GB00 – – 3RG46 10–7GB00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 2.8 0.4 NSD00306 0. Weight.6 NSD00303 A 0. 4/17 No.5 10 B y mm 1 7. P.026 0. npn 1 } 3RG46 10–0AG00 Conn. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 5000 0. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 5000 0.8 mm 5 mm × 5 mm Shielded Type 2 M 5x0. approx..5 18 20 0. diagr. 4/17 No. C NO func. Type A.4 NSD00311 A +x 2 mm +x 2 mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/20 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2.2 2 -x mm 1 0 1 A 0.2 2 -x mm 1 0 1 NSD00303 0. npn NO func. PUR.01 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug.04 0. diagr. pnp NO func.5 25 23 NSD00308 15 NSD00309a SW 7 LED LED Sg M 8x1 25 3 M 1.01 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.4 0. Weight....6 A 0.04 0. 11 13 2 4 Type Order No.8 mm M5 Shielded Type 1 M 5x0.6 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.01 10 1 2 3 5 6 Type Order No. pnp NO func. . approx.021 0. pnp NO func.. F With M 12 connector.4 0.021 0..2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1 NSD00318 0. Type F NO func. 4/17 No..018 2 3 5 – – 3RG40 11–7CC00 – – – 6 0.072 10 2 } 3RG40 11–7AG00 3RG40 11–7AF00 – 0.. P.2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1 A 0. kg 0. PUR. approx..4 A +x 2 mm B +x 2 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/21 NSD00319 .BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1 mm M8 Shielded Type 1 M 8x1 34 SW 13 4 1 mm M8 Shielded Type 2 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 3 M 8x1 SW 13 Type 4 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 5 M 8x1 34 SW 13 4 Type 6 M 8x1 SW 13 LED 34 50 52 50 55 52 NSD00314b LED NSD00312 NSD00313 M 12x1 NSD00312 LED Sg LED LED NSD00313 LED Sg NSD00314b 55 M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). F • Type F • Type E.8 0.. npn NO and NC func. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1500 0. C • Type A With 8 mm combined plug.8 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm comb.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 1. pnp NO func. 4 × 0.1 40 1 2 3 5 6 34 Type Order No.0 50 1500 0. PUR.6 A 4 12 B 3 y mm 1..6 A 4 12 B 3 NSD00319 NSD00318 0.0 0. 4 3RG40 11–0AF00 } 3RG40 11–0GB00 – 0.021 2 3 4 3RG40 11–3CC00 0.0 0. pnp NC func.08 0. plug • Type A. npn NO and NC func. 4/17 No. diagr.. Weight. pnp NO func.. Weight. pnp NC func. diagr. kg } Preferred type – – – 4 } 3RG40 11–0CC00 Conn. pnp NO and NC func.018 0.021 1 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1.018 1 3 } 3RG40 11–3AG00 3RG40 11–3AF00 3RG40 11–3GB00 – 0.. pnp NO func. P.25 mm2 With 2 m cable. 11 12 13 Type Order No. 3 × 0. pnp NC func. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).08 0. Type B With M12 connector • Type E. pnp 1 } 3RG40 11–0AG00 Conn.08 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. 5 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 1.5 16 6. 4/17 No.016 0.5 y mm 1. kg 0.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug. 3 × 0.. P.. 11 2 4 Type Order No.5 1 A 4 13 B 4.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1. approx. approx.01 0.5 mm M8 Shielded Type 2 Æ Type 3 M 8x1 SW 13 Type 4 M 8x1 17 SW 13 6. Weight.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 NSD00332 NSD00331 0.02 10 1 2 3 5 6 3-wire Brass. npn 1 } 3RG46 01–1AB00 2 } 3RG46 01–7AG00 Conn. Weight. P.01 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. PUR.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 A NSD00331 A 2 +x 3 mm B 2 +x 3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/22 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00319 . kg 0.044 0.5 mm Ø 6. pnp NC func. 11 2 3 4 – 3RG46 01–7GB00 3RG46 11–7AF31 3RG46 11–7GB31 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1. 4/17 No. pnp NO func. diagr. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 3000 0. Type A NO func..016 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG46 11–0AG31 4 } 3RG46 11–7AG31 Conn.01 10 1 2 3 5 6 Type Order No.016 0..035 0. pnp NO func. diagr.5 20 29 16 29 NSD00328 NSD00338 LED NSD00329 LED (4x) Sg LED NSD00339b LED (4x) Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 3000 0. .BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1.02 0. P. kg 0. Weight.. pnp • Type A NC func. 4/17 No. npn 1 } 3RG46 37–0AB00 Conn.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 NSD00331 A 2 +x 3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/23 .5 mm 8 mm × 8 mm Shielded Type 1 8x8 5 3 10 Type 2 8x8 5 3 10 M3 20 M3 NSD00333a 59 50 37 40 37 20 LED Sg LED NSD00334a Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass. approx. npn Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1.. npn • Type A NC func. diagr. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 1000 0.07 10 1 2 3 5 6 Type Order No..14 mm2 NO func.045 0. 11 13 2 3 4 5 4 3RG46 37–0GG00 3RG46 37–7AB00 3RG46 37–7AA00 3RG46 37–7GG00 3RG46 37–7GF00 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func. PUR.045 0. pnp • Type A NO func.02 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.. pnp NO func..5 1 A 4 12 B 3 NSD00337 0. 3 × 0.02 0.02 0. diagr.01 0.. 3 × 0.066 0.01 0.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 0.5 35 45 33 50 34 NSD00326 NSD00335 NSD00336 LED NSD00327 LED (4x) Sg LED LED M 8x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).5 6.01 3 3RG40 50–0AG05 3RG40 50–0AF05 3RG40 50–0GB05 3RG40 50–0GA05 3RG40 50–7AG05 3RG40 50–7AF05 3RG40 50–7GB05 3RG40 50–7GA05 0.5 6. Weight. 4/17 No.5 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 1.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 A NSD00331 A 2 +x3 mm B 2 +x 3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/24 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00319 . 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1500 0.07 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1. approx. pnp NC func. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).01 0. approx.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 NSD00319 NSD00330 0. npn 2 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1. npn • Type A NC func. npn NC func.066 0. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No.01 0.25 mm2 NO func.. P. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 With 2 m cable.066 0. P.5 mm Ø 6.07 0.5 6.066 0..07 0. pnp NO func.01 0. pnp • Type A NC func.. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1500 0. diagr..01 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). kg 52 34 Conn. pnp • Type A NO func.01 0.. PUR. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 1 A 4 12 B 3 y mm 1. Weight. npn 1 3RG40 50–0AG33 3RG40 50–0AF33 3RG40 50–0GB33 3RG40 50–0GA33 3RG40 50–7AG33 3RG40 50–7AF33 3RG40 50–7GB33 3RG40 50–7GA33 0. kg Conn.5 mm Ø 6..07 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.. 4/17 No.5 mm Shielded Type 2 Æ Type 3 Æ Type 4 Æ 6. PUR..07 0.01 0. kg 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1500 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1.07 0. pnp • Type A NC func. P.. P.. npn } 3RG40 51–7AF33 3RG40 51–7GB33 3RG40 51–7GA33 } 3RG40 11–7AF33 3RG40 11–7GB33 3RG40 11–7GA33 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1.. Weight. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). pnp NO func. 4/17 No.07 0. npn 1 } 3RG40 51–0AG33 Conn.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 NSD00319 NSD00330 0. 3 × 0.07 0. 4/17 No. diagr. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No.01 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1500 0. kg 0. npn NC func.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 A NSD00330 A 2 +x3 mm B 2 +x3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/25 NSD00319 .1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V)..017 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 11–0AG33 Conn..07 0.07 0.07 0. approx. Weight. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 4 } 3RG40 51–0AF33 3RG40 51–0GB33 3RG40 51–0GA33 2 } 3RG40 51–7AG33 } 3RG40 11–0AF33 3RG40 11–0GB33 3RG40 11–0GA33 4 } 3RG40 11–7AG33 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func...25 mm2 NO func. npn • Type A NC func. pnp • Type A NO func. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).07 0. approx.01 0.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 y mm 1.01 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.017 0.017 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.5 mm M8 Shielded Type 2 8 Type 3 M 8x1 Type 4 M 8x1 SW 13 33 SW 13 45 33 35 45 35 NSD00340 NSD00351 LED NSD00352 LED (4x) Sg LED NSD00341b LED (4x) Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). pnp NC func.017 0. diagr.5 mm Ø 8 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 8 Æ 1.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 0. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 0. pnp NO func..018 0. PUR.018 2 3 5 – – 3RG40 11–7CC05 – – – – – 6 0. pnp • Type A.076 0. F • Type F With M 12 connector.. approx.1 40 1 2 3 5 6 Type Order No..076 0.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 NSD00319 NSD00331 0. 11 12 13 14 Type Order No. kg 0. Type B With M12 connector • Type E.0 50 1500 0. npn NO and NC func.023 2 3 4 5 3RG40 11–3CC05 0. Weight.. approx.. npn NC func.02 1 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1. PUR.071 10 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A. pnp NO func..023 0. pnp NC func.. diagr.023 0. kg 34 Conn. 4/17 No.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 A NSD00331 A 2 +x 3 mm B 2 +x 3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/26 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00319 ..5 mm M8 Shielded Type 1 M 8x1 34 SW 13 4 1. diagr..023 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 1. P. Weight. Type F NO and NC func.. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1500 0.25 mm2 NO func. 3RG40 11–0AF05 3RG40 11–0GB05 3RG40 11–0GA05 – – – – – 4 With 2 m cable.14 mm2 3RG40 11–0CC05 0. pnp NO func.5 mm M8 Shielded Type 2 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 3 M 8x1 SW 13 Type 4 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 5 M 8x1 34 SW 13 4 Type 6 M 8x1 SW 13 LED 34 50 52 50 55 52 NSD00314b LED NSD00312 NSD00313 M 12x1 NSD00312 LED Sg LED LED NSD00313 LED Sg NSD00314b 55 M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).076 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. F • Type F • Type E.. pnp NC func... 3 × 0. C NC func. P.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 y mm 1. C NO func. 4 × 0. npn NO and NC func. pnp With 8 mm combined plug. npn NC func. pnp 2 } 3RG40 11–7AG05 3RG40 11–7AF05 – 0. pnp 1 } 3RG40 11–0AG05 Conn. 4/17 No.02 1 3 } 3RG40 11–3AG05 3RG40 11–3AF05 3RG40 11–3GB05 3RG40 11–3GA05 – 0.076 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).031 0. npn NC func. Weight...03 0.085 0.03 0.085 0. npn NO func.. pnp NC func. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). approx. pnp NC func. P. npn NC func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 Type 3 M 12x1 4 Type 4 M 12x1 4 59 NSD00361b 35 45 34 SW 17 50 NSD00367b NSD00360a LED SW 17 LED (4x) Sg NSD00366 SW 17 LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass. PUR. P. diagr..5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0.085 0..085 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass. 4/17 No. kg 0. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 4 3RG40 12–0AF33 } 3RG40 12–0GB33 3RG40 12–0GA33 2 } 3RG40 12–3AG33 3RG40 12–0AF01 } 3RG40 12–0GB00 3RG40 12–0GA00 4 } 3RG40 12–3AG01 With M12 connector • Type E.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 1 1 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/27 NSD00363 .031 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 12–0AG01 Conn. npn 1 } 3RG40 12–0AG33 Conn.085 0.085 0.03 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C)..03 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. diagr. F • Type F 3RG40 12–3AF33 } 3RG40 12–3GB33 3RG40 12–3GA33 3RG40 12–3AF01 } 3RG40 12–3GB00 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 NSD00363 NSD00362 0. pnp NO func. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).031 0.085 0. approx. pnp NO func.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 17 LED (4x) Sg 48 Type Order No.25 mm2 NO func.. 3 × 0. kg 0. F • Type F • Type E..085 0. Weight. 4/17 No. kg Conn. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).. 4/17 No. 10 1 With 2 m cable.14 mm2 With M 12 connector. PUR.08 0.085 0.032 48 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 12–0CD00 4 } 3RG40 12–3CD00 Conn. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1. 10 1 Type Order No.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 Type 3 M 12x1 4 Type 4 M 12x1 4 59 NSD00361b 40 SW 17 SW 17 39 50 50 NSD00373 LED NSD00374a NSD00360a LED (4x) Sg SW 17 LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Brass. 4/17 No. SW 17 LED (4x) Sg Weight. Weight. pnp NO and NC func. Type F NO and NC func. diagr. approx.0 50 800 0.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 1 1 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/28 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00363 .5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0.04 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 NSD00363 NSD00362 0. approx. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V). diagr. pnp 1 2 3RG40 12–0CD10 3RG40 12–3CD11 0. kg 0. P. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. P..1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.1 3 1 2 3 5 6 4-wire Brass. 4 × 0. .25 mm2 With 2 m cable. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/29 . kg Conn. Weight.08 } Preferred type Conn.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm Block 12 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 LED 3. 3 × 0.073 10 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A B 6 5 y mm 2 NSD00378 B A 6 5 NSD00378 NSD00362 0. approx.0 200 (≤ 50 °C). pnp NO and NC func. P. 4 × 0. Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. P. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. M With 2 m cable. PUR. } Preferred type – 3 } 3RG40 71–0CD00 – 0. 4/17 No.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0.6 NSD00382 Type 2 LED 3. 4/17 No. Type A NO func.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 1 1 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 16 10 Type Order No. approx.2x5 26 18 6 4 Sensor center 12 M3 32 40 Æ 3. pnp NO func.6 10 27 8 2.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug.2x5 26 18 6 4 Sensor center 12 M3 32 40 2 mm Block 12 mm × 32 mm Shielded Type 3 12. diagr.. diagr.2 NSD0 00377b Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).02 2 0.2 NSD00376b 4 32 Æ 2. PUR. pnp 1 } 3RG40 70–0AG45 2 } 3RG40 70–7AG45 1 8x 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 – ≤ 1. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 11 Type Order No.. kg 0.4 13 16 Æ 3.1 40 1 2 3 5 6 4 Weight. . 3 × 0. P..1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 NSD00380 LED 6. Type A With M12 connector • Type E.5 36 6.2 Æ 40 32 6 12 10 Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). pnp 1 2 3RG40 70–0AG01 3RG40 70–0AF01 3RG40 70–7AG01 0.2 12 6 NSD00379b 26 17 LED Sg LED Type 2 Sensor center 4 4 3. pnp NC func..5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0.023 0. PUR. kg Conn. 11 12 2 Type Order No. pnp NC func. With 2 m cable.. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. 4/17 No.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm Block 12 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 32 6 Sensor center 2 mm Block 12 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 3 Sensor center 12 4 4 Æ 4 4 40 32 3. Weight. pnp NO func. kg NSD00381 6. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0.08 0. P.25 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug. diagr. 4/30 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).08 0. approx.023 2 3 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A B 6 5 y mm 2 NSD00378 B A 6 5 NSD00378 NSD00362 0. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. pnp – – 3 3RG40 70–3AG01 3RG40 70–3AF01 0.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 1 1 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series.5 17 26 Æ 3. Weight. diagr.2 Conn. Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series.5 34 26 17 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). approx..021 – – – NO func. F • Type F NO func. 4/17 No. 4/17 No. PUR.5 34 26 17 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V). Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/31 . diagr. pnp NO and NC func. – – – 3 3RG40 70–7CD01 (LED corresponds to NO f. pnp 1 } 3RG40 70–0CD00 2 2 Conn. Weight. kg Conn.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 NSD00380 LED 6.. diagr. 4/17 No. 4 × 0.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 1 1 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series.2 Æ 40 32 6 12 10 Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V). Type Order No.08 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 NSD00381 6. approx. P. approx.) 3RG40 70–7CD02 (LED corresponds to NC f.) – With M 12 connector. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 36 6. Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).023 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. Type F NO and NC func..5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0. 10 1 1 Type Order No. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0.023 1 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A B 6 5 y mm 2 NSD00378 B A 6 5 NSD00378 NSD00362 0.2 4 Weight.. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. pnp 3RG40 70–3CD00 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm Block 12 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 32 6 Sensor center 2 mm Block 12 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 3 Sensor center 12 4 4 Æ 4 4 40 32 3. kg 0.5 17 26 Æ 3. Type A NO and NC func.023 0.2 12 6 NSD00379b 26 17 LED Sg LED Type 2 Sensor center 4 4 3. P. 07 0. PUR. kg Conn... ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 Type 3 M 8x1 SW 13 Type 4 M 8x1 35 4 4 33 35 4 NSD00386 NSD00387 Sg NSD00388 LED LED (4x) LED NSD00389a Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V)..017 0. pnp • Type A NO func..04 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0.25 mm2 NO func..5 mm M8 Unshielded Type 2 6.017 0.04 0. npn 1 3RG40 60–0AG33 3RG40 60–0AF33 3RG40 60–0GB33 3RG40 60–0GA33 3RG40 60–7AG33 3RG40 60–7AF33 3RG40 60–7GB33 3RG40 60–7GA33 0. Weight.5 2 1.5 mm Unshielded Type 1 6.02 3 3RG40 21–0AG33 3RG40 21–0AF33 3RG40 21–0GB33 3RG40 21–0GA33 3RG40 21–7AG33 3RG40 21–7AF33 3RG40 21–7GB33 3RG40 21–7GA33 0.04 0.017 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func.5 NSD00390 10 A 6 20 B 8 6 NSD00391 0.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2..1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. npn 2 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2.04 0. pnp NC func.017 0. approx.07 0. approx. P. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. pnp • Type A NC func. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 2 1. npn • Type A NC func.02 0.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/32 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00391 1 1 6 . 3 × 0.02 0..1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). Weight.5 2. 4/17 No.5 mm Ø 6. diagr.02 0.5 NSD00390 10 A 6 20 B 8 y mm 2. diagr. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 With 2 m cable. pnp NO func. kg 4 SW 13 LED (4x) Sg 45 33 45 Conn. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No.07 0. 4/17 No.07 0.. P. npn NC func. Type F NO func. 4/17 No.5 LED 66 20 56 23 23 NSD00399a 66 6x3.. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 23 4 Weight. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0.085 0..5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0.5 NSD00398a 6x3.5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 1 M 14x1 20 2. Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. npn NC func..5 3.5 3. npn NC func. diagr.5 NSD00398a 6x3.5 20 5.14 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. diagr. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0. Weight.5 2 A B 7 6 NSD00402a NSD00401 NSD00402a 0.5 20 5..5 LED 6x3.5 3. pnp 2 1 Conn. 4 × 0. approx. npn NO and NC func.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V). P.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00401 1 1 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. kg 0.5 56 23 20 5.5 NSD00399a 56 LED Sg LED 56 Sg Viewed from above 12 Viewed from above 12 NSD00400 27 NSD00400 27 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). 3 × 0. } Preferred type – – 1 } 3RG40 72–0CD00 3RG40 72–0GB00 } 3RG40 72–0GA00 – 3RG40 72–3GB00 3RG40 72–3GA00 – 0.5 3. PUR.03 0.085 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. PUR.5 2 A B 7 6 y mm 2.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2..5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 2 M 14x1 20 Type 1 M 14x1 20 Type 2 M 14x1 20 5. 4/17 No. P. kg Conn.03 1 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2.03 4 5 – – 2 } 3RG40 72–3CD00 0. npn NO and NC func. pnp NO func. approx. 13 14 Type Order No.25 mm2 With 2 m cable. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/33 . F • Type F With M 12 connector.085 10 Type Order No.. 0. 3 × 0. approx.08 0.. approx.5 NSD00427 LED NSD00428 LED (4x) Sg LED NSD00421a LED (4x) Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass. P.026 0.. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass.026 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 SW 17 34 Type 3 M 12x1 Type 4 M 12x1 6. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. P.08 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No. npn NC func. kg Conn. pnp NO func.083 0. diagr. pnp NC func.026 } 3RG40 22–0AF01 } 3RG40 22–0GB00 3RG40 22–0GA00 4 } 3RG40 22–3AG01 With M12 connector • Type E.5 35 6..032 0. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 With 2 m cable.. F • Type F 2 3RG40 22–3AF01 } 3RG40 22–3GB00 3RG40 22–3GA00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 8 NSD00423 A A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/34 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00423 NSD00422 NSD00422 8 .032 0.. pnp NC func. npn 1 3RG40 22–0AG33 3RG40 22–0AF33 3RG40 22–0GB33 3RG40 22–0GA33 3RG40 22–3AG33 3RG40 22–3AF33 3RG40 22–3GB33 3RG40 22–3GA33 0.25 mm2 NO func.083 0.. diagr. pnp NO func.5 4 4 65 SW 17 NSD00420 SW 17 45 6. npn NC func. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). F • Type F • Type E. kg 0.08 0. PUR.026 0.. npn NO func.032 SW 17 54 4 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 22–0AG01 Conn.5 56 6. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).083 0. Weight. Weight.08 0. 4/17 No.083 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0.032 0.. approx.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 12x1 6. Type F NO and NC func. 10 1 4 With 2 m cable. pnp NO and NC func.5 4 SW 17 39 56 6. 10 1 Type Order No.. 4/17 No. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 1.5 4 50 SW 17 NSD00444 LED NSD00448a LED (4x) Sg LED NSD00421a LED (4x) Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Brass.5 Type 3 M 12x1 Type 4 M 12x1 6. P. Weight. diagr.08 0. P. PUR.. 4/17 No.14 mm2 With M 12 connector.0 50 800 0. approx.083 0.03 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 22–0CD00 4 Conn. diagr.2 40 1 2 3 5 6 SW 17 54 Type Order No.5 4 4 65 SW 17 NSD00420 40 6. Weight. 4 × 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V).2 40 1 2 3 5 6 4-wire Brass. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). kg Conn. kg 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0.04 3RG40 22–3CD00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 8 NSD00423 A A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/35 NSD00423 NSD00422 NSD00422 8 . pnp 1 2 3RG40 22–0CD10 3RG40 22–3CD11 0. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm Block 12 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 1 LED 3. Type F NO func. kg } Preferred type – – 3 } 3RG40 82–0CD00 4 } 3RG40 82–3CD00 Conn.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. kg 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. 11 2 Type Order No..5 3..14 mm2 With M 12 connector. pnp NO and NC func. 3 × 0. Type A With 2 m cable. NSD00399a 4 Weight.25 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 4/17 No.5 LED Sg Type 2 LED 3. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).2 NSD0 00377b NSD00400 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).5 20 6x3. diagr. approx. 4 × 0.5 LED 10 16 23 23 NSD00376b NSD00398a 5.2x5 26 18 6 4 Sensor center 12 M3 32 40 5 mm Block with M 14 Unshielded Type 3 M 14x1 Type 4 M 14x1 20 20 5.03 10 1 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 NSD00422 15 27 B 8 3 NSD00474 NSD01073 A -x 8 mm 4 1 0 4 A 4 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/36 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00475a 2 12 4 8 A 12 15 y mm 5 20 40 B 66 Æ 3. Weight.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 27 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V).. pnp NO func. P.5 3. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0. 4/17 No. diagr.085 0. P. pnp 1 } 3RG40 80–0AG45 2 } 3RG40 80–7AG45 Conn. – – 0. pnp NO and NC func.08 0.2 6x3.02 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. PUR. approx..5 56 20 56 M 1 8x .2x5 26 18 6 4 Sensor center 12 M3 32 40 16 10 Viewed from above 12 Æ 3. PUR. pnp NC func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 4 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 2 M 18x1 4 Type 3 M 18x1 Type 4 Type 5 M 18x1 4 31 35 34 4 45 54 SW 24 SW 24 NSD00447 LED NSD00456 NSD00449a SW 24 LED (4x) Sg NSD00445 LED Sg LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass. PUR. P.067 0. kg 0. npn NO func.. approx. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).. pnp NC func.25 mm2 NO func. Type P 2 } 3RG40 13–3AG33 3RG40 13–3AF33 3RG40 13–3GB33 3RG40 13–3GA33 – 3RG40 13–3AF01 3RG40 13–3GB00 3RG40 13–3GA00 5 3RG40 13–2AG01 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 NSD00451 NSD00450 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 NSD00450 2 2 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/37 NSD00451 .. 3 × 0.123 0. pnp NO func. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No... P.12 0. F • Type F • Type E.067 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.15 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 24 74 42 Type Order No.123 0. diagr. kg 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V)..07 0. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 2 4 3RG40 13–0AG33 3RG40 13–0AF33 3RG40 13–0GB33 3RG40 13–0GA33 3RG40 13–0AF01 } 3RG40 13–0GB00 3RG40 13–0GA00 4 } 3RG40 13–3AG01 With M12 connector • Type E.12 0. npn NO func.123 0.12 0. Weight. diagr.06 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 13–0AG01 Conn. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0. Weight..15 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass. approx.07 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0.123 0. F • Type F With M 18 connector.067 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). npn NC func. pnp NO func. npn NC func.067 0.12 0.. 4/17 No. 4/17 No.07 0.07 0.. pnp 1 Conn. .011 0. diagr. Weight.. pnp NO and NC func. pnp 1 } 3RG40 13–0CD00 2 Conn. pnp NO func. P. approx.14 mm2 With M 12 connector.0 3 5 6 Type Order No.011 0. 4/17 No..5 50 100 0.5 m. Type F NO and NC func. NO func. NSD00464 Weight. kg 0. 3RG40 13–3CD00 – – – With single cores. npn } 3RG40 75–0AH00 } 3RG40 75–0GJ00 0.9 3. PUR. 4/17 No. pnp PVC.85 54 SW 24 NSD00445 LED 1) 3RG40 75–0GJ00 for unshielded mounting: Rated operating distance sn = 3.95 4 9.15 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 – ≤ 1. diagr. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0.15 1. P. 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V).2 mm Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Brass.2 mm) Ø 18 mm Shielded 1) Type 2 Type 3 18 15..061 } Preferred type With 2 m cable..011 11 12 13 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 y mm 5 4 3 15 A 30 B 10 NSD00451 NSD00450 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 NSD00450 2 2 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/38 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD 00467 . kg } Preferred type – – 3 } 3RG40 75–0AJ00 Conn. 10 1 Type Order No. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 4 × 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 5 mm (3. approx.25 mm2 NC func.1 0. 3 × 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).05 0.05 0. kg 0.06 2 3 4 2 3 5 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 15 15 6 NSD00499 6 NSD00499 NSD00500 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/39 NSD00501 4 4 15 8 A 11 8 A 11 15 y mm 10 20 28 B y mm 10 20 50 B ..BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 1 M 18x1 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 M 18x1 4 Type 3 M 18x1 4 Type 4 M 18x1 4 Type 5 M 18x1 4 10. pnp NC func.. 3 × 0.5 NSD00502 LED NSD00503 LED (4x) Sg NSD00493 SW 24 LED NSD00494b LED (4x) M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.115 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 23–0AG01 Conn. pnp NC func.115 0.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass.07 0.. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 500 0. npn NC func.. 4/17 No.5 35 10.. approx. diagr.11 0.11 0. npn NC func.. pnp 1 3RG40 23–0AG33 3RG40 23–0AF33 3RG40 23–0GB33 3RG40 23–0GA33 3RG40 23–3AG33 3RG40 23–3AF33 3RG40 23–3GB33 3RG40 23–3GA33 – – 0. Weight. kg Conn. pnp NC func.11 0.. npn NO func.115 0.11 0. PUR.05 3RG40 23–0AF01 3RG40 23–0GB00 – 4 With M12 connector • Type E.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 24 LED Sg 74 42 Type Order No. Type P 2 3RG40 23–3AG01 3RG40 23–3AF01 3RG40 23–3GB00 – 3RG40 23–2AG01 3RG40 23–2AF01 0..07 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 500 0. P.5 NSD00497a 4 45 31 10. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).05 0. pnp NO func.. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). F • Type F • Type E.25 mm2 NO func. Weight.06 0. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No. 11 12 13 4 With 2 m cable. 4/17 No. approx.5 69 55 10. pnp NO func. F • Type F With M 18 connector.5 SW 24 58. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C)..5 SW 24 34 SW 24 54 10. P. npn NO func.07 0. diagr. Weight.05 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 6 NSD00499 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/40 NSD00500 4 15 8 A 11 15 y mm 10 20 28 B SW 24 LED Sg 74 42 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . pnp NO and NC func.1 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V). pnp 1 2 3 3RG40 23–0CD00 3RG40 23–3CD00 3RG40 23–2CD00 0. PUR.06 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 1 M 18x1 4 Type 2 M 18x1 4 Type 3 M 18x1 4 10.5 69 55 10..5 SW 24 58. 4 × 0. approx.5 SW 24 NSD00493 LED NSD00494b LED (4x) M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Brass.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. Type P NO and NC func. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 500 0.14 mm2 With M 12 connector. kg Conn. Type F With M 18 connector. pnp NO and NC func. P.. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). diagr.. 4/17 No.5 NSD00497a 54 10. 10 1 1 With 2 m cable. 4/17 No. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).165 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.5 5 Type 5 M 30x1.. approx. F • Type F With M 18 connector.18 0... approx. pnp NC func.3 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 36 Sg SW 36 LED (4x) 53 5 Type Order No.5 5 Type 4 M 30x1.5 69 55 SW 36 SW 36 64 84 LED NSD00518a LED LED (4x) M 12x1 NSD00520b NSD00524 NSD00523 NSD00519a LED M 18x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass..25 mm2 NO func. pnp NC func. pnp NO func.15 0.. Weight. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No. P. npn NC func. kg 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0.2 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 14–0AG01 Conn.5 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 2 M 30x1. F • Type F • Type E. npn NO func. kg 0.5 5 Type 3 M 30x1. diagr.15 2 3 4 2 3 3RG40 14–2AG01 3RG40 14–2AF01 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 8 6 NSD00516 A NSD00521 8 6 NSD00516 A 4 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 4 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A A 10 +x mm B 10 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/41 NSD00522 16 y mm 10 25 37 B y mm 10 25 45 B . 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. P.5 45 31 35 34 5 54 SW 36 58.2 0..2 0.25 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1. npn NC func. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). diagr. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C)...18 0.18 0.165 0. 4/17 No. PUR. pnp 1 Conn. 11 12 13 4 3RG40 14–0AG33 3RG40 14–0AF33 3RG40 14–0GB33 3RG40 14–0GA33 } 3RG40 14–0AF01 } 3RG40 14–0GB00 – 4 } 3RG40 14–3AG01 With M12 connector • Type E. Type P 2 } 3RG40 14–3AG33 3RG40 14–3AF33 3RG40 14–3GB33 3RG40 14–3GA33 – – 3RG40 14–3AF01 3RG40 14–3GB00 – 5 0. npn NO func.165 0. pnp NO func.3 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass.165 0. 3 × 0. pnp NC func.. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). Weight..25 0.25 0.25 0. 5 5 Type 3 M 30x1..5 69 55 50 SW 36 NSD00519a NSD00518a LED LED (4x) M 12x1 NSD00528 Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Brass. P. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V).15 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. 4/17 No.14 mm2 With M 12 connector. P.5 5 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 2 M 30x1. – 3 3RG40 14–3CD00 3RG40 14–3CD01 0. 4 × 0. kg 0. approx. Weight.17 1 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 8 6 A NSD00521 8 6 A NSD00521 NSD00516 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 NSD00516 4 4 A 10 +x mm B 10 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/42 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 16 y mm 10 25 37 B y mm 10 25 37 B . diagr.17 0. 10 1 Type Order No. PUR. 4/17 No. Type F NO and NC func.. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1. approx. SW 36 80 5 Weight.5 54 SW 36 58. nickel-plated 10 to 30 – 15 300 300 0. pnp 1 } 3RG40 14–0CD00 2 Conn. kg Conn.3 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. diagr.3 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire (designed for Mercedes-Benz) Brass. pnp NO and NC func. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. Weight.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm Ø 20 mm Unshielded Type 1 20 NSD00533a 20 mm Ø 34 mm Unshielded Type 2 34 NSD00579a 63 62 BERO with terminal compartment: Now supplied with metric thread M 16 or M 20 for molded plastic screw gland.75 to 2.16 27 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 60 8 6 NSD00516 A 20 20 12 NSD00581 NSD00534 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A 10 +x mm B 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/43 NSD00582 4 8 40 A 34 60 y mm 10 40 60 B y mm 20 68 102 B .074 – – 2 3RG46 26–6AD00 0.. 4/17 No.NO func. pnp ment for cables 0. P. 4 With terminal compart. 4/17 No.5 mm2 With terminal compart. 26 Type Order No. Weight. kg Conn. P. kg Conn. approx.75 20 1 2 3 5 6 70 60 Type Order No.75 to 2. diagr.5 mm2 1 3RG46 25–6AG00 0. 92 LED M 16 LED M 20 38 30 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 36 LED ≤5 250 300 0. pnp.3 6 1 2 3 5 6 98 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 36 LED 5 200 350 0. A fixing clamp is included in the scope of supply. diagr.NO or NC. approx. programmable ment for cables 0. npn NO func. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 2 3 3RG40 24–0AG33 3RG40 24–0AF33 3RG40 24–0GB33 3RG40 24–0GA33 3RG40 24–0AF01 3RG40 24–0GB00 3RG40 24–0GA00 4 } 3RG40 24–3AG01 With M12 connector • Type E. Weight. pnp NO func. npn NC func. approx.5 54 55 LED (4x) 64 5 53 .185 0. F • Type F • Type E.185 0.14 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 24–0AG01 Conn..21 0.25 mm2 NO func... npn NO func. Type P 2 } 3RG40 24–3AG33 3RG40 24–3AF33 3RG40 24–3GB33 3RG40 24–3GA33 – – 3RG40 24–3AF01 3RG40 24–3GB00 – 5 3RG40 24–2AG01 3RG40 24–2AF01 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection A 15 30 80 B 25 A 15 30 80 B 25 15 NSD00548 A A B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/44 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00548 15 SW 36 84 NSD00552 69 Sg 58. pnp NO func. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 16 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1.165 0.185 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0.12 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. pnp NC func. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). F • Type F With M 18 connector.5 16 Type 5 M 30x1. diagr.4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass. Weight.12 0.165 0. 4/17 No. 4/17 No.12 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.21 0. P.165 0.21 0.5 Type 4 M 30x1.. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 Type Order No.4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 3 × 0.185 0. PUR.21 0.. kg 0. pnp NC func.. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). diagr. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V)... pnp 1 Conn. kg 0.5 16 16 Type 3 M 30x1. pnp NC func. approx.12 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 1 M 30x1. npn NC func.14 0.. P.5 16 5 5 SW 36 34 45 31 35 5 5 SW 36 SW 36 SW 36 NSD00544a LED NSD00545b LED (4x) NSD00546b NSD00551 LED LED M 12x1 M 18x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.. . 4/17 No. PUR.5 5 SW 36 69 NSD00544a LED NSD00545b LED (4x) M 12x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Brass.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 1 M 30x1. kg 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V). Weight.5 54 55 5 Type Order No. approx.. diagr.14 mm2 With M 12 connector. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. Type F NO and NC func. pnp 1 } 3RG40 24–0CD00 2 Conn. 4 × 0. pnp NO and NC func.15 0.4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 36 58. P. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 10 1 4 3RG40 24–3CD00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection A 15 30 80 B 25 A B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space NSD00548 15 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/45 .5 16 16 Type 2 M 30x1.15 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V).75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 25 (24 V).75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 100 0. Accessories) 30 40 5. diagr. 4/17 No.23 0. pnp NC func. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.3 30 14 Pg 13.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Weight.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 LED NSD 01163 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded N 40 46 55 Type 2 40 45 40 40 120 5.5 mm2 3RG40 31–6AF01 } 3RG40 31–6GB00 0. diagr. approx. 1 Type Order No. npn 1 } 3RG40 38–3CD00 Conn.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).23 19 20 21 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 12 NSD01170 A 30 A 8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 NSD 01164 A A 16 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/46 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00563 30 y mm 20 25 75 B 25 75 B . Type F NO and NC func.23 0. kg 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 50 0.5 to 2.3x5. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).13 0. pnp NO func. approx. Weight. npn NO func..13 } Preferred type With M 12 connector.... Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.. pnp NO and NC func. P.3 M 12x1 40 7. kg } Preferred type – – 2 } 3RG40 31–6AG01 Conn. 4/17 No.3x7.3 LED NSD00564 69 60 LED All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. P. 3RG40 38–3GD00 – – – With terminal compartment for cables 0. P.5 mm2 NO and NC func.75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire (designed for Mercedes-Benz) Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V). Weight. kg 0. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.3x5.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. 18 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection A 25 75 B 30 16 A NSD00563 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 NSD00562 8 A 16 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/47 NSD00563 30 y mm 20 25 75 B ..3x5.3 LED LED 7. With screw sensor.3 LED 5.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.5 Pg 13.24 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG40 34–6CD00 Conn. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. 18 Type Order No. Weight. 4/17 No.23 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 4/17 No.3 30 14 NSD00570 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 150 (≤ 85 °C) 100 0. pnp 1 } 3RG40 31–6CD00 Conn.75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. kg 0.5 to 2. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 100 0. diagr. Accessories) 7.3 30 14 Pg 13. diagr.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 40 45 40 45 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 2 40 40 40 120 60 60 LED NSD00564 118 5. P. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V). approx. approx. npn NO and NC func.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes..3 30 14 Pg 13.3x5.5 to 2. P.5 to 2. P.3 5. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 75 0. 3RG40 41–6AF01 3RG40 41–6GB00 – 0. pnp NO func. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 75 0..75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V). diagr.. diagr. kg } Preferred type – – – 2 } 3RG40 41–6CD00 Conn. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). pnp NC func.75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 4/17 No.23 0. approx.3 30 14 7. NSD00564 LED 60 LED 120 5.23 0. pnp 1 } 3RG40 41–6AG01 Conn.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 20 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 1 40 40 45 40 45 20 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 40 40 120 60 NSD00564 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13..23 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0. kg 0. Accessories) 7. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 mm2 NO func. 19 20 21 Type Order No.23 18 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 40 A 12 NSD00581 A 12 NSD00581 50 NSD00583 50 NSD00583 40 8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A A 16 +x mm B 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/48 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 40 40 y mm 20 70 100 B y mm 20 70 100 B .5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.3x5. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. Weight. approx.5 Pg 13. 4/17 No.3 LED LED Weight. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.5 mm2 With terminal compartment for cables 0. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 25 (24 V). kg Conn.5 mm2 NO and NC func.3 41 24.27 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 NSD00601 77 45 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. 18 Type Order No. pnp 1 } 3RG40 32–6CD00 Conn. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. approx. approx.. 4/17 No. 18 4 2 3RG40 42–6CD00 0. Accessories) Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V).BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 25 mm Block 60 mm × 80 mm Shielded Type 1 60 45 LED YE LED GN 5. P.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. diagr. diagr.5 Pg 13.5 NSD00601 30 mm Block 60 mm × 80 mm Unshielded Type 2 60 45 LED YE LED GN 5. P. Weight. Weight. kg 0. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).27 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 50 15 NSD00594 18 NSD00603 NSD00604 10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0 12 6 -x 30 15 mm 0 NSD00608 A A 10 20 +x mm 15 30 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/49 40 20 A 24 A 60 90 y mm 25 55 210 B y mm 30 90 210 B . 150 (≤ 85 °C) 50 1 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 4/17 No.5 Pg 13.5 to 2. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 70 1 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 77 45 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V).3 41 24. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.3 41. pnp 1 3RG40 43–6CD00 0.. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 10 1 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. diagr. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). Accessories) 100 65 5.5 Pg 13.3 65 LED YE LED GN 27.47 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 40 30 A 15 NSD00626 20 10 -x 30 15 mm 0 NSD00613 A 15 30 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/50 40 90 y mm 50 80 160 B Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . approx.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. P.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Standard duty I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 40 mm Block 80 mm × 100 mm Unshielded Type 1 80. 18 With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2. 4/17 No.5 mm2 NO and NC func. Weight. kg Conn.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V).5 NSD00625 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. 4/17 kg No. P.25 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug. Type A With M 12 connector.080 15 4 3RG40 11–7JB00 – 5 } 3RG40 12–3JB00 3 } 3RG40 11–3JB00 0. diagr.4 NSD00319 1 A +x 2 mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/51 NSD00363 . 1 } 3RG40 11–0JB00 2 Weight.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1 mm M8 Shielded Type 1 M 8x1 34 SW 13 4 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 3 M 8x1 SW 13 Type 4 M 12x1 4 Type 5 M 12x1 4 59 NSD00361b 50 52 34 55 NSD00314b 50 LED NSD00312 NSD00313 NSD00360a LED Sg LED SW 17 M 12x1 LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Minimum operating current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA Hz mm ms 2-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.03 6 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1.080 0.5 25 2 1500 0. Type E.018 0.2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1 A 0. 0.025 15 7 6 Type Order No. Conn.8 0. 0. PUR. P.1 40 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass. F NO func. Conn. NO func.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 0. NO func.5 25 2 700 0.0 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 1. approx.1 40 1 3 4 5 6 SW 17 LED (4x) Sg 48 Type Order No. approx.6 NSD00318 4 A 12 B 3 y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 0. } Preferred type With 2 m cable. 4/17 kg No. 2 × 0. diagr. } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 12–0JB00 Weight. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2.5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 1 M 14x1 20 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 14x1 20 Type 3 M 12x1 Type 4 M 12x1 6,5 23 23 56 6,5 4 4 65 66 6x3,5 3,5 20 5,5 NSD00398a 6x3,5 3,5 NSD00399a 20 5,5 LED SW 17 NSD00420 LED NSD00421a LED LED (4x) Sg Sg Viewed from above 12 NSD00400 27 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Minimum operating current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA Hz mm ms 2-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED 1.5 25 2 800 0.1 40 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.5 25 2 300 0.2 40 1 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.080 0.035 SW 17 56 56 54 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 22–0JB00 4 } 3RG40 22–3JB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func. NO func. 1 2 3RG40 72–0JB00 3RG40 72–3JB00 0.082 0.030 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2,5 2 A B 7 6 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 NSD00402a 0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/52 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00423 NSD00401 NSD00422 1 8 BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 Type 3 M 18x1 4 Type 4 M 18x1 4 Type 5 M 18x1 4 Type 6 M 18x1 4 10,5 NSD00497a 4 42 54 10,5 69 55 10,5 SW 24 58,5 54 SW 24 SW 24 NSD00449a SW 24 LED NSD00493 NSD00445 LED Sg LED NSD00494b LED (4x) M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Minimum operating current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA Hz mm ms 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.5 25 2 400 0.15 40 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.5 25 2 200 0.2 40 1 3 4 5 6 SW 24 LED Sg 74 74 42 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.115 0.075 0.062 } Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NO func. NO func. 1 } 3RG40 13–0JB00 2 } 3RG40 13–3JB00 3 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.100 0.070 0.060 } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 23–0JB00 5 } 3RG40 23–3JB00 6 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6 4 3RG40 13–2JB00 3RG40 23–2JB00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 6 NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/53 NSD00500 2 4 15 8 A 11 15 y mm 10 20 28 B BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1,5 5 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1,5 5 Type 3 M 30x1,5 Type 4 M 30x1,5 16 Type 5 M 30x1,5 16 Type 6 M 30x1,5 16 5 54 SW 36 58,5 69 55 5 5 64 58,5 54 55 SW 36 SW 36 NSD00519a SW 36 69 SW 36 64 NSD00520b NSD00518a M 12x1 M 18x1 LED NSD00544a LED LED (4x) LED NSD00545b LED (4x) NSD00546b LED M 12x1 M 18x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Minimum operating current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA Hz mm ms 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.5 25 2 300 0.3 40 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 1.5 25 2 180 0.4 40 1 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.19 0.17 0.14 } Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NO func. NO func. 1 } 3RG40 14–0JB00 2 3 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.18 0.16 0.13 } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 24–0JB00 5 6 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6 3RG40 14–3JB00 3RG40 14–2JB00 3RG40 24–3JB00 3RG40 24–2JB00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 8 6 NSD00516 A NSD00521 A 15 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A A 10 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/54 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00548 4 15 25 y mm 10 25 37 B 30 80 B SW 36 84 84 5 53 53 BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 40 45 40 45 20 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 40 40 120 60 NSD00560 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories) 7,3x5,3 30 14 7,3x5,3 30 14 Pg 13,5 Pg 13,5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Minimum operating current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA Hz mm ms 2-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.5 25 2 100 0.75 100 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 1.5 25 2 75 0.75 100 1 3 4 5 6 NSD00560 LED 60 120 Æ 5,3 Æ 5,3 LED Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.25 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO func. 1 } 3RG40 31–6JB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 22 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.25 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG40 41–6JB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 22 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection A 25 75 B 30 A 12 50 NSD00583 NSD00581 NSD00563 8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A A B 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/55 40 40 y mm 20 70 100 B BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1 mm M8 Shielded Type 1 M 8x1 4 41 SW 13 Type 2 M 8x1 41 SW 13 Type 3 M 8x1 SW 13 41 LED M 12x1 57 58 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 200 5000 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. NSD00320 LED NSD00321 LED Sg Weight, approx. kg 0.080 0.080 0.018 0.018 0.022 0.022 NSD00322a 62 38 } Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.25 mm2 With 8 mm comb. plug • Type A • Type A With M12 connector • Type E, F • Type F NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp 1 } 3RG40 11–0AB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3 2 3 3RG40 11–0AA00 2 } 3RG40 11–7AB00 3RG40 11–7AA00 3 } 3RG40 11–3AB00 3RG40 11–3AA00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 1,0 0,8 0,6 NSD00318 4 A 12 B 3 0,4 0,2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1 A +x 2 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/56 NSD00319 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 A A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/57 NSD00423 NSD00422 1 NSD00368 8 . kg 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass. nickel-plated 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 4000 0.033 0.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 17 Type Order No.. pnp NC func.25 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.033 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. pnp 1 } 3RG40 12–0AB00 Conn. kg 0.5 4 SW 17 LED (4x) Sg 60 71 NSD00425a SW 17 SW 17 54 56 65 62 4 NSD00364 LED NSD00365 LED (4x) Sg NSD00424 LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.034 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 22–0AB00 Conn. pnp NC func. 3 × 0.034 0. 4/17 No. P. 11 12 2 3 Type Order No. 11 12 2 3 4 } 3RG40 12–0AA00 2 } 3RG40 12–3AB00 3RG40 22–0AA00 4 } 3RG40 22–3AB00 3RG40 12–3AA00 3RG40 22–3AA00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A 6 12 B 6 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 0. F • Type F NO func.090 0. approx. PUR. approx.090 0. nickel-plated 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 800 0.090 0.. diagr.. Weight.5 Type 3 M 12x1 Type 4 M 12x1 6.090 0. P. 4/17 No. Weight. diagr.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 6. pnp NO func.. 5 LED 23 23 56 23 23 66 NSD00399a 5.5 56 56 20 56 .5 NSD00398a 5. 11 12 2 Type Order No. pnp NC func.5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 1 M 14x1 20 5 mm Block with M 14 Unshielded Type 2 M 14x1 20 Type 1 M 14x1 20 Type 2 M 14x1 20 5.25 mm2 With M 12 connector. PUR. 11 2 With 2 m cable.030 – 2 } 3RG40 82–3AB00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 2 A 3 NSD00402a NSD00401 NSD00474 0. diagr. 4/17 No.05 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 300 0.085 0. Weight.5 3. diagr.085 0.. pnp NO func.085 0. kg 0. 4/17 No.5 3..1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.5 B 7 6 y mm 5 20 40 B 66 6x3. F NO func. kg Conn. approx. Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/58 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00475a 1 2 12 4 A 12 15 y mm 2..5 LED NSD00398a 5. NSD00399a Weight.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 4 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. 3 × 0.5 20 6x3. P. Type E.5 20 6x3.030 } Preferred type 1 } 3RG40 82–0AB00 Conn. P.5 3.5 3.5 20 6x3. pnp 1 2 3RG40 72–0AB00 3RG40 72–0AA00 3RG40 72–3AB00 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2.5 LED LED Sg Sg Viewed from above 12 Viewed from above 12 NSD00400 27 NSD00400 27 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 800 0. approx. Weight.15 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass.04 0. PUR. diagr. pnp NC func. pnp NC func. 11 12 2 3 2 4 } 3RG40 13–0AA00 2 } 3RG40 13–3AB00 } 3RG40 23–0AA00 5 } 3RG40 23–3AB00 3RG40 13–3AA00 3 3RG40 23–3AA00 6 3RG40 13–2AB00 3RG40 13–2AA00 3RG40 23–2AB00 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 6 NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/59 NSD00501 2 4 15 8 A 11 15 y mm 10 20 50 B . pnp NO func.07 0.5 54 SW 24 SW 24 NSD00449a SW 24 LED NSD00493 NSD00445 LED Sg LED NSD00494b LED (4x) M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.04 0. Weight.06 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.12 0. 11 12 2 3 2 3 Type Order No.09 0.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 24 LED Sg 74 74 42 Type Order No. kg 0. pnp NC func.. P.. 4/17 No..5 69 55 10.5 SW 24 58.5 NSD00497a 4 42 54 10.12 0. approx. nickel-plated 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 500 0. pnp 1 } 3RG40 13–0AB00 Conn. 3 × 0.07 0.06 0. kg 0.. nickel-plated 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 800 0.04 } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 23–0AB00 Conn. 4/17 No. diagr. approx.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 Type 3 M 18x1 4 Type 4 M 18x1 4 Type 5 M 18x1 4 Type 6 M 18x1 4 10.25 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. pnp NO func. Type P NO func. P.09 0. F • Type F With M 18 connector... nickel-plated 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 300 0. approx. 11 12 2 3 2 3 3RG40 14–0AA00 2 } 3RG40 14–3AB00 3RG40 24–0AA00 5 } 3RG40 24–3AB00 3RG40 14–3AA00 3 3RG40 24–3AA00 6 3RG40 14–2AB00 3RG40 14–2AA00 3RG40 24–2AB00 3RG40 24–2AA00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 8 6 NSD00516 A NSD00521 A 15 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A A 10 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/60 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00548 4 15 25 y mm 10 25 37 B 30 80 B SW 36 84 84 5 53 53 .11 0. diagr.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1.20 0.08 } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 24–0AB00 Conn..20 0.5 5 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1.11 0.5 5 Type 3 M 30x1.08 0.5 54 55 SW 36 SW 36 NSD00519a SW 36 69 SW 36 64 NSD00520b NSD00518a M 12x1 M 18x1 LED NSD00544a LED LED (4x) LED NSD00545b LED (4x) NSD00546b LED M 12x1 M 18x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.13 0. pnp NC func. P.5 Type 4 M 30x1. 3 × 0. pnp NC func. Weight. pnp NO func. F • Type F With M 18 connector.5 69 55 5 5 64 58. kg 0.15 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. PUR.. approx..4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 11 12 2 3 2 3 Type Order No. nickel-plated 10 to 65 LED ≤ 10 300 300 0. diagr. Weight.18 0. Type P NO func. 4/17 No.. kg 0.15 0...5 16 Type 5 M 30x1. pnp NO func. 4/17 No. pnp NC func. P.25 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.5 16 Type 6 M 30x1.13 0. pnp 1 } 3RG40 14–0AB00 Conn.3 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass.5 16 5 54 SW 36 58.18 0. NO or NC. 23 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 30 12 NSD00563 NSD00562 NSD00581 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A 16 +x mm B 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/61 NSD00583 8 8 40 16 A A 50 40 y mm 20 25 75 B y mm 20 70 100 B . Accessories) 7.3 LED LED Type Order No.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. kg 0.3 30 14 Pg 13. approx. P. kg 0. 4/17 No.3x5. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.3x5.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Weight.23 } Preferred type With terminal compart.75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs ≤ 20 300 75 0. approx. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs ≤ 20 300 100 0.5 mm2 1 } 3RG40 31–6AD00 Conn. 23 Type Order No.3 30 14 7.75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 NSD00564 LED 60 LED 120 5.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 40 45 40 45 20 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 40 40 120 60 NSD00564 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. 4/17 No. diagr. programmable ment for cables 0.23 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG40 41–6AD00 Conn.5 Pg 13.5 to 2.3 5. Weight. pnp. P. diagr. 47 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG40 43–6AD00 Conn.5 Pg 13.5 NSD00601 40 mm Block 80 mm × 100 mm Unshielded Type 2 80. P. 4/17 No.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. approx.3 41 24. P.5 to 2. Accessories) 100 65 5.5 mm2 1 } 3RG40 42–6AD00 Conn.NO or NC. kg 0.3 41. 23 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 90 40 18 NSD00604 30 6 -x 30 15 mm 0 A -x 30 15 mm 10 0 NSD00626 12 NSD00608 20 NSD00613 A 15 30 +x mm B 15 30 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/62 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 40 24 A 60 40 A 15 90 y mm 30 90 210 B y mm 50 80 160 B .5 Pg 13.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 mm Block 60 mm × 80 mm Unshielded Type 1 60 45 LED YE LED GN 5.27 } Preferred type With terminal compart. 23 Type Order No.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs ≤ 40 300 50 1 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs ≤ 40 300 10 1 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. kg 0. diagr. Weight. programmable ment for cables 0.3 65 LED YE LED GN 27. pnp. diagr.5 NSD00625 77 45 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. Weight. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. approx. 4/17 No. 5 mm2 1 } 3RG40 33–6AD01 Conn. Accessories) 100 65 5. P.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire (designed for Ford) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs ≤ 40 300 10 2 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. diagr.3 65 LED YE LED GN 27. 4/17 No.5 to 2. Weight. 23 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection Operating distance 30 mm y mm 30 24 18 NSD00604 Operating distance 40 mm 80 A 15 160 B 90 y mm 50 40 30 80 A 160 B 90 NSD00627 40 6 -x 30 15 mm 0 A -x 30 15 mm B 10 0 NSD00626 12 NSD00613 20 A 15 30 +x mm 15 30 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/63 .BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (65 V DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 mm for unshielded mounting/ 40 mm for shielded mounting Block 80 mm × 100 mm Unshielded or shielded Type 1 80.NO or NC.47 } Preferred type With terminal compart. programmable ment for cables 0.5 Pg 13. approx. kg 0.5 NSD00625 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. pnp.3 41.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 6,5 Type 3 M 12x1 Type 4 M 12x1 6,5 4 SW 17 SW 17 54 56 4 65 62 SW 17 71 NSD00364 LED NSD00365 LED (4x) Sg NSD00424 LED NSD00425a Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 200 1800 1) 5 25/1200 0.04 100 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 200 1200 1) 5 25/900 0.12 100 1 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.08 0.08 0.033 0.033 } Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. 1 } 3RG40 12–0KB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.08 0.08 0.035 0.035 SW 17 LED (4x) Sg 60 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG40 22–0KB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 3RG40 12–0KA00 2 } 3RG40 12–3KB00 3RG40 22–0KA00 4 } 3RG40 22–3KB00 3RG40 12–3KA00 3RG40 22–3KA00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A 6 12 B 6 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 A A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC; max. operating frequency 0.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/64 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00423 NSD00422 1 NSD00368 8 BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2.5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 1 M 14x1 20 Type 2 M 14x1 20 5,5 LED 66 20 56 23 6x3,5 3,5 20 5,5 NSD00398a 6x3,5 3,5 NSD00399a LED 56 Sg Viewed from above 12 NSD00400 27 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 10 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 200 1200 5 25/1000 0.04 100 1 3 4 5 6 23 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 4 Weight, approx. kg Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 Type Order No. With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. 1 2 3RG40 72–0KB00 3RG40 72–0KA00 3RG40 72–3KB00 3RG40 72–3KA00 0.082 0.082 0.030 0.030 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2,5 2 A B 7 6 NSD00402a 0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00401 1 A 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/65 BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 Type 3 M 18x1 4 Type 4 M 18x1 4 Type 5 M 18x1 4 Type 6 M 18x1 4 10,5 NSD00497a 4 42 54 10,5 69 55 10,5 SW 24 58,5 54 SW 24 SW 24 NSD00449a SW 24 LED NSD00493 NSD00445 LED Sg LED NSD00494b LED (4x) M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/490 0.15 100 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/340 0.2 100 1 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.11 0.11 0.075 0.075 0.063 0.063 } Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. 1 } 3RG40 13–0KB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8 9 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.085 0.085 0.04 0.04 0.035 } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 23–0KB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8 } 3RG40 13–0KA00 2 } 3RG40 13–3KB00 } 3RG40 23–0KA00 5 } 3RG40 23–3KB00 3RG40 13–3KA00 3 3RG40 23–3KA00 6 3RG40 13–2KB00 3RG40 13–2KA00 3RG40 23–2KB00 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 6 NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC; max. operating frequency 0.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/66 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00501 2 4 15 8 A 11 15 y mm 10 20 50 B SW 24 LED Sg 74 74 42 BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1,5 5 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1,5 5 Type 3 M 30x1,5 Type 4 M 30x1,5 16 Type 5 M 30x1,5 16 Type 6 M 30x1,5 16 5 54 SW 36 58,5 69 55 5 5 64 58,5 54 55 SW 36 SW 36 NSD00519a SW 36 69 SW 36 64 NSD00520b NSD00518a M 12x1 M 18x1 LED NSD00544a LED LED (4x) LED NSD00545b LED (4x) NSD00546b LED M 12x1 M 18x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/200 0.3 100 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/220 0.4 100 1 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms SW 36 84 84 5 53 53 4 Weight, approx. kg 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.09 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.19 0.19 0.17 0.17 0.14 0.14 } Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 × 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. 1 } 3RG40 14–0KB00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8 9 Type Order No. } Preferred type 4 } 3RG40 24–0KB00 3RG40 14–0KA00 2 } 3RG40 14–3KB00 } 3RG40 24–0KA00 5 } 3RG40 24–3KB00 3RG40 14–3KA00 3 3RG40 24–3KA00 6 3RG40 14–2KB00 3RG40 14–2KA00 3RG40 24–2KB00 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 8 6 NSD00516 A A 15 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A A 10 +x mm B B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC; max. operating frequency 0.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/67 NSD00549a 4 NSD00522 15 25 y mm 10 25 45 B 30 65 B BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm Ø 20 mm Unshielded Type 1 20 NSD00533a 20 mm Ø 34 mm Unshielded Type 2 34 NSD00579a 63 62 BERO with terminal compartment: Now supplied with metric thread M 16 or M 20 for molded plastic screw gland. A fixing clamp is included in the scope of supply. 92 LED M 16 LED M 20 38 30 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 250/20 to 250 LED ≤ 2.5/≤ 0.8 250/100 2200 1) 5 25/70 0.2 15 1 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 98 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 250/20 to 250 LED 2.5/0.8 250/100 2200 1) 5 20/70 0.75 20 1 5 6 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.074 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO or NC, programmable 1 } 3RG46 25–6KD00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 24 Type Order No. 70 60 Weight, approx. kg 0.16 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG46 26–6KD00 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 24 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 60 8 6 NSD00516 A 20 20 12 NSD00581 NSD00534 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A 10 +x mm B 16 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC; max. operating frequency 0.5 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/68 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00582 4 8 40 A 34 60 y mm 10 40 60 B y mm 20 68 102 B 0 300 1800 1) 5 25/150 0.23 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0. Accessories) 7. kg 0. P. 24 Type Order No. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. programmable 1 } 3RG40 31–6KD00 Conn. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.23 Conn. 24 Type Order No.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/69 NSD00583 8 8 40 16 A A 50 40 y mm 20 25 75 B y mm 20 70 100 B .3x5.3 LED 4 Weight. approx.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.3 30 14 Pg 13. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED ≤ 1. max. } Preferred type 2 } 3RG40 41–6KD00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 30 12 NSD00563 NSD00562 NSD00581 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A 16 +x mm B 16 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC. kg 0.5/1. diagr. P.3 30 14 7.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.75 100 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1. 4/17 No. diagr.3x5. approx.5 mm2 NO or NC.5 Pg 13.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 40 45 40 45 20 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 40 40 120 60 NSD00560 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. Weight. 4/17 No. operating frequency 0.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/100 1 20 1 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms NSD00560 LED 60 120 Æ 5.5/1.5 to 2.3 Æ 5. 13 } Preferred type With M 12 connector. kg 0. 8 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 12 NSD01170 A 8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 NSD 01164 A 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/70 30 y mm 20 25 75 B Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . P.75 0. 1 } 3RG40 38–3KB00 Conn. Type E.04 to 3.3 M 12x1 40 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. 69 Weight. F NO func.5 ≤ 2. 1.3x7. approx. 4/17 No. diagr. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) LED (switching state) No-load supply current I0 • At 24 V • At Umax Rated operational current Off-state current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 Yellow LED Typ.3 100 1 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms Type Order No.0 300 <2 25/50 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) N 15 mm Block 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 LED 40 46 55 NSD 01163 I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 40 5. approx. 4/17 No. diagr. Accessories) 5. P.5 to 2.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/60 1 100 1 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 4 Weight. 24 Type Order No.5 Pg 13. approx. diagr.3 65 LED YE 27.47 Conn. } Preferred type 2 } 3RG40 43–6KD00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 90 40 18 NSD00604 30 6 -x 30 15 mm 0 A -x 30 15 mm 10 0 NSD00626 12 NSD00608 20 NSD00613 A 15 30 +x mm B 15 30 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC.5 Pg 13. kg 0.5 NSD00606 40 mm Block 80 mm × 100 mm Unshielded Type 2 80.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 mm Block 60 mm × 80 mm Unshielded Type 1 60 45 LED YE 24.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/60 1 100 1 3 4 5 6 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.3 41.5 mm2 NO or NC.3 41 100 65 5. 24 Type Order No.5/1. operating frequency 0. max. kg 0.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/71 40 24 A 60 40 A 15 90 y mm 30 90 210 B y mm 50 80 160 B . programmable 1 } 3RG40 42–6KD00 Conn.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1. 4/17 No.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. P.27 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 NSD00624 77 45 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5/1. Weight. 3 41. diagr.5 NSD00624 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.47 } Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0. 24 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection Operating distance 30 mm y mm 30 24 18 NSD00604 Operating distance 40 mm 80 A 15 160 B 90 y mm 50 40 30 80 A 160 B 90 NSD00627 40 6 -x 30 15 mm 0 A -x 30 15 mm B 10 0 NSD00626 12 NSD00613 20 A 15 30 +x mm 15 30 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC. 4/17 No. Weight.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/72 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . P.5/1. programmable 1 } 3RG40 33–6KD01 Conn. approx. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/60 2 100 1 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms Type Order No.3 65 LED YE 27. kg 0.5 Pg 13. Accessories) 100 65 5.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extra duty (AC/DC) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 mm for unshielded mounting/ 40 mm for shielded mounting Block 80 mm × 100 mm Unshielded or shielded Type 1 80.5 to 2.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5 mm2 NO or NC. operating frequency 0. max. diagr.4 y mm 1 6 8 B y mm 1 7.5 20 SW 7 5 6 25 NSD00299 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 – ≤ 10 200 3000 0.01 8 1 2 3 NSD00300 25 Type Order No. kg Conn. PUR. 4/17 No. approx.6 mm Ø 4 mm Shielded Type 1 4 0. 3 × 0.14 mm2 NO func. Weight. P. approx.036 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 2. 11 Type Order No. 11 4 With 2 m cable.4 A +x 2 mm +x 2 mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/73 NSD00306 2.6 A NSD00304 NSD00303 0.6 mm M5 Shielded Type 2 M 5x0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data 13 Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0. kg Conn.8 0.2 2 -x mm 1 0 1 A 0.4 0.037 2 3RG46 10–0AG02 0.8 0.2 2 -x mm 1 0 1 NSD00303 0.5 10 B .4 0. diagr.. pnp 1 3RG46 00–0AG02 0.01 8 1 2 3 5 6 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 – ≤ 10 200 3000 0.6 A 0. Weight. 4/17 No. P. 4/17 No. Weight. kg NSD00420 LED NSD00360a LED LED LED SW 17 LED Conn.075 0..25 mm2 NO func. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 1200 0. pnp NO func..09 11 13 5 3RG40 12–0AG31 3RG40 12–0GB31 3RG40 22–0AG31 3RG40 22–0GB31 0.09 0.25 mm2 NO func..08 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm Ø 12 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 12 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 4 mm Ø 12 mm Unshielded Type 3 Æ 12 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 4 M 12x1 4 Type 5 M 12x1 50 50 56 6.. PUR.09 0. nickel-plated 0.09 0. pnp NO func.08 11 13 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). P. approx.075 0.. 3 × 0. Molded plastic 0. diagr. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0. P.09 0.09 0. diagr.09 0. PUR.08 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 4/17 No.09 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 3 3RG40 52–0AG30 3RG40 52–0AF30 3RG40 52–0GB30 3RG40 52–0GA30 3RG40 12–0AF30 3RG40 12–0GB30 3RG40 12–0GA30 3RG40 62–0AG30 3RG40 62–0AF30 3RG40 62–0GB30 3RG40 62–0GA30 3RG40 22–0AG30 3RG40 22–0AF30 3RG40 22–0GB30 3RG40 22–0GA30 0. npn NO func.09 0..08 0.. 3 × 0. pnp NO func. kg } Preferred type Molded plastic With 2 m cable. pnp NC func.075 0. Weight.075 0.. npn NC func..25 mm2 2 } 3RG40 12–0AG30 4 Brass. nickel-plated With 2 m cable.08 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 With 2 m cable. 3 × 0.08 0. pnp NC func. Type Order No.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 A A 4 +x mm 4 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/74 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00423 NSD00422 1 NSD00363 8 SW 17 4 .5 50 50 SW 17 NSD00372 NSD00360a NSD00372 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). npn 2 Brass. approx.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. npn NC func.. npn 1 Conn. PUR.09 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 4/17 No.045 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 9 y mm 4 3 2 NSD01137 6 A 16 B y mm 4 3 8 A 16 B 9 NSD01191 1 A 1 NSD01136 A 4 -x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 +x 4 mm mm B 4 -x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 +x 4 mm mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X ≥ 1.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2.07 6 1 2 3 5 6 NSD00393 45 3-wire Brass.6 mm mounted in steel. P. PUR. approx. nickel-plated 10 to 30 – ≤ 10 200 1000 0. 3 × 0. Weight.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.036 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. diagr.07 6 1 2 3 5 6 45 Type Order No. 4/17 No. kg Conn. nickel-plated 10 to 30 – ≤ 10 200 1000 0. diagr. ≥ 0.5 mm M8 Semi-shielded Type 2 M 8x1 SW 13 NSD00392 6.5 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 2. pnp 1 } 3RG46 02–0AG02 Conn.5 mm Ø 6.8 mm mounted in other metals Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/75 NSD00395 2 X . kg 0. 11 4 2 3RG46 11–0AG02 0. approx.. Weight. P.14 mm2 NO func. 11 Type Order No. 3 × 0.11 11 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9 15 27 B 8 6 NSD00499 NSD00423 NSD00422 A 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 4 +x mm B 8 +x mm B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC.08 11 2 3RG40 23–0AB30 0. Type Order No. Weight. 2 × 0. diagr.11 16 3-wire (65 V DC) With 2 m cable.5/1.12 100 1 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic –/10 to 65 LED –/≤ 10 300 – – –/800 0. 4/17 No.5/1. PUR.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms Type Order No. 4/17 No. 1 } 3RG40 22–0KB30 Conn. 0.0 200 1200 1) 5 25/900 0. P.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/76 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00501 4 15 8 A 11 8 15 y mm 10 20 50 B .2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1. P. pnp 1 } 3RG40 22–0AB30 3-wire (65 V DC) 0.25 mm2 NO func. approx. kg } Preferred type 2-wire (AC/DC) With 2 m cable..2 100 1 3 4 5 6 SW 24 4 3-wire Molded plastic –/10 to 65 LED –/≤ 10 300 – – –/500 0.25 mm2 NO func.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/340 0. kg } Preferred type 2-wire (AC/DC) Conn. Weight. PVC. operating frequency 0. approx. max. diagr.08 16 2 } 3RG40 23–0KB30 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 M 18x1 SW 17 56 54 NSD00364 LED NSD00445 LED Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum rated operational current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1. PUR. 3 × 0. npn NC func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm Ø 18 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 18 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 2 M 18x1 8 mm Ø 18 mm Unshielded Type 3 Æ 18 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 4 M 18x1 Type 5 M 18x1 4 4 54 54 4 SW 24 SW 24 54 10. 4/17 No.12 0.. approx. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 800 0. kg Conn.25 mm2 NO func. Weight..11 0.11 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 With 2 m cable. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW 24 Type Order No.25 mm2 2 4 Brass.12 0.5 54 54 NSD00459 NSD00445 NSD00445 NSD00493 LED NSD00459 LED LED LED LED Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).11 0. Type Order No. Weight.. 4 Molded plastic With 2 m cable.12 0.. npn NC func. diagr.25 mm2 NO func.15 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).. pnp NO func. npn 1 Molded plastic 0.11 0. 3 × 0. P. 4/17 No.085 0. 3 × 0.085 0..12 0. diagr. kg Conn. pnp NO func. PUR.085 0..12 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 500 0. pnp NO func... nickel-plated 11 13 5 3RG40 13–0AG31 3RG40 13–0GB31 3RG40 23–0AG31 3RG40 23–0GB31 11 13 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 5 4 3 11 A 30 B 10 6 NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/77 NSD00501 2 4 15 8 A 11 15 y mm 10 20 50 B .085 0. pnp NC func.12 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 3 3RG40 53–0AG30 3RG40 53–0AF30 3RG40 53–0GB30 3RG40 53–0GA30 3RG40 13–0AG30 3RG40 13–0AF30 3RG40 13–0GB30 3RG40 13–0GA30 3RG40 63–0AG30 3RG40 63–0AF30 3RG40 63–0GB30 3RG40 63–0GA30 3RG40 23–0AG30 3RG40 23–0AF30 3RG40 23–0GB30 3RG40 23–0GA30 0.12 0. pnp NC func.12 0. nickel-plated With 2 m cable. npn NO func. P. PUR.. npn 2 Brass. approx. 3 × 0. Type Order No.18 0.. npn NO func.185 0.17 0.18 0.. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). Weight.5 5 16 Type 5 M 30x1.18 0. Molded plastic With 2 m cable.. npn NC func. kg Conn.3 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V)... 4/17 No. Weight. PUR. kg Conn.17 0. pnp NC func. pnp NO func. P. pnp NC func. diagr.18 0..5 54 54 54 54 SW 36 SW 36 54 NSD00525 NSD00525 NSD00518a NSD00518a LED NSD00544a LED LED LED LED Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).185 0.17 0. 3 × 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm Ø 30 mm Shielded Type 1 Æ 30 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 2 M 30x1. 4/17 No.5 5 15 mm Ø 30 mm Unshielded Type 3 Æ 30 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 4 M 30x1. pnp NO func..17 0. PUR.. approx. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. 3 × 0. approx.185 11 13 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 8 6 NSD00516 A A 15 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A A 10 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/78 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00548 4 NSD00522 15 25 y mm 10 25 45 B 30 80 B SW 36 5 . 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. P.185 0. npn 1 Molded plastic 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).17 0. diagr. pnp NO func..17 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 3 3RG40 54–0AG30 3RG40 54–0AF30 3RG40 54–0GB30 3RG40 54–0GA30 3RG40 14–0AG30 3RG40 14–0AF30 3RG40 14–0GB30 3RG40 14–0GA30 3RG40 64–0AG30 3RG40 64–0AF30 3RG40 64–0GB30 3RG40 64–0GA30 3RG40 24–0AG30 3RG40 24–0AF30 3RG40 24–0GB30 3RG40 24–0GA30 0..185 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 With 2 m cable. PUR. nickel-plated 11 13 5 3RG40 14–0AG31 3RG40 14–0GB31 3RG40 24–0AG31 3RG40 24–0GB31 0. nickel-plated With 2 m cable. npn 2 Brass.17 0.25 mm2 NO func.25 mm2 NO func.25 mm2 2 4 Brass.17 0. npn NC func.4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. operating frequency 0.3 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 • At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current • Continuous • 20 ms Minimum rated operational current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1. PUR cable 2 3RG40 30–0KB00 3RG40 30–0KA00 3RG40 30–0KB01 3RG40 30–0KA01 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 1 M 30x1. kg 2-wire (AC/DC).3x5. 1 } 3RG40 24–0KB30 Conn. pnp longitudinal axis With 2 m cable.25 Hz) Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/79 NSD00563 30 y mm 20 25 75 B .75 100 1 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic –/10 to 65 LED –/≤ 20 300 – – –/100 0.185 11 2 NO func. kg } Preferred type 2-wire (AC/DC). 4/17 No.40 0.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/220 0.36 11 12 11 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection A 15 30 80 B 25 15 16 A NSD00548 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 NSD00562 8 A 16 +x mm B B 1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC. pnp 1 3RG40 24–0AB30 – – 3RG40 30–0AB00 3RG40 30–0AA00 3RG40 30–0AB01 0.25 mm2 sensor 90° to longitudinal axis NO func.4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 2-wire Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED ≤ 1. NC func.3 54 SW 36 111..75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms 4 Conn.36 0. PUR 3 × 0.40 0.5 60 LED 28 NSD00561 NSD00518a LED 7. PUR cable 0. max.36 0. Weight. With 2m cable.25 mm2 sensor 90° to longitudinal axis NO func.40 3-wire (65 V DC).5/1. 16 17 16 17 Type Order No.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/150 0. P.40 0. PUR cable 0. 3 × 0.5 30 Æ 40 35 5.5 5 15 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 2 40 45. P. diagr.5/1.25 mm2 sensor in NC func. Weight. PVC cable NO func. 2 × 0. pnp With 2 m cable. diagr. 2 × 0. 4/17 No..4 100 1 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic –/10 to 65 LED –/≤ 10 300 – – –/300 0. longitudinal axis With 2 m cable.. Type Order No. approx.25 mm2 sensor in NC func. approx.185 16 2 – – – 3-wire (65 V DC). 36 NO and NC With 2 m cable.75 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Extreme environment (IP 68) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 45. 4/17 No. approx. kg Conn.3x5. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 100 0..14 mm2 sensor 90° func. PUR 4 × 0. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 10 With 2 m cable. P..14 mm2 sensor in longitudinal axis NO and NC func.5 60 LED 28 NSD00561 7.3 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 25 (24 V).3 111. Weight.5 30 Æ 40 35 5.36 10 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 16 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 NSD00562 8 A 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/80 NSD00563 30 y mm 20 25 75 B Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . PUR 4 × 0. pnp to longitudinal axis 1 3RG40 30–0CD01 0. diagr. pnp 1 3RG40 30–0CD00 0. PUR. approx. Weight.. approx.017 0.. pnp NO func. F NO func. npn NO func. P.017 0.017 0. pnp 1 } 3RG41 11–0AG33 Conn. npn NC func. kg 0.6 1..8 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 1000 (only Type 5 ) 60 40 Type Order No.073 0. 3 × 0.25 mm2 0. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 600 0. 4/17 No. P.. 4/17 No.2 A 1.8 A 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/81 NSD00356 4 y mm 2 4 15 B y mm 2 4 15 B . 3 × 0..073 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). 150 (≤ 85 °C) 600 0. npn With M12 connector • Type E.03 2 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 4 1. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).25 mm2 NO func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M8 Shielded Type 1 M 8x1 2 mm M8 Shielded Type 2 M 8x1 SW 13 Type 3 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 4 M 8x1 34 SW 13 Type 5 M 8x1 SW 13 43 LED Sg NSD00359 SW 13 45 33 35 31 50 NSD00340 LED NSD00341b LED (4x) Sg 55 LED NSD00357 NSD00358 LED Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).. pnp • Type A NO func..08 11 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func. pnp 2 } 3RG41 11–7AG33 } 3RG41 11–7AF33 3RG41 11–7GB33 3RG41 11–7GA33 – – 0.073 0. pnp NC func. pnp • Type A NC func. PUR. 11 12 13 14 Type Order No. npn • Type A NC func.4 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00355 0.03 0.6 1. kg } Preferred type – – – – 3 } 3RG41 11–0AG00 Conn.. pnp NO func..073 0.1 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire (designed for VW) Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).4 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0. diagr.2 NSD00356 A NSD00355 0. 4 } 3RG41 11–0AF33 3RG41 11–0GB33 3RG41 11–0GA33 With 3 m cable.. F • Type E.017 2 3 4 5 – – – – 4 } 3RG41 11–3AG00 5 3RG41 11–3AG22 0.. Weight. diagr. 5 33 33 45 33 45 SW 13 60 53 NSD00407 NSD00403 LED NSD00406 LED LED 7 NSD00404 LED Sg Sg M 12x1 Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass.05 0.07 6 1 2 3 5 6 3-wire Brass. 11 13 2 Type Order No. pnp NO func.039 0. P. F NO func. ≥ 0. Weight.8 mm mounted in other metals 4/82 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00395 X .025 0. 4/17 No. kg 0. npn 1 } 3RG46 02–1AB00 Conn.05 0.021 0. npn – – 3RG46 11–3AG01 3RG46 11–3GB01 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 4 3 A 10 13 B 9 y mm 3 2 1 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 NSD00394 8 A 16 B 9 NSD00397 X 1 6 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00396 2 A A 4 +x 6 mm B 2 +x 3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X ≥ 1.6 mm mounted in steel..012 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.65 mm mounted in other metals Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X ≥ 1. PUR. 11 13 2 2 4 3RG46 02–1GB01 2 } 3RG46 02–7AG01 3RG46 11–0GB01 4 } 3RG46 11–7AG01 5 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func.. 3 × 0. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 1000 0. 4/17 No. approx.5 mm Semi-shielded Type 1 Æ 3 mm M8 Semi-shielded Type 2 Æ Type 3 M 8x1 Type 4 M 8x1 33 SW 13 Type 5 M 8x1 SW 13 33 66 LED NSD00405 6. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 1000 0.3 mm mounted in steel.025 } Preferred type 3 } 3RG46 11–0AG01 Conn.14 mm2 NO func.. F • Type E.07 6 1 2 3 5 6 Type Order No.5 6. pnp With M12 connector • Type E. diagr.. diagr. P.039 0.. Weight. kg 0. pnp NO func. approx. ≥ 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm Ø 6. . 3 × 0. nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V). PUR. 4 3RG46 37–0AG01 3RG46 37–0GB01 – – – } 3RG41 12–0AF01 4 3RG41 12–0AG33 0. ≥ 1. 3 × 0. pnp NO func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm Box 8 mm × 8 mm Semi-shielded Type 1 8x8 5 3 10 4 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2 8x8 5 3 10 Type 3 M 12x1 4 Type 4 M 12x1 4 Type 5 M 12x1 4 Type 6 M 12x1 4 45 NSD00367b 59 50 37 40 37 20 20 35 50 SW 17 59 SW 17 SW 17 48 M3 NSD00333a LED Sg M3 NSD00360a LED NSD00334a LED NSD00361b LED LED (4x) Sg SW 17 LED (4x) Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass. P. PUR.02 0.. P.087 0.032 0. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).... 4/17 No. approx. diagr. 4/17 No.044 0.02 2 4 – – 5 } 3RG41 12–3AG01 6 0.032 0. npn With M12 connector • Type E.2 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 NSD00366 34 Type Order No. 11 13 Type Order No. diagr. npn NO func. pnp 1 Conn. Weight. F • Type F • Type E. pnp NC func. pnp • Type A NO func..14 mm2 With 2 m cable.25 mm2 NO func.. pnp 2 } 3RG46 37–7AG01 3RG46 37–7GB01 – – – 3RG41 12–3AF01 3RG41 12–3AG33 0. approx.07 6 1 2 3 4 6 3-wire (designed for VW) Brass. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 400 0..2 mm mounted in other metals Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/83 NSD00440 NSD00412 X . pnp NO func. Weight. kg 0.. pnp NO func. pnp NC func. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 1000 0. F NO func.4 mm mounted in steel.08 11 12 11 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func. kg } Preferred type – – 3 } 3RG41 12–0AG01 Conn.026 2 3 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 4 3 NSD00396 12 A 16 B 9 y mm 4 A 16 14 B 8 1 6 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A -x 4 mm 2 1 0 2 NSD00422 2 2 A 4 +x 6 mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X ≥ 2.044 } Preferred type With 2 m cable.087 0.. kg 0. npn 3RG46 21–7GB02 3 3RG46 21–3AG02 3RG46 21–3GB02 3RG46 12–3GB01 0. ≥ 1. 4/17 No.34 mm2 NO func. 11 13 Type Order No.021 0. npn With M12 connector • Type E.033 0. P. kg 4 SW 17 37 LED Sg 41.2 mm mounted in other metals Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/84 NSD00484 X A 18 Response characteristics Mounting instructions y mm 10 20 40 B y mm 10 12 24 B . F NO func. 3 × 0... diagr. Weight.096 0.5 41 50 62 60 } Preferred type – – 4 } 3RG46 12–0AG01 Conn.15 15 1 2 3 5 6 Type Order No.. npn NO func. 3 × 0. npn 1 } 3RG46 21–0AG02 Conn.14 mm2 With 2 m cable.4 mm mounted in steel. 4/17 No... nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 800 0. F • Type E. pnp • Type A NO func. approx.15 15 1 2 3 5 6 3-wire Brass. approx.05 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. pnp NO func. pnp NO func. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 500 0.03 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 6 mm M8 Unshielded Type 1 M 8x1 4 4 6 mm M 12 Semi-shielded Type 2 M 8x1 Type 3 M 8x1 Type 4 M 12x1 SW 13 29 Type 5 M 12x1 29 SW 13 29 SW 13 4 4 SW 17 37 60 NSD00479b LED NSD00477 LED 6 8.096 11 13 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func... 3RG46 21–0GB02 – – 2 } 3RG46 21–7AG02 3RG46 12–0GB01 0. P.03 2 4 2 4 – – 5 } 3RG46 12–3AB01 0.5 LED 22 Sg LED NSD00480a NSD00478a Sg NSD00481a M 12x1 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass. PUR.05 0.033 2 4 18 Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 8 6 NSD00482 A 16 8 6 NSD00482 6 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 NSD00483 4 4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A A 8 +x mm B 8 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X ≥ 2. PUR. pnp NO func. Weight. diagr..021 0. pnp NO func.. pnp 1 3 3RG41 13–0AG01 3RG41 13–0AG33 – – 0. Weight.. F NO func. approx.2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 45 NSD01070 31 3-wire Brass. pnp NO func. pnp NO func. pnp NO func. diagr. kg Conn.. P.2 15 1 2 3 5 6 4 Weight.04 2 2 6 } 3RG46 22–3AB03 2 4 3RG41 13–3AG01 3RG41 13–3AG33 0. diagr. } Preferred type – – 5 } 3RG46 22–0AG02 With 2 m cable.04 0. pnp NO func.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED 10 200 400 0. 11 11 Type Order No. approx. 3 × 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 8 mm M 18 Semi-shielded Type 1 M 18x1 10 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 18x1 Type 5 M 12x1 SW 17 Type 6 M 12x1 5. 4/17 No...25 mm2 With 2 m cable.45 11 – 0. kg Conn. 3 × 0.1 0.5 SW 17 4 37 8 NSD00514 4 4 50 5. 4/17 No. F • Type E. PUR.5 4 37 SW 24 SW 24 52 50 70 70 50 NSD00513 60 NSD01067 Sg LED NSD01069 Sg LED Type 3 M18x1 Type 4 M18x1 34. Type Order No. P..1 0.5 SW24 LED(4x) Sg SW24 35 NSD01068 LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED ≤ 10 200 500 0.03 2 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 3 20 8 6 NSD00499 A 8 6 A 12 NSD00516 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 A 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5 A 8 +x mm B 10 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/85 NSD00517 4 NSD01071 4 10 30 y mm 10 20 30 B y mm 10 18 36 B . PUR. diagr. 3 × 0. approx.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. approx. Type Order No.5 Type 4 M 30x1.. 3 × 0. kg With 2 m cable. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 300 0. F • Type E.25 mm2 With 2 m cable. P. Weight. PUR. ≤ 30 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).6 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass..15 SW 36 52 50 63. npn 1 – 3RG46 13–1AB01 3RG46 13–0GB00 3RG46 13–3AB01 3RG46 13–3GB01 0.1 2 4 3RG41 14–3AG01 – 0. pnp NO func. F NO func. diagr.1 0. P.06 11 13 2 4 3 3RG41 14–0AG01 – – 0.5 5 40 50 50 SW 36 LED NSD00537 LED Sg NSD00554 LED NSD00555 NSD00538 Sg LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 500 0. 4/17 No. pnp NO func. 4/17 No. kg Conn.06 0..4 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. Weight. npn NO func. pnp NO func. 11 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 4 36 16 12 NSD00542 A A NSD00559 4 -x 20 10 mm 0 NSD00543 8 A A 10 20 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/86 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 30 y mm 20 14 36 B 25 50 B . nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED ≤ 17 (24 V).BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 12 mm M 18 Semi-shielded Type 1 M 18x1 SW 24 34 15 mm M 30 Shielded Type 2 M 18x1 SW 24 34 Type 3 M 30x1.1 0...5 70 70 5 Conn. PUR. . approx.06 } Preferred type With 2 m cable. npn 1 Conn.1 0. 4/17 No. Weight.3 40 Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 200 1 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs 9. 11 13 2 4 Type Order No. PUR.. Weight. npn NO func.. 3 × 0.. 4/17 No.3x7. kg Conn. pnp NO func.06 0. kg 0.5 40 LED NSD00571 LED 46 52 65 LED Sg NSD00572 Sg 30 40 5. F NO func. diagr.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. pnp NO func. approx. F • Type E.5 200 150 ≤2% ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. P. diagr. 4 3RG46 23–0AB02 3RG46 23–0GB02 – – 3 2 } 3RG46 23–3AB02 3RG46 23–3GB02 3RG46 38–3AG01 3RG46 38–3GB01 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 20 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 1 M 18x1 10 10 SW 24 34 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 2 M 18x1 SW 24 34 Type 3 NSD00566 50 63.1 0. P.18 2 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 25 20 15 NSD00573 36 A 100 B 80 A 12 NSD00581 20 5 -x 40 20 mm 5 4 3 2 1 NSD00574a 10 8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 NSD01074 A A 0 20 40 +x mm B 16 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/87 60 y mm 20 40 80 B .18 0. pnp NO func.215 0. 11 13 2 4 B . 18 Type Order No. npn 1 3RG41 34–6CD01 0.5 NSD00590 With screw sensor. PUR.155 0. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V).23 – – – – – 2 3RG46 14–0AB00 3RG46 14–0GB00 3RG46 14–3AB00 3RG46 14–3GB00 0. F NO and NC func.. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. approx.215 0..5 Type 3 M 30x1. pnp NO func.5 mm2 With 2 m cable.3 14 NSD00570 LED NSD00589 73.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Brass 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 100 1. approx.155 3 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 60 A 12 NSD00581 24 18 NSD00592 A 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8 A -x 40 20 mm 6 0 A 16 +x mm B 20 40 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/88 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00593 8 NSD01075 12 6 60 y mm 20 40 80 B y mm 30 22 66 SW 36 45 Conn. 4/17 No.1 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 3 × 0. P. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). kg Conn.3x5.5 60 Sg = Connecting thread All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. diagr. diagr.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 40 45 40 40 22 mm M 30 Semi-shielded Type 2 M 30x1..3 LED SW 36 45 118 60 50 LED Sg Pg 13..34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 30 1.5 to 2. 4/17 No. pnp NO func.. Accessories) 30 LED 7. P. Weight.5 5. kg With terminal compartment for cables 0. F • Type E. npn NO func. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. Weight. diagr.3 M 12x1 40 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C). P. 1 4 3RG41 38–3GD00 3RG41 48–3GD00 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 40 10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0 NSD01171 30 NSD 01165 NSD01172 20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0 NSD 01166 A A 10 20 +x mm 20 40 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/89 40 15 A 40 A 15 90 y mm 20 30 80 B y mm 50 80 160 B .75 0. Weight. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm mm ms 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V). 4/17 No.05 to 7.3x7. ≤ 40 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).13 0.75 0.3 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V). Weight. 4/17 No...13 } Preferred type With M12 connector • Type F • Type F NO and NC func.3 M 12x1 40 30 40 5. P. 1 Type Order No.7 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 69 Type Order No.05 to 3. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 30 0. kg 0. approx. npn 1 } 3RG41 38–3CD00 Conn. approx. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 30 0.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches N I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 LED NSD 01163 Greater rated operating distance 35 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 LED 40 46 55 40 46 55 NSD 01163 69 30 40 5. kg 0.13 0. pnp NO and NC func.3x7.13 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG41 48–3CD00 Conn. diagr. 75 0. kg 0. kg 0.0 200 <2 25/30 0. Type E. 8 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 40 10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0 NSD01171 30 NSD 01165 NSD01172 20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0 NSD 01166 A A 10 20 +x mm 20 40 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/90 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 40 15 A 40 A 15 90 y mm 20 30 80 B y mm 50 80 160 B . The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Weight.3x7.3x7.0 300 <2 25/30 0.7 100 1 5 6 mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms Type Order No. 1.13 } Preferred type 2 } 3RG41 48–3KB00 Conn.3 100 1 5 6 2-wire (AC/DC) Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 Yellow LED Typ. 8 Type Order No. 4/17 No. approx. F NO func. 69 Weight. P. diagr.05 to 7. 1. approx.5 ≤ 2. 1 } 3RG41 38–3KB00 Conn. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) LED (switching state) No-load supply current I0 • At 24 V • At Umax Rated operational current Residual current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V 2-wire (AC/DC) Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 Yellow LED Typ.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance N 35 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 LED NSD 01163 NSD 01163 I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 LED 40 46 55 69 40 46 55 30 40 5.75 0.3 M 12x1 40 30 40 5.3 M 12x1 40 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. 4/17 No.13 } Preferred type With M 12 connector.05 to 3. P.5 ≤ 2. diagr. 5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 4-wire (designed for Mercedes-Benz) Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs ≤ 30 (24 V). kg 0. P.5 to 2.5 mm2 With terminal compart. 4/17 No. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire (65 V DC) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 50 1.23 } Preferred type With terminal compart. approx. pnp.5 mm2 With terminal compart. P. 150 (≤ 85 °C) 30 1.5 to 2.3 LED 5. Accessories) 7. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.3x5. pnp.3 LED LED 7. Weight.23 18 Designed for Opel (with extremely high EMC) 3RG41 31–6AD04 0.NO or NC. pnp ment for cables 0. diagr..3 30 14 Pg 13. kg Conn. programmable ment for cables 0.3x5. 4/17 No.5 Pg 13.NO or NC.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 25 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Semi-shielded Type 1 40 40 45 40 45 30 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 40 40 120 60 60 LED NSD00564 118 5.NO and NC func. Weight. 4 – – 2 3RG41 44–6CD01 0. 23 Type Order No.5 mm2 1 1 } 3RG41 31–6AD00 Conn.23 23 75 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection NSD00595a 15 NSD00594 18 NSD00604 5 10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0 12 6 -x 30 15 mm 0 NSD00605 A A 10 20 +x mm B 15 30 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/91 40 20 A 24 A 60 90 y mm 25 90 180 B y mm 30 90 160 B . programmable ment for cables 0. With screw sensor.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. diagr. ≤ 50 (34 V) 200 (≤ 50 °C).5 to 2. approx.3 30 14 NSD00570 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. 19 With terminal compart. 4/17 No. Type Order No.5 mm2 With terminal compart.5 SW 36 44 Type 3 40 45 40 40 120 60 5...5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. npn 1 – 3RG41 41–6AB03 3RG46 24–0AB02 3RG46 24–0GB02 3RG46 24–3AB02 3RG46 24–3GB02 – 0. F NO func. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass 10 to 30 LED ≤ 10 200 100 2 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire (65 V DC) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 20 1. approx.5 mm2 With 2 m cable.22 0. Accessories) NSD00607a LED LED Sg LED 7.165 0.. pnp NO func.5 to 2. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.NO or NC.3 LED NSD00564 74 60 60 Sg = Connecting thread All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. pnp.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 40 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 1 M 30x1. diagr.5 mm2 Designed for Opel (with extremely high EMC) 3 3RG41 41–6AD04 0. kg Conn.23 23 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 40 30 NSD00614 NSD00620 A 70 20 10 -x 80 40 mm 0 20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0 NSD00621 A 40 80 +x mm 20 40 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/92 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 40 100 y mm 50 40 y mm 50 90 180 B . pnp ment for cables 0.22 0.5 to 2.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E..5 10 10 SW 36 44 40 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1. Weight. 4/17 No. pnp NO func. F • Type E.265 } Preferred type 3 Conn. PUR. programmable ment for cables 0.23 23 2 With terminal compart.3x5.NO or NC. Weight.NO func. P.165 11 13 2 4 – – – – } 3RG41 41–6AD00 0. npn NO func.5 to 2.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. diagr.. kg 0.3 NSD00609a 30 14 Pg 13. P. pnp. approx. 3 × 0. programmable ment for cables 0. Type E.. approx. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.3 LED YE LED GN 7. pnp NO func. Weight.265 – 2 3RG41 41–3AB01 0.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire (65 V DC) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 20 1.265 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection Operating distance 25 mm y mm 25 20 15 NSD00594 Operating distance 40 mm 70 A 50 180 B 50 y mm 50 40 A 70 NSD00620 40 180 B 40 100 NSD01169 10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0 40 NSD00623 A -x 40 20 mm B 20 10 0 A 10 20 +x mm 20 40 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/93 . 2 Type Order No.3x5. kg Conn.3x5. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire (65 V DC) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 20 1.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 25 mm / 40 mm (switchable) Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 1 40 40 45 30 40 45 25 mm / 40 mm (switchable) Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 30 40 40 5.5 120 60 120 5.3 M 12x1 Sg 16 Sg = Connecting thread The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Type E.. Weight. P. F. approx. P. kg Conn. diagr.3 LED YE LED GN 7. 4/17 No. diagr.3 Sg 16 131. 4/17 No. pnp 1 3RG41 41–3AB02 – 0. movable in 30° steps NO func.3 NSD00618 149 60 M 12x1 NSD00617 13.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. 4 With M 12 connector. F With M 12 connector. 23 With terminal compart.48 40 150 Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection A 70 80 60 NSD00638 A 60 NSD 00636 40 20 mm -x 60 40 20 0 NSD00639 A A 20 40 60 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/94 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 40 120 Response characteristics Mounting instructions 120 180 B y mm 150 500 B . Weight. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.NO or NC. kg Conn.5 NSD00625 77 45 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. diagr. kg Conn.5 NSD00601 65 mm Box 80 mm × 100 mm Unshielded Type 2 80. diagr.5 Pg 13.5 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire (65 V DC) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 20 1.5 to 2. approx.3 41 24. programmable ment for cables 0. 4/17 No. approx. Weight. 4/17 No. pnp.27 2 3RG41 43–6AD00 0.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.5 mm2 1 3RG41 42–6AD00 0.5 Pg 13.3 41.5 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire (65 V DC) Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 10 2 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 Type Order No. Accessories) 100 65 5. P. 23 Type Order No.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches Greater rated operating distance I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 50 mm Box 60 mm × 80 mm Unshielded Type 1 60 45 LED YE LED GN 5.3 65 LED YE LED GN 27. P. 2 9.25 mm2 NO func.5 1 A 4 12 B 3 y mm 4 A 9 15 27 B 8 NSD00319 0.5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 NSD00331 A 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 2 +x 3 mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/95 NSD00423 NSD00422 2 8 .2 Type Order No. P.4 49. 11 13 2 4 2 4 Type Order No. y mm 1.m. kg Conn.2 17 1..6 17 LED LED M 12x1 M 12x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 150 < 2000 0.. F • Type E. npn 2 5 3 6 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 11/21 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r.5 mm M8 Shielded Type 1 M 8x1 4 mm M8 Unshielded Type 2 M 8x1 Type 3 M 8x1 NSD00350 Type 4 M 8x1 5 Type 5 M 8x1 5 Type 6 M 8x1 5 NSD00418 NSD00419 49. pnp • Type A NO func.. 4/17 No.6 40 41. Weight. pnp NO func.6 35 42 40 40 NSD00348 NSD00349 NSD00417 57. 4/17 No. P.16 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 150 < 2000 0. approx.s. Weight. F NO func...16 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 6. approx.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1. pnp NO func.2 1. diagr. kg Conn.6 6. npn 1 3RG46 11–0AN01 3RG46 11–0GN01 3RG46 11–7AN01 3RG46 11–7GN01 3RG46 11–3AN01 3RG46 11–3GN01 4 3RG46 21–0AN01 3RG46 21–0GN01 3RG46 21–7AN01 3RG46 21–7GN01 3RG46 21–3AN01 3RG46 21–3GN01 With 8 mm combined plug • Type A NO func. PUR. 3 × 0. npn With M12 connector • Type E.. diagr. 11 13 2 4 2 4 4 With 2 m cable.2 35 LED 57 35 LED 9. . F • Type E. Teflon-coated NO func..11 0. 4/17 No.5 NSD00416 y mm 3.0 24 A B 9 6 4 16 y mm 10 8 18 A 36 B 24 .5 2. NSD00415 NSD00491 1. chrome-plated 0. 3 × 0..032 0. F • Type E.16 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Type Order No. F • Type E.4 SW 17 52 4 NSD00489 LED Sg NSD00413 LED NSD00414 Sg LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 200 3000 0.04 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-wire Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 12 200 2000 0.026 0.026 2 4 11 13 2 4 Stainless steel 1 Stainless steel 3 2 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 12/22 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r.105 0. chrome-plated With 2 m cable. diagr.105 0.026 0. npn NO func. approx. PUR.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. pnp NO func. npn 2 Brass.032 3 3RG46 12–0AN01 3RG46 12–0GN01 3RG46 12–3AN01 3RG46 12–3GN01 3RG46 22–0AN01 3RG46 22–0GN01 3RG46 22–3AN01 3RG46 22–3GN01 0.105 0.03 0.03 2 4 11 13 2 4 4 3RG46 12–3AN05 3RG46 12–3GN05 3RG46 12–0AN61 3RG46 12–0GN61 3RG46 12–3AN61 3RG46 12–3GN61 3RG46 22–3AN05 3RG46 22–3GN05 3RG46 22–0AN61 3RG46 22–0GN61 3RG46 22–3AN61 3RG46 22–3GN61 0.105 0. approx. npn 1 Brass. F NO func. diagr.. Weight. pnp NO func.. 11 13 2 4 Type Order No.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.026 0. PUR. F With M12 connector • Type E. 4/17 No.11 0.03 0.5 3.5 -x 4 mm 2 A 2 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 0 2 4 +x mm B 4 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/96 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00492 1.03 0.11 0..0 2..BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1 M 12x1 8 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2 M 12x1 Type 3 M 12x1 4 Type 4 M 12x1 10 10 30 LED NSD00490 4 SW 17 SW 17 50.11 0. pnp NO func. pnp NO func.. P. P.0 0. npn NO func. kg SW 17 54 40 51 4 Conn. pnp NO func. F With 2 m cable. Weight. 3 × 0.s.m.026 0. kg Conn. Teflon-coated 0. 11 13 2 4 Brass. npn NO func..026 2 4 Brass.. . npn NO func.14 0. F • Type E. kg Conn..BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 12 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 M 18x1 NSD00461 Type 3 M 18x1 10 Type 4 M 18x1 10 30 54 40 SW 24 40 54 SW 24 LED NSD00460 SW 24 Sg LED NSD00535 LED Sg NSD00536 LED Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 200 2500 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. 11 13 2 4 Type Order No.24 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 SW 24 53 4 4 4 30 53 Type Order No. kg Conn.1 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-wire Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 200 2000 0.052 3 3RG46 13–0AN01 3RG46 13–0GN01 3RG46 13–3AN01 3RG46 13–3GN01 3RG46 23–0AN01 3RG46 23–0GN01 3RG46 23–3AN01 3RG46 23–3GN01 0... npn NO func. 3 × 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.127 0. 11 13 2 4 4 Brass.14 0.s. diagr. P. PUR.m. PUR.045 2 4 Brass. diagr.127 0. pnp NO func.045 2 4 11 13 2 4 Stainless steel 1 Stainless steel 3 2 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 13/23 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r. npn NO func..052 0. Weight.. approx.045 0.052 0.14 0.045 0.14 0. Teflon-coated NO func. F • Type E.. Weight.127 0.052 2 4 11 13 2 4 4 3RG46 13–3AN05 3RG46 13–3GN05 3RG46 13–0AN61 3RG46 13–0GN61 3RG46 13–3AN61 3RG46 13–3GN61 3RG46 23–3AN05 3RG46 23–3GN05 3RG46 23–0AN61 3RG46 23–0GN61 3RG46 23–3AN61 3RG46 23–3GN61 0. pnp NO func. y mm 5 4 3 NSD00462 36 A B 15 y mm 12 10 8 6 4 2 mm 27 A 54 B 36 1 mm A A -x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x mm B -x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/97 NSD00541 NSD00540 2 NSD00463 24 .. chrome-plated With 2 m cable. F With M12 connector • Type E. npn 1 Brass. 3 × 0. 4/17 No.045 0. 4/17 No. F NO func.045 0. Teflon-coated 0. chrome-plated 0.. pnp NO func. F With 2 m cable. pnp NO func. npn 2 Brass.127 0. F • Type E. pnp NO func..052 0.052 0. P. approx. pnp NO func. Weight. F With M12 connector • Type E.. F With 2 m cable.2 0. Weight..5 20 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1.1 5 SW 36 5 50 64 50 5 5 15 Conn. F • Type E.2 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. approx.18 0.2 0.. PUR. F NO func.115 0. npn 2 Brass.m.2 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-wire Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 200 1500 0. npn NO func. pnp NO func.115 0. F • Type E. F • Type E. npn NO func. 3 × 0. npn NO func.18 0.1 0. pnp NO func. Teflon-coated NO func.2 0. pnp NO func. 4/17 No.115 3 3RG46 14–0AN01 3RG46 14–0GN01 3RG46 14–3AN01 3RG46 14–3GN01 3RG46 24–0AN01 3RG46 24–0GN01 3RG46 24–3AN01 3RG46 24–3GN01 0. pnp NO func. chrome-plated With 2 m cable.. Teflon-coated 0... 11 13 2 4 Type Order No.1 2 4 11 13 2 4 Stainless steel 1 Stainless steel 3 2 4 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 14/24 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r. 3 × 0.5 Type 4 M 30x1. P.5 NSD00530 Type 3 M 30x1. y mm 10 8 6 2 NSD00531 60 A B 30 y mm 25 20 15 45 A 90 B 60 A A -x 12 8 4 0 4 8 12 +x mm mm B -x 12 8 4 0 4 8 12 +x mm mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/98 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00578 NSD00577 4 NSD00532 10 5 40 . npn 1 Brass.115 0.18 0.115 2 4 11 13 2 4 4 3RG46 14–3AN05 3RG46 14–3GN05 3RG46 14–0AN61 3RG46 14–0GN61 3RG46 14–3AN61 3RG46 14–3GN61 3RG46 24–3AN05 3RG46 24–3GN05 3RG46 24–0AN61 3RG46 24–0GN61 3RG46 24–3AN61 3RG46 24–3GN61 0. diagr. 4/17 No.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1. diagr.1 0.s.. approx.115 0.1 0. P. kg Brass.4 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Type Order No.1 0.5 15 64 63 50 SW 36 SW 36 SW 36 63 LED NSD00576 NSD00575 LED Sg NSD00529 LED LED Sg Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤ 13 200 2000 0.18 0. kg Conn.34 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. chrome-plated 0.. PUR. 11 13 2 4 2 4 Brass... . Type Order No.18 0. npn 1 3RG46 38–3AN01 3RG46 38–3GN01 0.. approx. P.3 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs ≤ 15 200 250 0.18 2 4 – – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 34/38 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r. pnp NO func. 4/17 No. Weight. Accessories) 30 40 5. y mm 25 20 15 25 A 60 B 45 y mm 25 20 15 25 A 60 B 45 NSD 01072 NSD 00569 NSD00568 10 5 mm 10 A mm 5 NSD00568 A -x10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10+x mm -x10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10+x B mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/99 . 28 29 4 With terminal comparment for cables 0.5 to 2.s. pnp NO func. P. diagr.3 60 LED All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.. 4/17 No.. F NO func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 1 NSD00566 15 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 2 40 46 52 65 46 40 40 LED 114 5. Weight. kg Conn. approx.5 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E. F • Type E.22 0.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.3 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NSD00597 Sg Type Order No. kg Conn.3 40 30 Pg 13. npn – – 2 3RG46 34–6AN01 3RG46 34–6GN01 0. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs ≤ 15 200 250 0.3x7.m.22 NO func. diagr. 5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. kg Conn. Accessories) 30 40 5. diagr. npn 1 3RG46 48–3AN01 3RG46 48–3GN01 0. P. kg Conn. approx.. F • Type E.s. 15 NSD00598 30 y mm 30 25 20 10 5 50 A 20 160 B 75 y mm 30 25 20 15 NSD00598 50 A 20 160 B 75 NSD 00599 10 5 A A -x 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 +x mm mm B -x 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 +x mm mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/100 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD01064 30 .3 40 30 Pg 13.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 25 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 1 NSD00566 25 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 46 52 65 46 40 40 LED 114 5. P. 4/17 No. approx.. 4/17 No.22 0. npn – – 2 3RG46 44–6AN02 3RG46 44–6GN02 0. diagr.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes..5 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs ≤ 15 150 250 0. pnp NO func. 28 29 With terminal compartment for cables 0. Type Order No. NSD00597 Sg Weight..18 2 4 – – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 44/48 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 140 mT r. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6.5 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.3 60 LED All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Type Order No.22 NO func.18 0.3x7. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs ≤ 15 200 250 0. Weight.5 to 2. F NO func.m. pnp NO func. 18 0. F NO func.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs ≤ 15 150 250 0.5 mm2 With M12 connector • Type E.7 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs ≤ 15 200 250 0. 28 29 4 With terminal compartment for cables 0. approx. npn – – 2 3RG46 44–6AN01 3RG46 44–6GN01 0. Type Order No. kg Conn.22 0.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.18 2 4 – – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 44/48 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 140 mT r.s.. 4/17 No.22 NO func.. pnp NO func. 4/17 No.5 to 2.8 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NSD00597 Sg Type Order No. kg Conn. 30 NSD00612 40 40 20 10 -x 30 15 mm 0 A 15 A 20 NSD00630 NSD 01065a 20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0 NSD00631 A A 15 30 +x mm B 20 40 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/101 40 120 90 y mm 50 80 160 B y mm 50 40 40 160 B . F • Type E. diagr. Weight.3 40 30 Pg 13. Weight.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 35 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 1 NSD00566 40 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Unshielded Type 2 40 46 52 65 46 40 40 LED 114 5.3 60 LED All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. npn 1 3RG46 48–3AN11 3RG46 48–3GN11 0.. Accessories) 30 40 5. P. diagr. approx.. pnp NO func. P.3x7.m. 24 0.s. P.5 65 Pg 13.. Accessories) Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Molded plastic 10 to 30 LED ≤ 15 200 250 1. npn 1 3RG46 43–6AN01 3RG46 43–6GN01 0. 28 29 With terminal compartment for cables 0. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. kg Conn.5 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.5 40.24 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 43 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 75 mT r.5 mm2 NO func.BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches No reduction factor I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 75 mm Box 80 mm × 80 mm Unshielded Type 1 NSD00637 5. Weight.5 ≤8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Type Order No.5 to 2. pnp NO func. approx. A 80 NSD00640 60 40 20 -x 80 40 mm 0 NSD00641 A 40 80 +x mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/102 40 150 y mm 100 80 120 400 B Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 ..m.5 65 80 27. 4/17 No. diagr. 2 mm mounted in other metals NSD00411 X Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/103 .5 30 18. Weight.07 0. pnp NO func. PUR. Conn.5 56... npn NC func.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm Ø 12 mm Semi-shielded Type 1 12.2 30 18. 3 × 0. ≥ 1. diagram P.3 Æ Type 2 12.6 M 14x1. npn NC func.07 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 4 With 2 m cable.135 0.. pnp NO func. npn 1 3RG46 52–0PG00 3RG46 52–0PF00 3RG46 52–0PB00 3RG46 52–0PA00 3RG46 52–3PG00 3RG46 52–3PF00 3RG46 52–3PB00 3RG46 52–3PA00 With M12 connector • Type E • Type F • Type E • Type F 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 3 2 1 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1 NSD00394 8 A 12 B 9 A 2 +x 3 mm B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X ≥ 2.4 mm mounted in steel.. aluminum-oxide ceramic sensing face 10 to 30 – ≤ 10 200 500 0.135 0..34 mm2 NO func.6 M 14x1. 4/17 kg No..135 0.135 0. approx..1 10 1 2 4 5 Type Order No. 0. npn NO func.07 0.. pnp NC func. pnp NC func.5 65 NSD00409 NSD00408 Sg SW 19 SW 19 M 12x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms 3-wire Stainless steel.07 0. diagram P.7 (±0. resistance at current output • At UB = 10 V • At UB = 30 V Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms V V V 4-wire Brass 10 to 30 – 10 1000 0.) Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Output voltage (A1) at 25 °C • For s = 0 mm • For s = 3 mm • For s = 6 mm Rated operational current at voltage output Output current (A2) at 25 °C • For s = 0 mm • For s = 6 mm Max. Conn. 10 mA 1 (±0. PUR.2 V) +5 (±0. Type F 2 Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 5 4 3 y mm A 6 16 2 9 A B NSD00488 1 1 2 3 4 5 S mm I A mA UA V Determined with standard target NSD00487 2 A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space 4/104 SW 17 Sg 40 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . 4/17 kg No.2 mA) 5 (±0.096 0.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 With analog output I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0 to 6 mm M 12 Semi-shielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 Type 2 M 12x1 4 SW 17 50 60 NSD00485 NSD00486a Sg = Connecting thread Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Current input (max.25 mm2 With M 12 connector. 0. approx. Weight.034 30 30 1 3RG46 12–0NB00 3RG46 12–3NB00 With 2m cable.3 50 0 (–0 to +0.2 mA) 1 5 2 3 5 mA mA kΩ kΩ Type Order No. 4 × 0.2 V) +2.2 V) Max. 0. With M 12 connector.5 NSD01180 40. IP 68 degree of protection M 12x1 LED (4x) Sg M 12x1 LED (4x) Sg 11 11 11 M 12x1 Connecting wires Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator (function) No-load supply current I0 Minimum operating current Im Rated operational current Ie Load rating (diagnostics) Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA mA Hz 2-wire + diagnostics Steel. approx. diagram P.02 31 Type Order No. approx. rustproof 10 to 55 LED – 3 200 50 3000 ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 15 % sr ≤ 20 2 3 4 5 6 3-wire + diagnostics Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED ≤8 3 200 50 800 ≤ 5 % sr ≤ 15 % sr ≤ 10 2 3 4 2-wire + diagnostics Steel. Conn. 4/17 kg No.033 0. rustproof 10 to 55 LED – 3 200 10 1000 ≤ 2 % sr ≤ 15 % sr ≤ 15 2 3 4 5 6 SW 17 LED (4x) Sg ms 4 Weight. pnp 1 2 3RG46 12–3JR00 3RG46 12–3AR00 3 3RG46 12–3JR01 – Response characteristics Mounting instructions Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection y mm 2 A 6 12 B 5 y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 16 14 B 8 0. 0.5 40 SW 17 SW 17 69 66 NSD01180 NSD01181 Special features: Diagnostic output: Higher level when the BERO is fully functional. Type F With M 12 connector.5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 NSD00362 NSD00422 1 NSD00363 A A 4 +x mm 4 +x mm B B Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Determined with standard target A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/105 NSD00440 . 4/17 kg No.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 N I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1 M 12x1 4 Optimized for DESINA (IP 68) 4 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2 M 12x1 4 Type 3 M 12x1 4 69 40. Type F NO and diagnostics output NO and diagnostics output. Weight.031 31 32 Type Order No. diagram P. Conn. Considering the stated maximum values. 3RX1 73 series-connected switching device Identification mark of the NAMUR BERO [EEx ib] IIC T6 Max. they are insensitive to inductive and capacitive interferences acting on the BERO supply leads. ET 200M For this purpose. See Catalog ST 50 or ST 70. EEx i digital input 6ES5 437–8EA12 The NAMUR BEROs are connected directly to these input modules.–.2145 for sensors • No. I Input modules for SIMATIC The proximity switches in accordance with NAMUR can also be used with SIMATIC controllers. S5–155U/H S7–300. Equalizing or grounding is not necessary. These BEROs can be used in conjunction with series-connected switching devices in intrinsically safe circuits. They only contain the oscillator. explosion groups IIB and IIC. e. minimum ignition current ratio < 0.N. i.45 Intrinsic safety of Category "b" (1 fault) General identification mark: Standard device I Mode of operation The 3RX1 730 and 3RX1 731 series-connection switching devices are connected to the 3RG46 .. Ex-88. SIMATIC S5–100U. The 3RX1 730 and 3RX1 731 series-connection switching devices are designed as isolating amplifiers. They conform to the harmonized European standards • IEC 60 947-5-2 – 1999 • EN 50 014 – 1997/ VDE 0171 Part 1/2. they are not permitted to be used in this zone. For use in danger zone 0 in Germany The BERO proximity switches in accordance with NAMUR with the PTB certificate of conformity are not approved for use in danger zone 0.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 According to NAMUR (non-self contained) I Overview BEROs according to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 are 2-wire DC proximity switches.. Ex-89. ET 200U S5–115U/H S5–135 U.91 Intrinsic Safety "i" This is certified in the PTB (German National Testing Laboratories) certificate of conformity: • No. The switching function of the outputs (NC/NO) is adjustable. here: 85 °C For the hazardous area. ET 100U. BERO (according to DIN 19 234 and NAMUR) via a 2-wire lead.2074 for seriesconnected switching devices Connections are made on intrinsically-safe supply and control circuits with the following maximum values: • Uo ≤ 5. input modules in accordance with NAMUR are available. LED functions Green LED:Operating voltage Yellow LED:Switching state indication Red LED: Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring I Field of application Intrinsically-safe electrical equipment BEROs in accordance with NAMUR and DIN 19 234 are intrinsically-safe electrical equipment for hazardous areas. They evaluate the level of the BERO current input (damped: <1 mA. e.02 General Specifications • EN 50 020 – 1994/ VDE 0170/0171 Part 7/11.B. they isolate the input circuit (control circuit) from the output circuit and the power supply. the inherent heating should be ≤ 20 K (20 °C).C. i. 6ES5 434–4UA12 6ES7 321–7RD00–0AB0 4/106 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .5 V • I ≤ 52 mA • P ≤ 169 mW Type of protection EEx ib IIC T6 The proximity switches can be used with supply and control circuits which are certified in type of protection [EEx ib] IIB or IIC: The type of protection for the proximity switches depends on the type of protection for the supply and control circuits. permissible surface temperature.. Due to their intrinsically safe circuits. The ambient temperatures allocated to the respective temperature classes as well as the effective internal inductances and capacitances are stated in the certificate of conformity. not damped: >3 mA) and generate an appropriate switching signal. Due to the low-resistance termination. the series-connected switching devices are approved for use in hazardous areas of [EEx ib] type of protection. Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 According to NAMUR (non-self contained) I Functions Line of action The line of action from input to output may be selected by means of a sliding switch on the front of the series-connection switching device. BERO Undamped Damped Undamped Damped II q NC Slide switch in position I q NO Output • 3RX1 730 Conductive Blocked Blocked Conductive • 3RX1 731 Closed Open Open Closed I Dimension drawing Series-connected switching device NSD00684a 1 2 3 4 5 6 92.5 LED Slide switch 7 8 9 10 11 12 20 110 I Circuit examples and application examples 3RX1 730 3RX1 731 Series-connected switching devices with NAMUR BEROs BU NSD00687 65+ Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring BN 4+ 5+ BU 6- BN BN 4+ 5+ BU 6- 4+ Series-connected switching devices with mechanical contacts NSD00688 6R1 0.1 mA 6 mA Without monitoring 5+ 4+ RD & & RD NSD00689 6R1 NSD00685 Wire-break monitoring 5+ 4+ NSD00690 YE YE GN 11+ 12Supply voltage YE 9 8 7 Relay output 1 changeover GN 11+ 12Supply voltage 9 7 Solid-state output 10 mA 200 mA NSD00686 6R2 5+ R1 4+ Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables and LEDs according to DIN IEC 60 757: BN= Brown RD = Red BU= Blue YE = Yellow GN= Green R1 = 10 kΩ R2 = 400 Ω to 2 kΩ Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/107 .1 mA 6 mA 0. 2 +x mm -x 4.34 mm2 BN = L+.8 0.8 mm Ø 4.8 0.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 According to NAMUR (non-self contained) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Housing type Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0. 1 kΩ) < 1.2 > 2.6 mm 0 1.2 0. kg 0.6 3.9 0.2 -x 1.6 1. 1 kΩ) < 1.062 2-wire Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.9 1. LiYY 2 × 0. kg 0.5 mm M8 Shielded Type 2 M 8x1 SW 13 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 3 M 12x1 SW 17 20 22 NSD00691 NSD00692 35 Connecting wires Housing material V Operational voltage (DC) 1) Rated voltage V Current consumption • BERO damped mA • BERO undamped mA Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Self inductance 2) Self capacitance 2) Connection • Design • Designation Hz mm % µH nF 2-wire Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.4 mm 0 2. BU = L– Order No.5 NSD00693 y mm 2. BU = L– Order No.6 0.2 > 2.4 4.4 0.07 2-wire Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.2 > 2.5 mm Shielded Type 1 4.5 1.9 mm 0 1.4 0.2 0.1 5000 0.01 10 20 16 Cable: 2 m.3 NSD00695 1. 1 kΩ) < 1.01 3 25 32 Cable: 2 m.0 . LiYY 2 × 0.8 +x mm -x 3.8 2.01 6 15 15 Cable: 2 m.14 mm2 BN = L+.09 3RG46 04–1NA00 Response characteristics NSD00694 0.6 0. BU = L– Order No.1 5000 0. kg 0. } Preferred type } 3RG46 12–1NA00 Weight approx.1 2000 0.8 +x mm Determined with standard target Determined with standard target Determined with standard target 4/108 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00696 y mm 1 y mm 1. } Preferred type } 3RG46 11–1NA00 Weight approx.14 mm2 BN = L+.2 1. Weight approx.8 0. LiYY 2 × 0. 34 mm2 BN = L+.01 5 25 40 Cable: 2 m. LiYY 2 × 0.6 mm 0 3. BU = L– Order No.01 3 70 30 Cable: 2 m.6 7. LiYY 2 × 0. kg 0.2 +x mm Determined with standard target Determined with standard target Determined with standard target NSD00702 y mm 5 y mm 5 NSD00698 y mm 10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 4/109 . 1 kΩ) <1 ≥3 1500 0. kg 0. } Preferred type } 3RG46 22–1NA00 Weight approx. kg 0.082 2-wire Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. } Preferred type } 3RG46 13–1NA00 Weight approx. BU = L– Order No.34 mm2 BN = L+.16 2-wire Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.13 3RG46 23–1NA00 Response characteristics NSD00700 NSD00701 4 3 2 1 -x 4.4 mm 0 4 3 2 1 8 6 4 2 2.2 3. BU = L– Order No. 1 kΩ) <1 ≥3 200 0. 1 kΩ) <1 ≥3 500 0.01 5 70 30 Cable: 2 m. LiYY 2 × 0.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 According to NAMUR (non-self contained) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Housing type Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 1 M 12x1 SW 17 5 mm M 18 Shielded Type 2 M 18x1 SW 24 8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 3 M 18x1 SW 24 40 35 NSD00693 40 NSD00698 Connecting wires Housing material V Operational voltage (DC) 1) Rated voltage V Current consumption • BERO damped mA • BERO undamped mA Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Self inductance 2) Self capacitance 2) Connection • Design • Designation Hz mm % µH nF 2-wire Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.2 +x mm -x 7.2 3.34 mm2 BN = L+.8 2.4 4.8 +x mm -x 7. Weight approx.6 mm 0 3.6 7. 01 5 65 170 Cable: 2 m. 1 kΩ) < 1.3 60 NSD00703 NSD00703 7. Weight approx.1 300 0.75 mm2 BN = L+.3x5.3 30 11 Pg 13.26 3RG46 14–1NA00 3RG46 24–1NA00 3RG46 31–6NA00 Response characteristics NSD00706 NSD00707 8 6 4 2 -x 12 mm 6 0 6 12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3 12 +x mm -x 12 mm 6 0 6 12 +x mm -x 16 mm 8 0 8 16 +x mm Determined with standard target Determined with standard target Determined with standard target Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to IEC 60 757: BN = Brown BU = Blue 1) Including residual ripple of max. 4/110 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00708 y mm 10 y mm 15 y mm 15 NSD00705 . LiYY 2 × 0.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 According to NAMUR (non-self contained) I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn Housing type Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1. kg 0. 2) Compliance is only necessary when using under extreme conditions.215 2-wire Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. Weight approx.15 2-wire Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.2 > 2. 2.01 3 70 210 Cable: 2 m. Weight approx. 2 = L– Order No. 1 kΩ) < 1. Connecting wires Housing material V Operational voltage (DC) 1) Rated voltage V Current consumption • BERO damped mA • BERO undamped mA Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Self inductance 2) Self capacitance 2) Connection • Design • Designation Hz mm % µH nF 2-wire Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx.2 > 2.5 SW 36 15 mm M 30 Unshielded Type 2 M 30x1.2 > 2.5 The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.01 3 100 290 Screw connection: max.1 150 0. kg 0.5 mm2 1 = L+. 5%. LiYY 2 × 0. BU = L– Order No. 1 kΩ) < 1.75 mm2 BN = L+. kg 0. BU = L– Order No.1 100 0.5 SW 36 15 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 3 40 40 40 40 40 118 46 Ø 5. 2 A.5 Inhibited output Inhibited output ≤ 10 µA IP 20 –25 to +70 °C 1) Including residual ripple of max. 20 approx.NA00 ≤ 5% 0. category • Explosion group • Maximum external capacitance • Maximum external inductance Relay output (not intrinsically safe) Contact load • AC • DC Mechanical endurance Pickup delay Dropout delay Electronic outputs (active. 8 approx.4 to 27.85 0. cos ϕ = 0. 11 ms duration 55 Hz.15 Order No.5 [EEx ib] IIB/IIC 500/1200 330/90 1 changeover contact – – – ms ms mA V – – Output 1 10 Output 2 200 250 V. 1 mm amplitude Series-connected switching devices Type Supply voltage US (DC) Residual ripple Current consumption Operating frequency Inputs (intrinsically safe) Rated data No-load voltage UA0 Short-circuit current IAK Switching point IS Differential travel IH Input pulse length Input interpulse period Wire-break monitoring Short-circuit monitoring V mA mA mA ms ms µA mA mA Hz V 3RX1 730 10 to 30 ≤ 10 % 20 1000 1 input According to DIN 19 234 and NAMUR approx.2 ≤ IS ≤ 2.Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4 According to NAMUR (non-self contained) I Selection and ordering data Order No. approx. 5%.–. 4/111 . kg Series-connected switching device • With solid-state output • With relay output 3RX1 730 – 0. kg I Technical data Sensors Type Residual ripple of operational voltage Reduction factors (shielded/unshielded installation) • V2A steel • Aluminum • Copper Cable length • Molded • Max. 2 A ≥ 5 × 10 7 operating cycles approx. Weight. approx. 0.2 ≥ 15 ≥ 15 ≤ 100 ≥6 12.7 20 63. not intrinsically safe) Rated current (short-circuit proof) Signal level • 1-Signal • 0-Signal Off-state current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to IEC 60 757: BN = Brown BU = Blue Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 mA mW nF mH US – 3 US – 3.4 0. Degree of protection Ambient temperature Shock resistance Vibration strength °C m m 3RG46 ..15 – 3RX1 731 0.1 approx. Weight.6 ≤ 10 % 20 10 Data in accordance with the certificate of conformity Maximum voltage Uo (DC) V Maximum current IK Maximum power Pmax Permissible connected load: • Type of protection. 8 1.7 30 V. 2) Compliance is only necessary when using under extreme conditions. 20 – – – – IP 20 –25 to +70 3RX1 731 20.3 2 100 IP 67 –25 to +100 30 × g. metal housing Cylindrical type. D 40.BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches Cylindrical type. 5/7 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 5/3 . M 18. M 30. 20 mm × 20 mm Cubic type. molded plastic housing Cubic type. 5/6 3RG16 73 Selection and ordering data • DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings Page 5/7 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/7 5/7 3RG16 30 Selection and ordering data • AC version • DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings Page 5/5 5/7 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/5. molded plastic housing Cylindrical type. molded plastic housing 3RG16 13 Selection and ordering data • DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings Page 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/6 5/6 3RG16 14 Selection and ordering data • AC version • DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings Page 5/5 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/5. 5/7 5/5. M 30. 40 mm × 40 mm 5 3RG16 55 Selection and ordering data • AC version • DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings Page 5/5 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/5. 5/6 3RG16 14 Selection and ordering data • DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings Page 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/6 5/6 Cylindrical type. 5/6 5/5. 5/6 5/5. . contactor relay. oil.7 glass Quartz 4.8 Alcohol 3. 80 Dielectric constants of various materials Material εr 1 Air 25.3 Paper 2. contactor relay.7 Switching frequency The build-up characteristics specific to other pulse/interval conditions may result in higher switching frequencies than those specified. contactor relay.BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches Introduction I Field of application BERO 3RG16 capacitive proximity switches are position switches that operate without contact. solenoid valve BERO operated Load E activated (NO function) Load E deactivated (NC function) e.5 3 Celluloid 5 Glass Hard paper 4.g.3 ethylene Poly2. Standard applications for BERO capacitive proximity switches are • Level control in plastic or glass containers • Level monitoring in transparent packaging • Winding wire breakage signaling • Tape breakage signaling • Bottle counting • Tape loop control and tape tension control • Item counting of any kind. solenoid valve NO or NC function. 1 mm amplitude I Typical circuits DC Figure 1 BN L NSD00726 AC Figure 3 BN L E1 E2 NSD00725 Figure 5 BK WH BU K NSD00723 BK BU E K L K L BN L E BU N GNYE PE/SL BERO operated Load E activated e.5 8 Marble 6 Mica Oiled paper 4 2. The same standards are applicable as for the inductive BEROs. powder or liquid form. When an object nears the active face of the sensor. The effective operating distance sr for non-conductive targets is dependent on the relative dielectric constant εr and the characteristic value (see characteristic curve). The BERO switches when the material is at a specific distance from the sensor.2 Petroleum 3. ceramics. A+ e r 60 40 20 B1 NSD00721 NSD00722 20 40 60 80 %100 sr I Technical data Cable length (max. 11 ms duration 10 to 55 Hz. the load (contactor relay. contactor relay. programmable T 5/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . water. The electrode surfaces A and B are connected into the feedback branch of a high-frequency oscillator that is tuned such that it does not oscillate when the surface is free.2 Plexiglass Polyamide 5 Poly2. With the AC version. The BEROs are available in DC or AC versions.. solenoid valve Figure 4 BERO operated Load E activated (NO function) or Load E deactivated (NC function) e.4 Porcelain Pressboard 4 Quartz 3. permissible) Ambient temperature • Operation • Storage Shock resistance Resistance to vibration 300 m –20 to +70 °C –40 to +85 °C 30 × g.6 Araldite 3. such as glass. cardboard and paper.g.9 chloride 4.g. The oscillator starts to oscillate.3 propylene Material εr Polystyrene 3 Polyvinyl2. it enters the electric field in front of the electrode surfaces and causes a change in the coupling capacitance. solenoid valve NO or NC function (according to type) Figure 6 Figure 2 K NSD00727 1 4 3 E L NSD00724 1 L E1 E2 NSD00728 K 4 2 3 K L 1/3 2/4 L1 E N(L2) L BERO operated Load E activated (NO function) e. I Mode of operation The sensing face of a capacitive sensor is formed by two concentrically arranged metal electrodes that are equivalent to the electrodes of an unwound capacitor. The DC versions can activate electronic controllers (SIMATIC) or relays directly. solenoid valve BERO operated Load E1 activated (NO function) Load E2 deactivated (NC function) e.g. Operating distance The stated values are applicable to a target of metal which is grounded and whose area corresponds to the sensing face of the BERO. They detect electrically conductive or non-conductive materials in solid.2 Transformer oil 2.5 sand Silicone rubber 2. solenoid valve) is connected directly to the AC supply network (preferably 230 V. 50 Hz) in series with the BERO. plastic. contactor relay. solenoid valve BERO operated Load E1 activated (NO function) Load E2 deactivated (NC function) e.2 Vacuum 1 Vulcanized rubber 4 Water 80 Wood 2.6 Bakelite Cable molding compound 2. contactor relay. the amplitude of vibration is acquired by means of an evaluation circuit and converted into a switching command.8 Soft rubber 2.g.g.2 Paraffin 2.5 Teflon 2 Terpentine oil 2. wood. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8 +x mm -x 16 mm 8 0 0 8 16 +x mm Standard target: Metal. 3) Clamp Ø 40 mm is included in scope of supply. 5/4 kg No. surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection Standard target: Metal.164 5 5 6 500 5 10 5 ≤7 Terminal compartment with screw terminals up to 2. programmable 1 1 2 3RG16 14–0LB00 3RG16 14–0LA00 3RG16 14–6LD00 – y mm 10 8 6 4 – – 3 4 y mm 20 16 12 8 4 3RG16 55–6LD00 3RG16 30–6LD00 y mm 20 16 12 8 4 8 16 +x mm -x 16 mm 8 6 6 NSD00733 NSD00734 1) Actuation with grounded metal.3x5. to Size 6) • Continuous mA • Briefly up to 20 ms A Minimum load current • Mainly inductive mA load • Mainly resistive mA load Voltage drop Connection Connecting wires 500 5 10 5 ≤7 With cable LiYY.5 16 60 7. 60 mm × 60 mm × 1 mm or conductive water. 45 5 NO NC NO or NC.5 Shielded Type 1 M 30x1.270 0. P.5 Shielded Type 2 M 30x1.02 to 0.BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches 20 to 250 V AC I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn 1) Form Embeddable Dimensions 10 mm M 30 × 1.2 sr 20 to 250 Red LED Green LED ≤ 1. Terminal compartment with screw terminals up to 2.5 thread for molded-plastic screw gland 115 LED NSD00731 4 LED Pg 9 Molded plastic Adjustable 0. approx.2 sr 20 to 250 Red LED Green LED ≤ 1.5 mm2 2 Type Order No. Conn. P.5 mm2 3 Type Order No.7 NSD00730 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 9 or 13.2 sr 20 to 250 Red LED – ≤ 1. 2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustment sr > sn.5 10 mm M 30 × 1. Conn. 0. diagr.5 mm2 2 Weight.266 0. approx.7 20 ≤2 90 Molded plastic Outputs Rated operational current at AC voltage (Siemens contactor 230 V AC.5 20 mm Ø 40 mm 3) Shielded Type 3 ø40 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 4 40 34 NSD00567 SW 36 61 SW 36 61 55 30 114 LED ø5. surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection Standard target: Metal.3 81 NSD00729 Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. Weight.02 to 0. 30 mm × 30 mm × 1 mm or conductive water. 3 × 0. diagr. Accessories) Housing material Effective operating distance sr 2 ) Differential travel Rated operational V AC voltage Display • Switching state • Rated operational voltage Current input/ mA Off-state current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Hz % LED Pg 9 Metal with molded-plastic Molded plastic head Adjustable Adjustable 0.02 to 0. 2 m. surface 70 mm × 70 mm with direct ground connection NSD00735 Response characteristics 5/5 . 60 mm × 60 mm × 1 mm or conductive water. 5/4 kg No.3 Pg 13.7 20 ≤2 0. 5 10 mm M 30 × 1.223 4 4 Response characteristics NSD00740 NSD00733 4 3 2 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8 8 6 4 2 16 12 8 4 +x mm -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8 +x mm -x 16 mm 8 0 8 16 +x mm 1) Actuation with grounded metal. Metal with molded-plastic head Molded plastic Adjustable 0.34 mm2 With terminal compartment for cables up to 2.BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches 10 to 65 V DC I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn 1) Form Embeddable Dimensions 5 mm M 18 × 1 Shielded Type 1 M 18x1 10 mm M 30 × 1.2 sr 10 to 65 ≤ 10 Red LED – 6 to 12 Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 ≤2 200 ≤ 1. 3) Clamp Ø 40 mm is included in scope of supply.2 sr 10 to 65 ≤ 10 Yellow LED Green LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 ≤2 200 ≤ 1.165 0.5 Shielded Type 3 M 30x1. 60 mm × 60 mm × 1 mm or conductive water. With cable LiYY. 5/4 No. kg 0. 1 3 Type Order No.5 mm2 NO NO and NC (compatible) NO and NC (compatible) 1 2 3RG16 13–0AB00 3RG16 14–0AC00 – – – – 3 4 3RG16 14–6AC00 3RG16 55–6AC00 0. 5/4 No. P. 3 × 0. surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection Standard target: Metal.02 to 0. 20 mm × 20 mm × 1 mm or conductive water. diagr. surface 70 mm × 70 mm with direct ground connection 5/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 NSD00735 y mm 5 y mm 10 y mm 20 90 55 .5 Shielded Type 2 M 30x1. Standard target: Metal. kg Conn. 2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustment sr > sn. approx. 2 m. Weight. surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection Standard target: Metal.5 mm2 With cable LiYY. approx.8 Molded plastic V % mA Weight.250 Conn.02 to 0.5 20 mm Ø 40 mm 3) Shielded Type 4 ø40 SW 36 61 SW 24 60 82 SW 36 61 81 115 LED NSD00731 4 4 LED Pg 9 Pg 9 NSD00730 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 9 thread for molded plastic screw gland Housing material Effective operating distance sr 2) Differential travel Rated operational voltage (DC) Permissible residual ripple Display • Switching state • Rated operational voltage Current input/Off-state current Additional protective measures: • Spurious signals • Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Reverse polarity protection for operating voltage terminals • Inductive interference protection Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Rated operational current for DC Voltage drop Hz % mA V NSD00736 NSD00729 LED Molded plastic Adjustable 0. 60 mm × 60 mm × 1 mm or conductive water.8 Type Order No. diagr. 4 × 0. 2 m. P.123 0. 3 × 0.02 to 0. surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection NSD00734 y mm 5 y mm 20 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 5/7 .4 13 4. diagr. approx.5 mm2 NO func.3 Pg 13. surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection Standard target: Metal.25 mm2 With Ø 8 mm connector.24 4 Conn. approx. P.2 sr 10 to 65 ≤ 10 Yellow LED Green LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 ≤2 200 ≤ 1.5 16 60 7.3 8 30 114 LED ø5. 5 3RG16 73–0AG00 3RG16 73–7AG00 – 0. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6. 20 mm × 20 mm × 1 mm or conductive water.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.3x5. Weight.033 Response characteristics NSD00744 4 3 2 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8 16 12 8 4 +x mm -x 16 mm 8 0 8 16 +x mm 1) Actuation with grounded metal.4 13 4. 60 mm × 60 mm × 1 mm or conductive water. kg – – 3RG16 30–6AC00 0.8 Weight. Type A. Accessories) Housing material Effective operating distance sr 2) Differential travel Rated operational voltage (DC) Permissible residual ripple Display • Switching state • Rated operational voltage Current input/Off-state current Additional protective measures: • Spurious signals • Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Reverse polarity protection for operating voltage terminals • Inductive interference protection Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Rated operational current for DC Voltage drop Hz % mA V Metal Permanently set 0.. pnp (compatible) 1 2 V % Molded plastic Adjustable 0.8 Type Order No.8 Conn. pnp NO and NC. 5/4 No. pnp NO func.BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches 10 to 65 V DC I Selection and ordering data Rated operating distance sn 1) Form Embeddable Dimensions 5 mm Box 20 mm × 20 mm Shielded Type 1 20 3 32 8 NSD00741 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm Shielded Type 2 20 3 32 8 NSD00742 Type 3 40 34 NSD00567 ø3.3 ø3. diagr. Type Order No. kg With cable LiYY..08 0. 2 m. 1 2 3 mA 45 LED LED 100 ≤2 200 ≤ 1. 2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustment sr > sn. Standard target: Metal.02 to 0.3 All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13. P.2 sr 10 to 30 ≤ 10 Yellow LED Green LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 ≤2 200 ≤ 1. 5/4 No. C With terminal compartment for cables up to 2. Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches Power supply and switching units Page 6KX5 power supply and switching units 6EV2 power supply units 4AV2 power supply 4FD5 power supply 6/2 6/2 6/3 6/3 Cable connectors Connectors for AS-Interface Connecting cables Adapters T distribution unit Cables. 6/9 6/8 6/9 6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 6/1 . cables Page 6/4 to 6/6 6/6 6/7 6/7 6/9 6/9 6/10 Mounting accessories Page Mounting brackets Pg/NPT adapter Pg screwed gland Alignment devices Mounting support Ultrasonic reflector 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8. not preassembled Distribution units Cable plugs. approx. 6EV2 300–4AK00 power supply The 6EV2 power supply is suitable for supplying inductive and capacitive BERO proximity switches as well as the DC versions of Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches and OptoBERO photoelectric proximity switches. I Selection and ordering data Power supply and switching units 6KX5 014. A built-in amplifier with a relay output for connection to an L+(P) connected BERO output is available so that floating BERO output signals can be obtained. Weight.5 IP 20 0 to +70 Order No. with 2 relay outputs (each with 1 NO) 230 V AC supply 6KX5 014 6KX5 015 – – – 6EV2 300–4AK00 0. stabilized ≤ 10 1000 Built-in – V VA W Hz ms ms 110/230 V AC supply. stabilized – 180 Built-in Connections 15–16 Connections 15–18 Max.5 I Connection diagrams 6KX5 014 A1 AC 110 V A3 AC 230 V A2 NSD00965a 6KX5 015 P +24 V C M 16 15 18 6EV2 300–4AK00 NSD00966a A1 AC 230 V A2 P +24 V C M 0V C1 1314 23 24 A1 AC 230 V A2 NSD00968a L+ (P) 0V L. approx.5 (screw terminals) – Power supply 6EV2 300–4AK00 6EV2 300 Output Output voltage (DC).Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 6KX5 and 6EV2 power supply and switching units I Field of application 6KX5 014.5 (screw terminals) Connection C (BERO output loaded with 50 mA with ref. Weight. relay switched on by “1” signal at the BERO output) V % mA 24. to L–. connections L+ (P)/L– (M) Ripple Load current Short-circuit protection Relay output • NC contact • NO contact • Switching voltage (AC/DC) • Switching capacity • Switching frequency • Response time • Dropout time Degree of protection Ambient temperature 24. Several BERO switches can be supplied from the power supply and switching unit. with 1 relay output (changeover) 230 V AC supply.5 0. 6KX5 015. 6KX5 015 6KX5 014 Input Rated voltage (AC) • Connections A1–A2 • Connections A1–A3 Voltage tolerance Power consumption Frequency Conductor cross-section Signal input V V % VA Hz mm² 230 110 +10 to –15 6 (at rated voltage) 40 to 60 max. The sum of the individual BERO loads must not exceed the rating of the power supply and switching unit. power supply and switching units The 6KX5 power supply and switching unit is designed to supply power to BERO inductive and capacitive proximity switches as well as the DC versions of Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches and OptoBERO photoelectric proximity switches from the 230 or 110 V mains supply. kg 230 – +10 to –15 34 50 to 60 2 × 1. 2 × 1. 250 2000 (at 250 V AC) 200 (at 24 V DC) 10 10 5 IP 20 °C –25 to +40 Order No. kg 0.(M) 6/2 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . Part 14. kg 6 Power supply unit 1 A Power supply unit 3. • LED status indication • Emitted interference to EN 50 081-1 • Interference immunity to EN 50 082-2 I Selection and ordering data Power supply unit 4AV21 02 4AV21.5 A or 3 A 0. restart LEDs 0. solid. bridges 1–3.3–0. I Connection diagrams 4AV21 02. bridge 2–3 • Connections 1–4. approx.5 2. kg 1. 2–4 Voltage tolerance Frequency Short-circuit protection • Fuse gL/gG (for 230/115 V) • Circuit-breaker (for 230/115 V) Output Rated output voltage Ripple Control accuracy 4FD51 83 Rated output current Short-circuit protection Status indication Conductor cross-section • Screw terminal.8 to 2.5 Snap on to 35 mm mounting rail IP 20 0 to +55 Power supply unit 4AV23 02 Power supply 4FD51 83–0AA00–1A 2/4 0.5 Order No. } Preferred type } 4AV21 02–2EB00–0A } 4AV23 02–2EB00–0A Weight.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches N I Overview 4AV21 02. The devices are suitable for installation in enclosed controls and electronics cabinets. 4AV23 Input Rated voltage (AC) • Connections 1–4.8 For further devices. 4AV23 02 N N 4 3 2 1 L1 L1 AC 230 V AC 115 V 4 3 2 1 31 NSF00045a 32 1 2 3 4 32 31 4FD51 83 NSD00969a L+ (P) Primary L1 F1 N PE U1 230 V AC PWM control NSF00061 Secondary LED L- L. restart Green LED for output voltage – – – 0. approx. automatic switching off and on again • Bridging of supply interruptions > 20 ms.5 to 6 0. Design: • Overload and short-circuit proof output.8 – Snap on to 35 mm mounting rail IP 00 0 to +60 230/115 switchable – – +10 to –10 50 to 60 G fuse link built in – – 24 ≤1 <1 3 Electronic.4/0. stranded wire • Tab terminal (DIN 46 244) • Cage Clamp. see Catalog NS K.5 to 4 A 6.7/2 Order No.5 Electronic.9 24 ≤3 – 1 3. solid wire • Screw terminal. with auto. Design: • Output voltage 24 V DC according to EN 61 131-2 for an input voltage of +6 to -10 % and a load of 0 to 100% • Safety transformer to EN 60 742 • Varistor protection circuit • LED status indication • Emitted interference to EN 50 081-1 • Interference immunity to EN 50 082-2 4AV2 and 4FD5 power supplies 4FD51 83 load/system power supply This power supply functions according to the principle of a primary switched-mode regulator and supplies a controlled DC voltage of 24 V of high stability and with low residual ripple.(M) = = I Control Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 6/3 . -3-3. 4AV23 02 unstabilized DC power supplies The power supply units are suitable for connection to public supply networks and industrial supply networks in accordance with EN 61 000-3-2. stranded wire Mounting Degree of protection Ambient temperature °C mm² mm² mm² mm² V V V % Hz A A V DC % % A – 230 115 +6 to –10 50 to 60 External 1/2 0. with auto. } Preferred type – } 4FD51 83–0AA00–1A Weight. 5 Fig. 10 max. delivery times supplied on request.7 Æ Coupler connector with soldering pins. 4 × 0. 4 × 0. 18 NSD00976a Æ 8. 3 × 0.7 Fig. max.25 mm2 Coupler connector for HARAX connection PUR 5 Black Orange 9 A 4-pole. 3 × 0. degree of protection IP 67 3-pole. 27 max. 18. max.25 mm2 10 A 11 12 PUR 5 Black 3RX1 576 3RX1 562 3RX1 582 NSD00982a Æ 9.5 max. 2 Æ 8 1 NSD00972 B PUR 5 Black Orange 2 Fig. see Page 6/11.5 x 1 Fig. 4 × 0. 12 18. 0.5 NSD00970a Color Accessories Order No. 7 Æ 9. 32 Æ 8.4 NSD00980 B B B Coupler connector with soldering pins.25 mm2 Æ 11.25 mm2. Cable connectors can be supplied in special lengths. 3 × 0. 6/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .25 mm2 3-pole.25 mm2 1 2 4-pole.3 28 NSD00985 11 D 4-pole.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 plug-in connections I Selection and ordering data Fig. 9 51 M8x1 Æ 13 M 11. IP 67 3-pole. 6 max. 3 × 0. Type 1) Cable Length m Fig. 0.25 mm2 10 11 12 B B Coupler connector with soldering pins.25 mm2 3 B PUR 5 4 Orange 3-pole. 27 max. 3 × 0.6 38. 24. Minimum order quantity 50 units.6 Connectors have socket outlets. IP 65 3-pole. 4 23 16 NSD00975 4-pole.5 M 8 right-angle cable connectors for screw mounting.25 mm2 3 4 A PUR 5 Black Orange Black 3RX1 525 3RX1 527 3RX1 528 3RX1 552 3RX1 531 3RX1 517 Æ 8 Fig. with 2 LEDs for pnp BERO 5 4 C PUR 5 Black/clear Orange/clear Æ 8 Fig. Price supplement per m 1) For terminal assignment.25 mm2 6 7 8 9 NSD00981a Fig. 8 Æ 11. 11 26 16.7 A A PUR 5 NSD00977a Black Orange 3RX1 578 3RX1 560 3RX1 583 3RX1 683 3RX1 577 3RX1 561 3RX1 581 3RX1 685 Fig. 8 mm cable connectors for snap-on mounting.5 NSD00984 Orange A Coupler connector with soldering pins. with LEDs 10 11 C PUR 5 (pnp) 5 (npn) PUR 5 Black Orange Orange Black Orange 3RX1 666 3RX1 564 3RX1 565 3RX1 575 3RX1 563 3RX1 580 Æ 9. max. degree of protection IP 65 3-pole. 5 max.5 NSD00973a 8 mm right-angle cable connectors for snap-on mounting. 1 max. 3 max. 0.25 mm2 30 A PUR 5 Black Orange 3RX1 518 3RX1 521 3RX1 522 3RX1 524 Fig.7 Fig. 3 × 0.25 mm2 6 7 8 30 NSD00979 9.25 mm2. 4 × 0. max. 33 M 8 cable connectors for screw mounting.25 mm2 Coupler connector for HARAX connection Fig. 16. 0. Price supplement per m 1) For terminal assignment.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 plug-in connections I Selection and ordering data Fig.5 NSD00987a Color Accessories Order No.34 mm2. preassembly possible 6 Connectors have socket outlets. with LEDs 17 18 K PUR 5 Black Orange Black 3RX1 568 3RX1 567 3RX1 631 3RX1 571 3RX1 585 5-pole. 16 M 12 x 1 55. preassembly possible 4-pole. degree of protection IP 67 3-pole. 3 × 0. 14 Æ 14. Cable connectors can be supplied in special lengths. preassembly possible 5-pole.34 mm2 17 18 E PUR 5 Black Orange 3RX1 538 3RX1 541 3RX1 546 3RX1 548 3RX1 544 3RX1 515 3RX1 542 3RX1 512 3RX1 502 Æ 14. 39 26 NSD00992a M 12 right-angle cable connectors for screw mounting. Type 1) Cable Length m Fig.5 4-pole. NO or NC Fig.5 Æ 13 14 NSD00989 F F F G G PUR 5 Black Orange 15 16 13 Fig. preassembly possible Coupling plug for HARAX connection PUR 5 Black Orange Coupling plug with terminal compartment. 15 54 Æ 18 Coupling plug with terminal compartment.34 mm2 17 F 18 19 PUR 5 Fig.7 M 12 x 1 Fig. with LEDs for pnp BERO. IP 67 3-pole. only NO 17 H PUR 5 Black 18 Orange 3-pole. 13 max. 18 38 26. 4 × 0.34 mm2 42 E PUR 5 Black Orange 3RX1 533 3RX1 535 3RX1 536 3RX1 513 3RX1 505 3RX1 687 3RX1 630 3RX1 570 3RX1 584 Fig.34 mm2 13 14 4-pole.6 Æ 14. 47 14. 3 × 0.34 mm2 17 G 18 19 G PUR 5 Æ 19 Orange Coupling plug with terminal compartment. 4 × 0.34 mm2. see Page 6/11.34 mm2 NSD00990 14 15 NSD00991a Fig. 3 × 0. 4 × 0. 5 × 0. delivery times supplied on request. 17 max. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 6/5 . 3 × 0. Minimum order quantity 50 units. with LEDs for pnp BERO. 19 38 Pg 7 36 NSD00996 Orange F Coupling plug with terminal compartment. 5 × 0.34 mm2. M 12 cable connectors for screw mounting.5 3-pole.5 NSD00994 17 18 J PUR 5 Black Orange Black Æ 14. 24 NSD01001 M 12 cable connector for screw mounting. see Page 6/11.34 mm2 (union nut of metal) 26 L PUR 5 Black 3RX1 672 Fig. Price supplement per m 1) For terminal assignment.6 M 12 cable coupler plug. degree of protection IP 67 3RX1 684 3RX1 686 Æ 13 M 11.6 24 – 4-pole Preassembly possible.5 Connectors have socket outlets. degree of protection IP 67 Fig.5 M 12 right-angle coupler plug. screw terminal max.5 For extension cable (union nut of metal) for HARAX connection 20 3-pole – 20 4-pole – M 12 coupler plug. 0. 6/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .8 For HARAX connection Æ 14. QUICKON 3RX1 677 SW 19 Fig. degree of protection IP 67 56. 26 46 Æ 14.34 mm2 (union nut of metal) 27 L PUR 5 Black 3RX1 674 NSD01005 31 Æ 14. degree of protection IP 67 25 – 4-pole Preassembly possible. 20 M8x1 NSD00997a Color Accessories Order No. M 8 coupler plug. QUICKON 3RX1 678 For AS-Interface. screw terminal max.5 x 1 NSD00998 Fig. Minimum order quantity 50 units. 25 NSD01002 SW 19 SW 17 Æ 20. 6 mm 21 L 4-pole – Black 21 22 NSD00999a 3RX1 586 3RX1 667 3RX1 688 M L 5-pole 4-pole – Black Fig. 21 Æ 20 60 For extension cable (union nut of metal) with terminal compartment. 27 38. degree of protection IP 67 SW 17 Æ 20.8 M 12 right-angle cable coupler plug 4 × 0. 0. delivery times supplied on request. Cable plugs can be supplied in special lengths. Type 1) Cable Length m Fig.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 plug-in connections I Selection and ordering data Fig.75 mm² cable gland max. degree of protection IP 67 For extension cable (union nut of metal) with terminal compartment. 22 M 12 x 1 58.7 M 12 x 1 Fig. 23 30. 6 mm NSD01000 41 23 23 L M 4-pole 5-pole – – Black Black 3RX1 587 3RX1 668 Æ 20 Fig.75 mm² cable gland max.5 NSD01003 M 12 cable coupler plug 4 × 0. L 0.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 plug-in connections and adapters I Selection and ordering data Design Type 1) Length Design m Æ 14. 3RX1 645 Connecting cable with M 8 connector and M 8 coupler plug Æ 9. L 0.34 mm2 Orange 3RX1 636 3RX1 637 3RX1 638 3RX1 647 3RX1 646 3RX1 648 3RX1 644 3RX1 643 3RX1 645 41. PVC Adapter for connecting M 12 cable connectors to BEROs with screw terminals and Pg 13.34 mm2 Black 3 × 0. 3RX1 691 Æ 18.6 1 1.5 1 1.9 25.7 3RX1 690.75 to 1. L 0.5 F.5 mm2 3RX1 566 6 Pg 13.5 0. HARAX to Pg 13.2 Connecting cable with M 8 right-angle connector and M 8 coupler plug Æ A 1 2 3 × 0.6 1 1. L and M 12 coupler plug For connection to a 3RX1 660–.5 Æ 14.5 19 M 12x1 NSD01015 3RX1 632 M 12 plug-in connection. 3RX1 635 Connecting cable with M 12 connector E. see Page 6/11.5 41.5 3RX1 641.5 3 × 0.5 4 × 0.5 NSD01007 3RX1 633.5 Æ 10 NSD01010 3RX1 636. distribution unit (union nut of metal) PUR cable A. Connecting cable with M 8 connector and M 12 coupler plug For connection to a 3RX1 660–. A 1 2 3 × 0.25 mm2 N 3RX1 692 3RX1 693 9 NSD01127 3RX1 692.7 39 Æ Adapter with single leads.5 thread 25 M 12x1 NSD01014 3RX1 566 M 12 plug-in connection.5 4 × 0. rotatable N 0. L 46 NSD01008 0.6 1 1.5 mm2 3RX1 632 Pg 13.34 mm2 Orange 42 Æ 14. 3RX1 638 30.5 m.5 33.25 mm2 N 3RX1 690 3RX1 691 32 39 26 NSD01126 Æ 9.5 3 × 0. distribution unit (union nut of metal) PUR cable 0.5 mm2) 3RX1 676 NSD01016 Connectors have socket outlets.. 3RX1 644.5 Accessories Order No.5 Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected.5 SW 24 3RX1 676 10. 3RX1 637.5 4 × 0.5 32 NSD01011 48 9.5 Adapter with single leads. not rotatable N 0. 3RX1 633 3RX1 634 3RX1 635 Æ 14.7 B. 3RX1 693 9. 1) For terminal assignment. M 12 to Pg 13.7 3RX1 647. 3RX1 643. 3RX1 646.5 1 1.5 Fast-fixing type 3 × (0. 3RX1 648.34 mm2 Black 4 × 0.. 3RX1 642 46 Æ 14. 3RX1 640.34 mm2 Black 3RX1 641 3RX1 640 3RX1 642 Æ 14. 3RX1 634. Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 6/7 .5 Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected.5 A. 3RG41 41 3RG46 31 3RX1 304 0. 3RG40 31. 3RG41 41 3RG46 31 3RX1 303 0. rotatable by 360° For box-shaped proximity switches 3RG16 30 3RG40 30. 3RG40 31.005 0.6 29.01 3RX1 303 2 5 Alignment device For box-shaped proximity switches 3RG16 30 3RG40 30.023 13 60 90 20 1) Supplied without fixing screws. 3RG40 41 3RG41 31.0 (for M 18) 3SX6 284 58 30 36 Ø 4. 6/8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .2 14 NSD01024 Mounting support snap-on to C-section rail.6 7.9 (for M 8) 3SX6 282 36 30 18 Ø 4.01 0.5 16 12.9 (for M 12) 3SX6 283 45 30 26 Ø 4.5 screwed gland 3SX9 910 0. kg 0. 3RG40 41 3RG41 31.6 Ø 3.5 24 18.5 to ½ NPT For BERO 3RG4 with Pg 13.6 18.5 6 mm long with seal For BERO 3RG4 with Pg 13. Weight.5 11.5 44 19.1 3SB19 02–2AE Molded plastic screwed gland Pg 13.8 (for M 30) M 18 M 30 3SX6 281 3SX6 282 3SX6 283 3SX6 284 e a b c a b c d e f g 3SX9 910 Adapter from Pg 13. movable by 20 mm lengthwise.03 32SX6 281 to 3SX6 284 f d g NSD01021 Mounting brackets (molded plastic) 1) For BERO with thread M 8 M 12 3SX6 281 26 22 11.5 32 19. approx.5 screwed gland 3SB19 02–2AE 0.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 and 3SX mounting accessories I Selection and ordering data Design Accessories Order No.5 60 3RX1 304 40 30 5.02 0.045 30 30 30 100 70 40 NSD01023 5. 34 mm2 4 × 0.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 and 3SX mounting accessories I Selection and ordering data Design Accessories Order No.5 61 2 Alignment device With mounting bracket for Sonar-BERO M 30 Swivel range of approx. After adjustment. 20 m. shielded 3RX1 554 3RX1 555 3RX1 556 0.34 mm2 4 × 0. kg 0. the BERO is screwed in place. the shielded cable must be used. For Sonar-BEROs of modular range II.11 3RX1 301 29 5. 70 84 20 27 NSD01025 50 3RX1 302 61 5.0 6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 6/9 .028 30 41 NSD01028 34 3RX1 682 76 T distribution unit For connecting thru-beam sensors to AS-Interface modules 3RX1 682 NSD01029 Cable PUR.074 70 84 3SX6 287 65 NSD01026 Alignment device For Sonar-BERO 3SG16 67 3SX6 287 80 NSD00782 52 3RX1 910 Right-angle reflector For Sonar-BERO M 30 62 3RX1 910 0. approx. the BERO is screwed in place.5 Alignment device With mounting flange for Sonar-BERO M 30 Swivel range of approx. 3RX1 301 Weight.73 1. black The cables can be used in accordance with the number of cores for all inductive BEROs and Sonar-BEROs. 20° about longitudinal BERO axis. 20° about longitudinal BERO axis. After adjustment. 3 × 0.6 0.34 mm2. 29 2 3RX1 302 0. 2 0. kg 0.77 0. PUR cable Operating temperature Material Degree of protection Connections Display V DC A 24 2 Black with white numbers –5 to +70 Molded plastic IP 65 when plugged in and locked M 12 cable plugs (socket in distribution unit) Each output: 1 yellow LED Operating voltage: 1 green LED °C I Connection diagram Sockets for M 12 round plugs Switching outputs 1 2 4 1 5 3 2 Socket 1 1-6 (6-way distribution unit) 1-8 (8-way distribution unit) 3 4 4 1 5 3 2 Socket 2 L- 7 (6-way distribution unit) 9 (8-way distribution unit) L+ 4 1 5 3 2 Socket 3 8 (6-way distribution unit) 10 (8-way distribution unit) 4 1 5 3 2 PE NSD01031a Socket 4 6/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . 6-way • 3 m cable • 5 m cable • 10 m cable Distribution unit. 4-way • 3 m cable • 5 m cable • 10 m cable 54 3RX1 660–4D 3RX1 660–4E 3RX1 660–4F 3RX1 660–6D 3RX1 660–6E 3RX1 660–6F 3RX1 660–8D 3RX1 660–8E 3RX1 660–8F 3RX1 660–0A NSD01030a Distribution unit.25 0.32 0. Weight.01 Distribution unit. approx.82 0.53 0. current per switching output Core identification.65 0.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches 3RX1 distribution units I Selection and ordering data Design Accessories Order No.95 0. 8-way • 3 m cable • 5 m cable • 10 m cable Blanket plug for unused connections Pack of 10 A Dimension A = 82 (4-way distribution unit) 100 (6-way distribution unit) 127 (8-way distribution unit) 25 I Technical data Rated operatinal voltage Max.48 0. pnp BERO with NO or NC/NO. K. type C. 6KX5 016 5 7. type J 1 4 BN (L+) BK (NO or NC) BERO with NO. P 1 4 2 3 NSD01033a Cable connector. L.5 77 100 6 NSD01044a 45 95 35 100 76 7 90 Power supply 4AV21 02. L. 6KX5 015. F. 4AV23 02 For any position Snap fixing on to DIN EN 50 022–35 × 7. F.5 NSD01045 Fixing Power supply 6EV2 300–4AK00 M3. npn BN = Brown BK = Black WH = White Pin assignments BERO with NC/NO Sonar-BERO compact range II and III BU = Blue GR = Gray YE = Yellow BERO with NC or NO. type D 1 GN YE BERO with NC/NO Cable connector. D 4/2 1 NSD01040a M 12 connection for cable connectors and right-angle cable connectors and coupler plugs (view on contact pins) Type E.Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches Cable plugs and power supplies I Connection diagrams Cable connector. type A. type B. J. H.5 6 . type B. L. F. pnp 8 mm / M 8 connection for cable connectors and right-angle cable connectors (view on contact pins) Type A.5 rail NSF00115a Power supply 4FD51 83 For any position Snap fixing on to DIN EN 50 022–35 × 7. M 1 2 3 4 5 NSD01037a Sonar-BERO compact range M18 Cable connector.5 Fixing 5 50 60 62. type G. M 2 3 1 5 3 NSD01042a Type B 2 4 3 NSD01041a 2 1 4 3 1 NSD00763a 4 I Dimension drawings Power supply and switching unit 6KX5 014. C. E 1 4 3 NSD01032a Cable connector. N.5 rail 72 B 6 111 4AV21: Dimension B = 45 4AV23: Dimension B = 72 135 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 6/11 60 62. H 1 4 GN YN BN (L ) BK (NO) BU (L ) BN (L ) BK (NO or Send) WH (NC or Rec) BU (L ) BN (L+ ) WH (Enable or NC) BU (L–) BK (Enable or NO or analog output) BN (L+) BK (NO) 3 NSD01035a BU (L–) BERO with NO Cable connector. type K 1 4 YE GN BN (L+) 4 3 NSD01036a BK (NO) BU (L–) BN (L+) WH (Enable or NC) _ BU (L ) BK (Enable or NO) GR (Analog output) BN (L+) BK (NO) 3 2 NSD01038a _ BU (L ) 3 2 NSD01039a _ BU (L ) WH (NC) BERO with NO.5 M4 10. P 1 2 3 4 NSD01034a Cable connector. N Type G. N. pnp Cable connector. Supplementary Components MOBY identification systems Page Introduction Overview 7/1 7/2 7/0 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . warps. Data transfer is also reliable in the case of contamination or nonmetalic materials. in the chemical industry • Carriage identification in underground and rapid transit trains • Parts identification for textiles (e. Because: MOBY identification systems control and optimize the material flow. support. food. g. it can be connected to any controllers and – in particular – MOBY is easily configured and installed to specific customer requirements. Application examples • Assembly lines for "white" and "brown" goods. sausages) • Production of spectacle lenses • Container/vessel identification. • MOBY has an optimum cost/ benefit ratio. And as far as start-up is concerned: This is also completed rapidly because autonomous areas/cells can be pretested. gas cylinders. printing cylinders • Access control and order processing • Wafer/hort identification during chip processing • Assembly lines for contactors. • Dispatch warehouses including order picking (e. hotline. medical stockings). paint shop. switches • Production lines for dialysis filters • Production lines in the glass/ ceramics industry and many more applications worldwide. Successful industrial corporations worldwide rely on MOBY identification systems – from the leading supplier of identification systems. • Production and quality data of up to 32 Kbytes can be saved directly on the product. e. All the relevant data. televisions and vacuum cleaners • Assembly lines for anti-skid systems. The right identification system for every sector With MOBY. news. Further positive consequences are that: The loading on the computer and communication networks is reduced – and faults in the communications system no longer result in catastrophe. For up-to-date information (products. up to 32 Kbytes of production and quality data. meat. changed and read as required. such as refrigerators. coffee machines. see Catalog KT 21 or the electronic catalog CA 01. The intelligent electronic identification systems from Siemens are for companies that are looking ahead and know exactly what they will need in the future. baggage. cockpits.siemens. g. • MOBY is insensitive to temperature variations and contamination caused by oil. Handheld terminals provide greater flexibility in the various applications. barrels. backed up by the complete support service of Siemens . • MOBY data memories can be reused as required.worldwide. are clear: • MOBY identifies fully automatically. low-power motors. MOBY is also fully integrated in the SIMATIC/SICOMP/PROFIBUS world or in the Windows PC world. they are resistant to contamination and save data directly on the product. quickly and economically. production can always continue at least in subareas of the plant.) about MOBY identification systems. window parts. brakes • Production lines for motors. dust or water. warehouse storage/logistics or transport logistics/traffic control systems. MOBY works – quite simply MOBY identification systems ensure that pertinent data accompanies a product or object from the very first moment – in the form of a mobile data memory that can be labeled. jeans. They identify reliably.we have the solution: MOBY®. final assembly) • PC production lines 7 Traffic control systems Storage. clothes) • Cold storage depots including order picking (e.de/moby For order information. And because the MOBY product family offers low-cost and well-proven inductive identification systems performancematched for almost every type of application. of course. Because when the data are stored on the product. Data is transferred between the mobile data memory and the read/write unit fully automatically and without contact at radio frequency without the need for a direct line of sight. doors. g. These mobile data memories need to be heat-resistant in the automotive industry and "long range" data memories are essential in traffic control applications and transport logistics. Advantages that convince The advantages that MOBY data memories offer in comparison to other information carriers. • MOBY has a long service life. tires. These systems are. etc. distribution/logistics Assembly lines Industrial production Assembly lines MOBY V MOBY U MOBY I MOBY E MOBY F Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 7/1 . such as the barcode. you can react quickly and early to new demands in the industrial world. PLCs. writing materials. quickly and with total transmission security. g.Supplementary Components MOBY identification systems I Introduction MOBY identification systems Anyone who works with identification systems has entirely personal requirements. But whatever your requirements . gearboxes and steering gear • Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body-inwhite. visit our Website at http://www. contact partners. are available exactly where they are required: On the product carrier or on the product itself. Some need low-cost smart labels for logistics and others need rugged data memories for assembly lines. you can always optimize material flow and production processes – whether you operate in the sector of industry/assembly lines. airbags. attached to the suspension of an overhead monorail) Main applications: • Assembly lines (data memory is e. goods carriers. g. attached to overhead monorail conveyor) • Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body-in-white. final assembly) Main applications: Main applications: • In independent railway • Main assembly lines in systems. vehicle depots. e. g. 32 Kbytes) • Read/write distance up to 3000 mm • Bulk/multitag capability • Very high data transfer rate (16 Kbyte/s) The radio-based identification system for the high-end performance range • In independent railway systems • Read/write distance up to 800 mm • 433-MHz identification system • Very high interference immunity • Compact and rugged RAM data memory (32 Kbytes) • Very high data transfer rate • Service and test unit • High reliability even with contamination (oil. containers or as a product accompanying document) • Parts identification (data memory is e. g. g.4 GHz identification system • Special heat-resistant (up to 220 °C cyclically) data memories for the automotive industry • Comprehensive range of rugged RAM data memories (max. g. of workpiece carriers) Main applications: • Logistics and distribution (identification of e. g. manufacturing 7/2 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . g. attached to product carriers) • Conveyor systems (data memory is e. attached to workpiece carriers) • Conveyor systems (data memory is e. goods carriers.81-MHz identification system • Special heat-resistant (220 °C cyclically) data memories for the automotive industry • Worldwide use for many years already • Comprehensive range of rugged FRAM/EEPROM data memories (max. 32 Kbytes) • Comprehensive range of read/write units • High data transfer rate (> 0.g. paint trains shop. pallets. distribution and industrial assembly line applications • 13. etc. attached to products or pallets) • Assembly lines (data memory is e. • Transport logistics and distribution (container/goods carrier identification) • Traffic control systems • Assembly lines. final assembly) (data memory attached • Vehicle identification and underneath the carriage) drive-in control for haulage companies. underthe automotive industry ground and rapid-transit (body-in-white. order-picking containers. g. attached to workpiece carriers) • Manufacturing processes (data memory is e.8 ms/byte) • Powerful mobile handheld terminal The UHF identification system for the medium and high-end performance ranges • For universal application in industry and in logistics • 2. g. pallets. barrels. etc. etc.) • Distribution (data memory as "electronic barcode replacement" or "product accompanying document" • Parts identification (data memory is attached to products or pallets) • Production lines (identification e.Supplementary Components MOBY identification systems I Overview MOBY F MOBY E MOBY I MOBY U MOBY V The RF identification system for the low-end performance range • For logistics and distribution applications • 125 kHz identification system • Low-cost 40-bit readonly data memory up to 130 °C • Low-cost EEPROM data memory (192 bytes) up to 130 °C • Read/write distance up to 420 mm • Bulk/multitag capability • Customer-specific data memories or antennae on request • Powerful mobile handheld terminal The RF identification system for the low-end and medium performance range • For logistics. paint shop.) or temperature fluctuations • Integration in SIMATIC S5/S7 or PROFIBUS-DP • Connection possible to any systems/PCs via serial interface • Worldwide support and service Main applications: • Logistics (identification of e. dust.5 ms/byte) • Powerful mobile handheld terminal The RF identification system for the medium performance range • For universal industrial applications • 1.56-MHz identification system • Various EEPROM data memories (752 bytes) for up to 150 °C • Special small data memory for workpiece coding • Read/write distance up to 100 mm • High data transfer rate (> 2. 250-1979 Conversion of safety classes – IEC IP designations to NEMA Metric to US conventions 8/3 8/3 8/3 8/4 8/5 8/6 8/6 8/8 North American standards and approvals Page 8/5 8/6 8/7 8/8 8/9 Siemens Companies and Representatives Page Europe America Africa Asia Australasia 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/12. 8/13 8/13 8/2 8/2 8/2 Subject and order number index Page Subject index Order number index • Sonar-BERO • Opto-BERO • Inductive BERO 8/14 8/15 8/16 8/18 US ordering notes Page General Terms and Conditions of Sale Ordering notes Conditions of sale and delivery 8/21 Small orders Orders for special designs Export regulations Trade marks 8/22 8/22 8/22 8/22 8/22 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/1 .) US safety classes – NEMA Standard Publ.) and file numbers (File No.Appendix Standards and approvals Page Important publications and specifications Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products ALPHA/LOVAG Accident prevention Approval requirements in certain countries Quality management CE mark of conformity National and International Associations Special regulations in Russia and Australia Overview of approved equipment Certified ratings for AS-Interface International protection (IP) North American Approvals 8/2 Registration numbers (Guide No. Appendix Standards and approvals I Important publications and specifications IEC IEC 60 947 IEC 60 947-1 IEC 60 947-5-1 IEC 60 947-5-2 IEC 60 439-1 – – IEC 60 664-1 IEC 60 204-1 – – – IEC 60 255-1-00 – – IEC 61 000-4-1 EN EN 60 947 EN 60 947-1 EN 60 947-5-1 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 439-1 – – – EN 60 204-1 – – – – – – – VDE/DIN VDE 0660 0660-100 0660-200 0660-208 0660-500 0106-100 0106-101 0110-2 0113-1 0160 0165 0170/0171 0435-201 0435-2021 0609-1 0843-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear • General rules • Control circuit devices and switching elements; Electromechanical control circuit devices • Control circuit devices and switching elements; Proximity switches Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Type-tested and partially typetested assemblies Protection against electric shock: Location of actuators near live parts Protection against dangerous shock current: Basic requirements for safe isolation in electrical equipment Insulation coordination for electrical equipment in low-voltage installations; rating of creepage distances and clearances Electrical equipment of industrial machines: General requirements Equipment of electrical power installations with electronic equipment Erection of electrical installations in hazardous areas Electrical equipment for hazardous areas Relays: Electrical all-or-nothing relays Electrical relays: Relays with fixed time response Terminal points for screw terminals for terminating or linking copper conductors up to 240 mm2: General specifications Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); Part 4: Testing and measuring procedures; Section 1: Overview of measuring procedures insensitive to interference; general EMC standard (contains corrections of January 1995) Industrial Control Equipment Industrial Control Equipment Further specifications: UL 508 CSA C22.2, No. 14 I Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products The AS-Interface products have been tested and certified by the AS-International Association. The products have been tested in accordance with the test requirements in an approved test laboratory. I ALPHA/LOVAG ALPHA The Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Division of Siemens AG is a member of the Society for the Testing and Certification of Low-Voltage Equipment ALPHA, Frankfurt on Main. The responsibility of manufacturers and the high quality of products is promoted by ALPHA by means of supportive procedural guidelines for testing equipment in accordance with the currently valid standards. If specific conditions are fulfilled, ALPHA can also issue state-recognized product certificates if required. ALPHA, as a member of LOVAG, is also working towards obtaining international recognition for the declarations of conformity and certificates. LOVAG In LOVAG (Low Voltage Agreement Group), English, French, Italian and German specialists from certification bodies and from industry are working together to create a uniform European certificate. List of LOVAG members ALPHA ASEFA ASTA ACAE CEBEC CESI KEMA SEMKO Germany France Great Britain Italy Belgium Italy Netherlands Sweden I Accident prevention For some devices in safety control units, test certificates and approvals from the BIA (the trade association institute for labor safety) in Bonn and from SUVA (Swiss institute for accident prevention) are available. For details, see the respective product description. Approval requirements 8/2 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Appendix Standards and approvals I Approval requirements in certain countries Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the relevant German standards (VDE specifications and DIN standards), IEC publications and European standards as well as UL and CSA standards. The standards assigned to the individual devices are stated in the respective parts of this Catalog. The devices are designed and manufactured in accordance with the relevant VDE, EN and IEC specifications. As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the regulations in other countries are also taken into account in the design of the equipment to enable the devices to be implemented worldwide wherever possible in the standard version. In some European countries and in North America (see table below), an approval is required for certain low-voltage control circuit devices. Depending on the market requirements, these components have been submitted for approval to the authorized testing institutes. UL is authorized for approvals according to Canadian specifications. In the Scandinavian countries, there has been no mandatory requirement for approval since 01.01.1994. Siemens devices – manufactured and tested in accordance with the harmonized European standards, e. g. EN 60 947 (IEC 60 947, DIN VDE 0660) – can be used without any restrictions. Identification of products with the approval mark is no longer necessary. For the use on board ship, the specifications of the classification societies must be observed (see table below). In some cases, they require type tests of the components to be approved. The present state of approval is shown in the "Overview of approved equipment" on the following pages. Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements Country Government selected or private, officially recognized testing bodies Approval symbol Approval requirements Canada 1) CSA UL (USA) cu cU USA 1) UL Poland SEP Slovakia SKTC Czech Republic EZU Hungary MEEI s u U u or U approval recommended for all switching devices For all components Approval required for all switching devices Marine classification societies Country Name Germany Germanischer Lloyd GL Great Britain Lloyds Register of Shipping LRS France Bureau Veritas BV Norway Det Norske Veritas DNV CIS Maritime Register of Shipping MRS Italy Registro Italiano Navale RINA Poland Polski Rejestre Statków PRS USA American Bureau of Shipping ABS Abbreviations I Quality management The quality management system of our division A&D CD satisfies the requirements of the international standard ISO 9001. The system has been certified by the independent, licensed Deutsche Gesellschaft für Zertifizierung von Qualitätssicherungssystemen (DQS). DQS Certificate No.: 19634-01 SIEMENS AG, Automation and Drives Division: Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution: I CE mark of conformity The manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to which the EU directives apply must mark their products, operating instructions or packaging with a CE mark of conformity. The CE mark of conformity confirms that a product fulfills the appropriate basic requirements of all directives which are relevant to the product. The mark of conformity is an obligatory requirement for bringing products into circulation throughout the whole of the EU. All products of the catalog are in conformance with the EU guidelines and have the CE mark of conformity. • Low-voltage Directive (NS 73/23/EWG), • EMC Directive (EMC 89/336/EWG), • Machinery Directive (ML 89/392/EWG) The CE mark of conformity: > 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/3 Appendix Standards and approvals I National and International Associations Abbreviation ANSI Approval identification Meaning American National Standards Institute Publishes specifications and standards in virtually all fields (not only electrical). For low-voltage switchgear, the ANSI has adopted the American NEMA and UL specifications to a large extent Australian Standards Already partially adopted to IEC British Standard Already partially adopted to IEC Communautés Européenes European conformity marking. Certifies the conformance of a product with all the product related standards of the European Union (EU) International Commission on Rules for the Approval of Electrical Equipment Partially used by the Scandinavian countries as a basis for low-voltage switchgear with rated currents up to 63A Comitato Elettrotecnico Italiano Italian electrotechnical committee Canadian Electrical Manufacturers Association Comité Éuropéen de Normalization Electrotechnique European committee for electrotechnical standardization (general secretariat in Brussels) AS BS CE > CEE CEI CEMA CEN CSA DEMKO DIN EEMAC IEC s D Canadian Standards Association Responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Danmarks Elektriske Materielkontrol Danish board of control of eletrotechnical products. Responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V (German Industrial Standards) Electrical and Electronic Manufactures Association Canada International Electrotechnical Commission (French: CEI) All the major industrialized countries are involved in the work of the International Electrotechnical Commission. The resulting IEC recommendations are to some extent either adopted directly into national specifications and standards, or the national specifications and standards are adapted to harmonize with these recommendations. IEEE IS ISO JIS KEMA NBN NEMA NEMKO NEN ÖVE RER SABS SASO SEMKO SEN SETI SEV UL Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Indian Standard Already partially adapted to IEC International Organization for Standardization Japanese Industrial Standard n Keuring van Elektrotechnische Materialen Dutch testing authority, which also performs CSA approval tests for European manufacturers Nederlandse Norm Dutch standard N National Electrical Manufacturers Association Norges Elektriske Materiellkontroll Norwegian controls authority for electrotechnical products, responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Nederlandse Norm Dutch standard O Österreichischer Verband für Elektrotechnik Austrian association for electrotechnology. Conforms to a large extent with the VDE and IEC specifications Rafmagnseftrilit rikisins Finnish testing authority for eletrotechnical products South African Bureau of Standards Saudi Arabien Standard Organization S Svenska Electriska Materielkontrollanstalten Swedish controls authority for electrotechnical products, responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Svenska Elektrotekniska Normer Swedish eletrotechnical standards Finnish electrotechnical testing authority Swiss electrotechnical association Underwriter’ Laboratories Inc. Testing authority of the national fire insurance in the USA. Among other activities, it carries out testing on electrotechnical products, and issues the corresponding specifications and regulations Union Technique de l’Électricité French electrotechnical association F + u UTE VDE V Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e.V. (Association of German Electrical Engineers) 8/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 Appendix Standards and approvals I North American Approvals Installation considerations The control products described in this catalog have been designed, tested and manufactured in accordance with a wide variety of standards including but not limited to those issued by UL, CSA, NEMA, and IEC. These standards typically apply to the control product as a component and not the installation or use of the product. It is the responsibility of the end user of the control product to make sure each installation complies with all of the applicable safety requirements, laws, regulations, codes and standards (some examples of which are the N.E.C, the C.E.C. and OSHA regulations). Note the local authorities may impose further jurisdiction over each installation. When in doubt, consult with the local inspection authorities. Unless otherwise specified, the control products described in this catalog are designed to operate under "usual service conditions" as defined in NEMA Standards Publication – Part ICS 1-108. Open type devices are intended for installation in enclosures that provide environmental protection as needed for the specific application. See page 8/7 for definitions of the various enclosure types. stress levels under controlled conditions. The user must take care in correlating these data to actual application or service conditions Performance data Where given in this catalog, performance data should only be used as a guide to determine the suitability of the product for an application. The data may be the result of the accelerated testing or elevated UL and CSA File Numbers and Guide Cards Numbers Most control equipment listed in this catalog is designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the relevant UL and CSA standards as listed in the tables below. Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada) Recognized component UL issues yellow "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and File No. Component is identified using the "UL recognition mark" on the rating plate: • USA: U • Canada: cU Listed product UL issues white "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and File No. Component is identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate • e. g. USA: u LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ. • e: g. Canada: cu LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ. (165 C stands for: Siemens company, department A & D CD, factory Amberg) Components approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e. as devices for installation in control systems which are completely wired, installed and tested by trained personnel in factories or workshops and which are selected according to the application conditions. Components approved for "field wiring", i.e. • Components for installation in control systems which are completely wired by trained personnel in factories or workshops. • Single units for sale in USA/Canada in retail outlets. If components are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as "Recognized Component" and allowed to be marked U or cU. I Special regulations in Russia and Australia GOST authorization for Russia C-Tick approval for Australia A 46 GOST authorization must be obtained for all products marketed in Russia. The GOST mark was introduced in mid-1998 for the packaging of all devices. The C-Tick approval is required for marketing Siemens components in Australia. In Australia, electronic equipment must have an EMC clearance certificate similar to CE mark of conformity according to the EMC Directive in the EU; and the components must be marked with the "C-Tick". This requirement has been in force since 01.10.1999. sion 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/5 Appendix Standards and approvals I Overview of approved equipment Equipment Type National approvals Canada 1) USA Czech Slovakia Republic Poland Marine classifications Hungary Germany Great Britain France Norway CIS Italy Poland Inductive BERO 3RG40, 3RG41 3RG40 30 Capacitive BERO Sonar-BERO 3RG46 3RG16 3RG60 3RG61 3RG62, 3RG63 Opto-BERO Accessories 3RX2 110 3RG7 3RX7 3RX1 6KX5 + Standard version approved. – Not yet submitted for approval or approval not required. s + 2) 3) + – – + + + + O + + + u U EZU + 2) 3) × + + – – + + + – O + + + × – – × × x – × × × × + + – + + – + – + + + SKTC – – – – – – – – – – – – SEP – – – – – – – – – – – – MEEI – – – – – – – – – – – – GL • • • – • • • – • – – • LRS • • • – • • • – • – – • BV • • • – • • • – • – – • DNV • • • – • • • – • – – • MRS – – – – – – – – – – – – RINA • • • – • • • – • PRS • • • – • • • – • – – • – – • O Equipment submitted for approval, please enquire. × U approval is not required because u approved. k Approved for use in connection with AS-Interface (ActuatorSensor Interface), also approved by the American Bureau of Shipping. I Registration numbers (Guide No.) and file numbers (File No.) Equipment BERO proximity switches s Guide No. File No. u Guide No. NKCR cu File No. NKCR 7 E 44653 U Guide No. – cU File No. – – Class 3211 03 LR 12730 or 165 071 I Certified ratings for Actuator-Sensor Interface for use on board ship Identification 3RG4... 3RG6... 3RG7... 3RX9 ... Equipment Inductive BERO Sonar-BERO Opto-BERO AS-Interface accessories (see Catalog NS K, Part 1) Input voltage V DC 31.6 31.6 31.6 31.6 Input current A DC 0.03 0.075 0.2 – Temperature °C 70 70 70 70 Degree of protection IP 67/IP 65 IP 65 IP 67 IP 67 Power supply units All power supply units with type designation 3RX9 305 and 3RX9 306 may only be used on board ship with additional fastenings. Note All inductive BEROs or SonarBEROs that must be used with 3RX evaluation units are not approved for use in shipbuilding in conjunction with AS-Interface. 1) The cu and c approval is available in accordance with USA approval. 2) In the case of s and cu only approved up to 30 V DC max. 3) Only approved with plug-in connections. 8/6 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 and rust resistance design tests. Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth. 250-1979 Type 1 Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment in locations where unusual service conditions do not exist. Siemens & Furnas NEMA 12 may be field modified for outdoor use. polymerics. • Class lll – Ignitable fibers or flyings. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as dust. dust. Type 7 enclosures shall be capable of withstanding the pressures resulting from an internal explosion of specified gases. and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. rain. Type 12 Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust. Type 3 Type 3 enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust. external icing. oil. NEMA 3R requires the use of watertight conduit hubs at a level above the lowest live part and drain holes of 1/8” diameter shall be added at the bottom of the enclosure. snow. internal condensation. They shall meet rod entry. Type 7 Type 7 enclosures are for indoor use in locations classified as Class l. Enclosures shall meet explosion. They shall meet rain. Type 3R Type 3R enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain. • Class l – Flammable gases or vapors. This table summarizes the information provided above. They shall meet hosedown. A. windblown dust and rain. Type 9 Type 9 enclosures are intended for indoor use in locations classified as Class ll Groups E or G. Enclosed heat generating devices shall not cause external surfaces to reach temperatures capable of igniting or discoloring dust on the enclosure or igniting dustair mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. hydrostatic. Provides a degree of protection against the following environmental conditions Incidental contact with the enclosed equipment Rain. and flyings Hosedown and splashing water Oil and coolant seepage Oil or coolant spraying and splashing Corrosive agents 1 × – – × – – – – – – – 3R × × – – – – – – – – – 4 × × × × × × × × – – – 4X × × × × × × × × – – × 12 × – – × × × × – × – – 13 × – – × × × × – × × – 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/7 . B. They shall meet drip. external icing. Groups A. Enclosures shall meet dust penetration and temperature design tests. depending on the ignition temperature of the substance. and rust resistance design tests. They shall meet oil explosion and rust resistance design tests. and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. Shall be manufactured of American Iron and Steel Institute Type 304 Stainless steel. as defined in the National Electrical Code. Type 4 Type 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain. • Division ll – Abnormal situation. F. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation or internal icing. and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. splashing water. • Class ll – Combustible dust. the hazard would be expected to be present in everyday repair and maintenance. Enclosed heat generating devices shall not cause external surfaces to reach temperatures capable of igniting explosive gas-air mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. lint. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation or internal icing.Appendix US safety classes I NEMA Standard Publication No. The enclosures shall meet the rod entry and rust resistance design tests. or materials with equivalent corrosion resistance. C or D. its explosion pressure and other flammable characteristics. spraying of water. lint. splashing water. and aging of gaskets (if used). and sleet Windblown dust Falling dirt Falling liquids and light splashing Circulating dust. They shall meet hosedown. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation or internal icing. falling dirt. as defined in the National Electrical Code. NEMA 3 requires the use of watertight conduit hubs. C. B. and contain such an explosion sufficiently that an explosive gas-air mixture existing in the atmosphere surrounding the enclosure will not be ignited. Type 6 Type 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth. external icing. fibers. and hosedirected water. Type 9 enclosures shall be capable of preventing the entrance of dust. rain and sleet. the material is expected to be confined within closed containers or closed systems and will be present only during accidental rupture. • Class ll – Dust locations are broken into groups E. Type 4X Type 4X enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion. and hose directed water. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation. external icing. and G. dust. fibers. according to the ignition temperature and conductivity of the hazardous substance. and dripping non-corrosive liquids. or internal icing. Type 13 Type 13 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust. and rust resistance design tests. and D. and flyings Settling airborne dust. and non-corrosive coolant. and temperature design tests. • Division l – Normal situation. and rust resistance design tests. to provide a degree of protection against specific corrosive agents. and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. Groups • Class l – Gases and vapors are broken into 4 groups. and corrosion-resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation. breakage or unusual faulty operation. Appendix International and US safety classes I International protection (IP) – safety classes The degree of protection of a component against access to dangerous parts as well as against the ingress of solid bodies or liquids is specified by the IP code in accordance with IEC 60 529 (EN 60 529). the components remain fully functional.5 mm 3 Protected against foreign bodies up to Ø 2.2 bar. IEC international protection IP 10 IP 54 IP 14 IP 56 IP 67 IP 52 IP 54 The table cannot be used to convert IEC designations to NEMA type numbers. IP code numbers IP codes use a two digit numbering system to define the degree of protection the enclosures provide. Protection against the penetration of solid foreign bodies: 0 Not protected 1 Protected against foreign bodies up to Ø 50 mm 2 Protected against foreign bodies up to Ø 12. the degree of protection is defined and all lower degrees of protection are excluded. Following storage in water for 144 hours at 105 °C and 1. 6 Complete protection against contact with live parts Extended definition for inductive BEROs to the IP 68 degree of protection The tightness of the seal for the components is checked by means of test procedure QI according to EN 60 068-2-17.5 mm 4 Protected against foreign bodies up to Ø 1. Definition of the first numeral Protection of persons against access to hazardous parts: 0 Not protected 1 Protected against contact with a large surface of the body 2 Protected against contact with the finger 3 Protected against contact with a tool 4 Protected against contact with a wire 5. NEMA enclosure type number 1 3 3R 4 and 4X 6 and 6P 12 13 8/8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . When a code is specified.0 mm 5 Dust protection 6 Protected against the ingress of dust Definition of the second numeral Protection against the ingress of water 0 Not protected 1 Protected against water drops 2 Protected against water drops at housing angles of up to 15° 3 Protected against water waves 4 Protected against water splashes 5 Protected against water jets 6 Protected against highpressure water jets 7 Protected against the effects of temporary immersion 8 Protected against the effects of long-term immersion I Conversion of safety classes – IEC IP designations to NEMA type numbers This table shows the IP classification designation that NEMA enclosures may be applied to. 30 16 16.31 1.77 21.35 506. in mm2 0.17 5.26 6.635 0.205 pounds (lbs.A.37 6 10 10.00 354.35 304.55 13.00 177.37 inches (in.) = 1.35 grams (g) = 0.67 33.35 202.20 126.08 2.) 1 kilogram (kg) = 28.) = 25.) = 39.) 1 inch (in.65 2.454 kilograms (kg) = 2.04 AWG or MCM 19 AWG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 MCM 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 1000 1.64 152.15 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300 26.71 8 400 500 625 405.5 1.75 American Wire Gauge Equivalent metric C.03 107.54 centimeters (cm) = 0.) = 212 Fahrenheit = 176 Fahrenheit = 140 Fahrenheit = 104 Fahrenheit = 68 Fahrenheit = 32 Fahrenheit –4 Fahrenheit I Wire conversion table – Comparison of cross-sectional areas – Metric to US Standards Metric cross-sectional areas (in line with VDE) Cross-sectional area in mm2 0.Appendix Metric to US conversions I Conversion of physical measuring units Power conversions 1 kilowatt (kW) 1 horsepower (hp) Dimension conversions 1 inch (in.5 pounds per square-inch (psi) = 8.43 85.4 millimeters (mm) = 2.63 42.31 4.41 53.341 horsepower (hp) = 0.823 1.71 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/9 .S. in.) 1 centimeter (cm) 1 meter (m) Weight conversions 1 ounce (oz.85 pound-inches (lb.3937 inches (in.63 8.) 1 pound (lb.71 253.7457 kilowatt (kW) Temperature conversions 100 centigrade 80 centigrade 60 centigrade 40 centigrade 20 centigrade 0 centigrade –20 centigrade Torque conversion 1 Newton-meter (Nm) Pressure conversion 1 bar (105 N/m2) = 14.48 67.5 4 2.62 3. lt Yugoslavia Siemens d. Ronda de Europa.B. Dunajska 22 1511 Ljubljana Tel: (01) 17 46–1 20 Fax: (01) 17 46–1 38 International: (+386 1) http://www. 20.nl Slovenia Siemens d.r.o. Miral Works. Heinzelova 70a 10000 Zagreb Tel: (01) 61 05–3 36 Fax: (01) 60 40–6 19 International: (+385 1) http://www.siemens. A.correia @lis1.maria.siemens. Prinses Beatrixlaan 26 Postbus 16068 2500 BB Den Haag Tel: (070) 3 33–32 55 Fax: (070) 3 33–34 14 International: (+31 70) E-mail: docu.siemens. 11 03150 Kiev 150 Tel: (44) 2 01 24 64 Fax: (44) 2 01 24 66 International: (+380 44) E-mail: wolodymyr. 5 28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Tel: (91) 514–80 00 Fax: (91) 514–70 29 International: (+34 91) http://www. Gizella út 51-57 1143 Budapest Tel: (1) 4 71–17 35 Fax: (1) 4 71–17 62 International: (+36 1) http://www.at Siemens S.com. [email protected]@siemens. 61011 15110 Amaroussio/Athens Artemidos 8 Tel: (01) 68 64–5 72 Fax: (01) 68 64–5 62 International: (+30 1) Netherlands Siemens Nederland N.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives France Europe Austria Siemens AG Österreich Siemensstr.ru Siemens Naberejnaia r.siemens. 10 20126 Milano Tel: (02) 66 76–20 00 Fax: (02) 66 76–21 00 International: (+39 02) http://www.siemens.sk E-mail: [email protected] Ireland (Eire) Siemens Ltd.siemens.is E-mail: sminor@sminor. 17 117071 Moscow Tel: (0 95) 7 37–24 61 Fax: (0 95) 7 37–23 98 International: (+7 095) http://www.hu E-mail: erzsebet.A.Bogatyrenko @mow.siemens.siemens.at/ad/cd E-mail: helmut. Zupnicza 11 03–821 Warszawa Tel: (022) 8 70–91 15 Fax: (022) 8 70–90 28 International: (+48 22) http://[email protected] E-mail: [email protected]. 8 Slaney Road Glasnevin Dublin 11 Tel: (01) 2 16 24 44 Fax: (01) 2 16 24 99 International: (+353 1) http://www.z o.siemens.ie Croatia Siemens d.lu Sweden Siemens AB Johanneslundsvägen 12–14 19487 Upplands Väsby Tel: (08) 7 28–10 00 Fax: (08) 7 28–10 82 International: (+46 8) http://www.sk Malta J. Rua Irmaos Siemens. Business Centr „North Capital“ 191186 St. 92 1211 Wien Tel: (0) 5 17 07–2 29 86 Fax: (0) 5 17 07–5 25 81 International: (+43) http://www. office 304 220030 Minsk Tel: (17) 2 10 03 96 Fax: (17) 2 10 03 95 International: (+375 17) E-mail: alexander.E.siemens. Hamdije Cemerlica 2 71000 Sarajevo Tel: (0 33) 27 66 41 Fax: (0 33) 23 12 79 International: (+387 33) Iceland Smith & Norland H/F P. Kudirkos 6 2009 Vilnius Tel: (2) 39 15 19 Fax: (2) 39 15 01 International: (+370 2) http://www. 1 2700 Amadora Tel: (21) 41 78–6 48 Fax: (21) 41 78–0 50 International: (+351 21) http://www.siemens.d.es Bosnia-Hercegovina Siemens d. A&D CD ul. 50 91052 Erlangen P.D.sminor. 111 81430 Kartal/Istanbul Tel: (02 16) 4 59–31 82 Fax: (02 16) 4 59–30 71 International: (+90 216) http://www.ru E-mail: Maxim. Rue des Peupliers BP 1701 1017 Luxembourg Tel: 4 38 43–4 38 Fax: 4 38 43–4 49 International: (+352) http://www.siemens.ru Lithuania UAB Siemens V.no Spain Siemens S.nl http://www.hu Norway Siemens A/S Produktseksjon Ostre Aker vei 90 (Postboks 10 Veitvet) 0518 Oslo 5 Tel: 22 63–30 00 Fax: 22 63–31 05 International: (+47) http://www.o.A.it E-mail: antonella.poltavez @[email protected] Greece Siemens A.siemens.cz E-mail: prodej.lu heinz.S. Evropská 33a 16041 Praha 6 Tel: (02) 33 03–11 11 Fax: (02) 33 03–24 98 International: (+420 2) http://www.ru/ad/cd E-mail: Alexander. Petersburg Tel: (8 12) 3 25 65 60 Fax: (8 12) 3 15 36 21 International: (+7 812) http://www.yu Finland Siemens Oy Majurinkatu 6. 39–47 boulevard Ornano 93527 Saint-Denis Cedex 2 Tel: 1 49 22–31 00 Fax: 1 49 22–34 13 International: (+33) http://www.siemens. 25.dk E-mail: [email protected] Luxemburg Siemens S.siemens. Yakacik Yolu No.r.siemens.ie E-mail: [email protected] @mow.ua Czech Republic Siemens s. Predslawinskaja.com.si Belgium Siemens S.o.se E-mail: [email protected]/automation Slovakia Siemens s.A&[email protected]@siemens.siemens. 139 Sector 6 77131 Bucuresti Tel: (01) 20 27–4 71 Fax: (01) 20 27–4 62 International: (+40 1) Latvia Siemens SIA Vilandes iela 3 1010 Riga Tel: 7 01 55 18 Fax: 7 01 55 01 International: (+371) United Kingdom Siemens plc Sir William Siemens House Princess Road Manchester M20 2UR Tel: (01 61) 4 46–53 08 Fax: (01 61) 4 46–53 52 International: (+44 161) http://www.no Email: [email protected] @siemens.it Ukraine Repräsentanz der Siemens AG ul. Stromova 9 83796 Bratislava Tel: (02) 59 68–24 40 Fax: (02) 59 68–52 40 International: (+421 2) http://[email protected]. Box 519. P.p. Noatuni 4 105 Reykjavik Tel: 5 20 30 00 Fax: 5 20 30 11 International: (+354) http://www.siemens.fi 8/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 . Cannon Road Hamrun HMR 07 Tel: 48 49 37 Fax: 48 54 81 International: (+356) Belarus Repräsentanz der Siemens AG ul.com.uk Denmark Siemens A/S Borupvang 3 2750 Ballerup Tel: 44 77–42 14 Fax: 44 77–53 38 International: (+45) http://www. Chaussée de Charleroi 116 1060 Bruxelles Tel: (02) 5 36–21 72 Fax: (02) 5 36–80 60 International: (+32 2) http://[email protected] Russia Siemens Malaja Kaluzhskaja.V.o.tr Portugal Siemens S.hr Turkey Siemens san. Via Piero & Alberto Pirelli.pt Italy Siemens S.se Germany Siemens AG A&D CD Werner-von-Siemens-Str. Kupaly.co.pt E-mail: anabela. Perkkaa PL 60 02601 Espoo Tel: (0 10) 5 11–51 51 Fax: (0 10) 5 11–34 74 International: (+3 58 10) http://www.siemens.o.R. Y.ch E-mail: Bestell.S.cz Romania Siemens SRL Calea Plevnei No. Systems Ltd.siemens.hr E-mail: mladen.siemens.siemens.is Switzerland Siemens Schweiz AG Automation & Drives 8047 Zürich Tel: (0) 848/822 844 Fax: (0) 848/822 855 International: (+41 1) http://www.siemens.siemens.A.o.siemens. Dragan Zankov 36 1113 Sofia Tel: (02) 9 71–28 40 Fax: (02) 9 71–32 14 International: (+359 2) Poland Siemens Sp.be Hungary Siemens Rt. Knez Mihailova 30 11000 Beograd Tel: (011) 63 04 89 Fax: (011) 63 00 50 International: (+381 11) http://www.ch Bulgaria Siemens AG Vertretung in Bulgarien Blvd.siemens.O.siemens.ue Tic.siemens.siemens.A.si E-mail: a&[email protected]. Box 32 40 91050 Erlangen http://siemens. OK Virginia Beach. Prolongación Primavera 654 Chatarrilla-Surco .5 QUITO Tel: (+593) (2) 22 63-452 Fax: (+593) (2) 24 46-609 Peru Lima Siemens S. D. NY Andover.RJ Salvador . FL Tampa. TX Independence. Collins.siemens.A. WI Durant. FL Ft. LA Las Vegas. LA South Bend.C. MO Tallahassee. República de Panama 3972 / 78 Surguillo . Planta Ruta 8 Calle 122 (ex Gral. ND Chamblee.C. NC Chattanooga. NY San Antonio. km 6 MANAGUA Tel: (+505) 2 49-11 11 Fax: (+505) 2 49-18 49 Costa Rica San José Siemens S.br Belo Horizonte .SP Manaus . PA United States http://www. OH Mayfield. TN Newburgh.mx México.ar Bahía Blanca Buenos Aires Comodoro Rivadavia Córdoba Mendoza Mar del Plata Neuquén Paraná Posadas Resistencia Rio Cuarto Rosario Salta San Luis San Miguel de Tucumán Chile http://www. Av. Carretera Norte. KY Memphis.A. VA Roanoke. MO Kirkland. Carlos Julio Arosemena. NJ Uruguay Montevideo Conatel S. 590 Colonia Industrial Vallejo 02300 MEXICO.EDO Carabobo Tel: (+58) (41) 334-211 / 212 Fax: (+58) (41) 334-210 / 518 Honduras Tegucigalpa Siemens S.ar San Martin Siemens S.PE Ribeirão Prêto .A. CA Daphne. CT Wichita. Wayne. TX Birmingham. IL 60510-1663 Tel: (+1) (8 00) 7 82-30 41 Fax: (+1) (6 30) 8 79-08 67 Albuquerque. CA Raleigh. MA Jacksonvile. Canada Tel: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-58 00 Fax: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-57 19 Brampton Burlington Burnaby Calgary Dartmouth Drummondville Edmonton Hamilton Kirkland Lake Moncton Mount Pearl Ottawa Pointe Claire Sudbury Vanier Winnipeg Guatemala Cludad de Guatemala Siemens Electrotécnica S. Louis. TX San Diego. D. Carrera 65. 43 Antiguo Cuscatlán Parque Industrial Santa Elena SAN SALVADOR Tel: (+503) 2 78-33 33 Fax: (+503) 2 78-02 33 Edison. IA East Syracuse.A.ca Mississauga Siemens Canada Ltd.com. V.CE Jundiaí .com Panama Panama City Siemens S.A.A. Colonia Queseda Calle la Salud contiguo Shell Miramontes Edificio Siemens (1098) TEGUCIGALPA. MA Asheville. Siemens S. MD LaPlace. D.A.C.Central de Atendimento Siemens 0800 119484 Tel: (+55) (11) 39 08-22 11 Fax: (+55) (11) 39 08-26 31 E-mail: [email protected] Santiago de Chile Siemens S.sea.:(+507) 2 65-42-81 Curaçao Willemstad SANTRACO N. No. KS Wyoming. Holanda 64 . VA Wallingford. MDC Tel: (+504) 2 32-40 62 Fax: (+504) 2 32-41 11 San Pedro Sula 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 8/11 .MG Brasília .A. km 18 Casilla de Correo 32 (B1653JXA) SAN MARTIN Prov. TN Cincinnati.com/controls Batavia Siemens Energy & Automation.SP Curitiba . S. GA Charlotte.A.F. AZ Tulsa. WI Minnetonka. AZ Pittsburgh. FL Tucson. IN Jackson. NC Greenville. GA Maumee. OH Deerfield Beach. TN Lake Oswego.PR Florianópolis .SP CAS . IL Shreveport. Scherpenheuvel 2 WILLEMSTAD Tel: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 22 Fax: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 24 Paraguay Asunción Rieder & Cia.SP Rio de Janeiro .LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 2 21-31 44 Fax: (+51) (1) 4 41-40 47 El Salvador San Salvador Siemens S. FL Midvale. Calle Siemens No.com. 2185 Derry Road West MISSISSAUGA. UT Milton.A.com.Providencia CP 6650265 SANTIAGO DE CHILE Tel: (+56) (2) 36 14-207 / 304 Fax: (+56) (2) 36 14-200 / 293 E-mail: pei@siemens.: (+507) 2 65-42-80 Fax.com. WA Knoxville. MI York.A.V.A.siemens. FL Overland Park. OK Omaha. TN Joplin. A.siemens. FL DePere. Roca) 4785 Rute 8. OR Landover.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives America Argentina http://www.Artigas Casilla de Correo 586 ASUNCIÓN Tel: (+595) (21) 21 41 14 Fax: (+595) (21) 21 20 21 Brazil Sao Paulo Siemens Ltda. CO Evansville. Centro Comercial San Francisco Plaza CIUDAD DE PANAMÁ Tel. TX Englewood. AL Bismark. CO Ft. Calle Yanacocha Esq. CO Columbus. No. VA Rochester.siemens. OH Indianapolis. Inc. 2a. GA Oklahoma City. OH Corpus Christi. IN Norcross. Don Diego Cisneros Urbanización Los Ruices Apartato 3616 CARACAS Tel: (+58) (2) 2 03 82 16 Fax: (+58) (2) 2 03 89 12 Valencia Siemens S. KS Phoenix. Fábrica Lapa Rua Coronel Bento Bicudo 111 05069-900 SÃO PAULO . Mercado 1004 Casilla de Correo 10800 LA PAZ Tel: (+5 91) (2) 41 88 89 Fax: (+5 91) (8) 11 22 82 E-mail: hansa@hansa. OH Colorado Springs. CA Savannah. IA Houston. NC Auburn Hills.SP Ecuador Guayaquil OTESA S. AR Louisville. PA Ft. NE Orlando.siemens. NJ El Paso. AL Nashville. WA Milwaukee. MI Austin. WA St. Industrial Controls Business 1000 McKee Street BATAVIA.I. Calle Mal. SC Grimes.BA Salto . Av. La Uruca Apartado 10022-1000 SAN JOSÉ Tel: (+506) 2 87-50 11 Fax: (+506) 2 33-54 22 Bolivia La Paz Sociedad Comercial é Industrial HANSA Ltda. IN Grand Prairie. km 1 GUAYAQUIL Tel: (+593) (4) 22 01-4 00 Fax: (+593) (4) 22 00-6 53 Quito Siemens S. Calle 6-76. MN Montgomery.RS Recife . Avenida Norte Sur Zona Industrial Municipal Norte VALENCIA .A. IN Falmouth. TX Greensboro. ME Fargo. de Buenos Aires Tel: (+54) (11) 4738-7172 Fax: (+54) (11) 4738-7171 E-mail: pe@siemens. Al Dayton. FL Johnson City.LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 3 72-04 77 Fax: (+51) (1) 3 72-11 83 Siemsa Av. Av. NV Little Rock. GA Schaumburg.cl Mexico http://www. López 1039/1047 .A. Zona 10 01010 CIUDAD DE GUATEMALA Tel: (+502) 3 60-70 80 Fax: (+502) 3 34-36 70 / 69 Venezuela Caracas Siemens S. Calle Manuel Zambrano y Av.A. IN Spokane. Panamericana Norte km 2. TN Miami. Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 40 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Fabrica de A&D Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 53 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Barranquilla Cali-Occidente Medellín Nicaraqua Managua Siemens S. de C.AM Porto Alegre .DF Campinas . Av.SC Fortaleza .F Tel: (+52) (5) 3 28-20 00 Fax: (+52) (5) 3 28-21 92 / 93 Aguascalientes Chihuahua Culiacan Gómez Palacio Guadalajara Hermosillo Leon Mérida Monterrey Puebla Queretaro Tijuana Veracruz Columbia Santa Fé de Bogotá Siemens S. NC Richmond. Ejido 1690 Casilla de Correo 1371 11200 MONTEVIDEO Tel: (+598) (2) 9 02-03 14 Fax: (+598) (2) 9 02-34 19 Canada http://www. PA Pleasanton. 11-83 SANTA FÉ DE BOGOTÁ. NM Amherst. Myers. KY Macon.A. ND Ft Washington. TX Cypress.SP São Bernardo do Campo . L5N 7A6 Ontario. Poniente 116. China Beijing Office Chaoyang District 7. Albert Wessels Street Northern Idustrial Area P.L 5. Endalkachev Building 1st Floor Higher 21.L.B.A. 58th Floor. B. Government Avenue MANAMA Tel: (+973) 2 24-6 47 Fax: (+973) 2 24-6 48 Lesotho Maseru Range Telecommunication Systems (Pty) Ltd Maqalika Business Centre. Gabarone International Commerce Park Plot 39 . Saadi Suag DZ-16035 HYDRA Tel: (+213) (2) 6 07-2 07 Fax: (+213) (2) 6 06-5 98 Kenya Nairobi International Energy Technik Ltd. 55.A. near Monymen Club P. CAIRO-MOHANDESSIN Tel: (+20) (2) 3 33-36 29 Fax: (+20) (2) 3 31-31 50 Cairo-Zamalek Smouha Alexandria Swasiland Matsapa Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Siemens Park 300 Janadel Avenue Halfway House MIDRAND 1685 Tel: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 34 Fax: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 91 Isando Pinetown Siemens Ltd. Office No. 23125 WINDHOEK 9000 Tel: (+264) (61) 2 17-7 20 Fax: (+264) (61) 2 18-4 20 Zambia Kitwe Siemens Ltd. 5 P. Unit 14.B. Isolo LAGOS Tel: (+234) (1) 4 52-30 10 Fax: (+234) (1) 4 52-22 59 Abuja Kaduna Guinea Lausanne Andre & Cie. 540 Chaussee Street PORT LOUIS Tel: (+230) 2 11-19 61 Fax: (+230) 2 11-19 60 Egypt Cairo-Mohandessin Siemens Ltd.O. No. Roeland Street CAPE TOWN 8001 Tel: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 50 Fax: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 96 Centurion Halfway House Siemens Ltd. 1202 KHARTOUM Tel: (+249) (11) 7 80-8 18 Fax: (+249) (11) 7 70-0 42 Mauritius Port Louis Ireland Blyth Limited P.O.A.O. route de Rabat. Siemens House 80. Building No. Rue Md.G. Succursale Immeuble ”Le Mans” Boulevard Botreau Roussel ABIDJAN 08 Tel: (+225) 21 50 17 Fax: (+225) 21 27 44 Sudan Khartoum National Electrical & Commercial Company Babiker Badri Street. 7th floor 150. 1 Pamo Avenue Cnr Pamo & Independence Avenue KITWE Tel: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 10 Fax: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 16 Lusaka Ghana Accra IMPROMEX ACCRA P.B. Box 5783.O.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives Africa Algeria Hydra Siemens Algérie S.B. Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu BEIJING 100015 Tel: (+86) (10) 64 72 18 88 Fax: (+86) (10) 64 72 14 94 Hong Kong Siemens Ltd. Alpha Centre Mombasa Road NAIROBI Tel: (+254) (2) 35 10 82 Fax: (+254) (2) 35 04 69 South Africa Cape Town Siemens Ltd. 574 BLANTYRE Tel: (+265) 6 24-4 71 Fax: (+265) 6 33-4 96 Côte d’Ivoire Abidjan Siemens S. Branch Libya Zat el Imad Building Tower No. El Nakheel & El Anab St.Unit 3 Kgale View Industrial Site GABARONE Tel: (+267) 3 02-6 82 Fax: (+267) 3 02-6 81 Iwaneng Brunei Bandar Seri Begawan China Peking Siemens Ltd. Chemin Messidor CH-1002 LAUSANNE Tel: (+41) (21) 3 18-21 11* Fax: (+41) (21) 3 18-24 29* * über Schweiz Zimbabwe Harare Siemens (Pvt) Ltd. 91531 TRIPOLI Tel: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 31 Fax: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 35 Botswana Gabarone Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Gillitts Road PINETOWN 3610 Tel: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 60 Fax: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 29 Pretoria Springs Woodmead Asia Bahrain Manama Transitec Gulf Unitag House. 3 rd Floor. 5 Premium Close Mount Pleasant Business Park HARARE Tel: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 24 Fax: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 40 Alexandra Park 8/12 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 .O. Kehawta Road 22 ASMARA Tel: (+291) (1) 18 48 16 Fax: (+291) (1) 12 76 50 Mosambik Maputo Siemens Limitada Avenida 24 de Julho. 05-108-05 ADDIS ABABA Tel: (+251) (1) 5 11-5 99 Fax: (+251) (1) 5 11-9 99 Tunisia Tunis Siemens S. Kebele 05. Floor No.C P.A. Industrial Site Plot 245A. Branch Office Durban Kwazulu-Natal 37. Standart Product Division Thane Belapur Road THANE-400 601 Maharastra Tel: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 77 Fax: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 76 Ahmedabad Bangalore Calcutta Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Gurgaon Kaloor Mumbal Nashik Navi Mumbal New Delhi Pune Secunderabad Vadorara Namibia Windhoek Siemens (Pty) Ltd. 9. Ha-Mabote Main North 1 Road MASERU 100 Tel: (+266) 3 32-4 85 Fax: (+266) 3 17-1 42 Angola Luanda Escritório de Representaçao da Siemens em Angola Edificio BPC. ACCRA Tel: (+233) (21) 224 168 Fax: (+233) (21) 224 168 Nigeria Lagos Siemens Limited Siemens House 98/100 Oshodi/Apapa Expressway.) Ltd.A. 7.R.A. 652 MAPUTO Tel: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 18 Fax: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 24 Ethiopia Addis Ababa Siemens (Pvt. Bureau de Liaison Tunis Les Berges du Lac Rue du Lac Leman TN 2045 TUNIS Tel: (+216) (1) 86 18 55 Fax: (+216) (1) 86 09 66 India Thane Siemens Ltd. Immeuble Siemens km 1. 5. Aïn-Sebâa 20250 CASABLANCA Tel: (+212) (2) 3 51-0 25 Fax: (+212) (2) 3 40-1 51 Tansania Dar-es-Salaam Siemens Ltd. 14° Andar Rua Dr.I. S.O. K.B. GAK Patel Building Plot 2071/2 DAR-ES-SALAAM Tel: (+255) (51) 1 14-0 73 Fax: (+255) (51) 1 18-2 88 Eritrea Asmara DM Electrical Engineering P. Jiban Bima Tower (12th floor) 10 Dilkusha Commercial Area DHAKA 1000 Tel: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 34 Fax: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 40 Khulna Libya Tripoli Siemens A. 9770. 9 P.O. King Mswati III Avenue MATSAPA Tel: (+268) 5 18-44 62 Fax: (+268) 5 18-44 63 Morocco Casablanca Siemens S.L. Alfredo Tróni LUANDA Tel: (+244) (2) 3 38-4 01 Fax: (+244) (2) 3 93-6 99 Bangladesh Dhaka Siemens Bangladesh Ltd. Central Plaza 18 Harbour Road WANCHAI (HONG KONG) Tel: (+852) 25 83-33 85 Fax: (+852) 28 24-91 96 Changchun Chengdu Chongqing Dalian Fuzhou Guangzhou Hangzhou Harbin Jinan Kunning Nanjing Qingdao Shanghai Shenyang Shenzhen Wuhan Xiamen Xi’an Malawi Blantyre Ecolectric Limited Chikwana Road.R. T. Pulo Mas JAKARTA 13210 Tel: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 32 Fax: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 36 Batam Cilegon Surabaya Kuwait Hawalli National & German Electrical & Electronic Services Company (NGEECO) P.K.siemens.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives Indonesia Jakarta P. Box 4621 JEDDAH 21412 Tel: (+966) (2) 6 61-44 44 ext.nz Bayswater Siemens Ltd.V. 17. 209 Fax: (+971) (4) 26 66-1 76 Qatar Doha Trags Electrical Engineering & Air Conditioning Co 1st floor. A. Automation & Drives Div. Automation & Drives 10th Floor-B Salcedo Tower 169 H. Estate Avenue.B. 110-242 BEYROUTH Tel: (+961) (1) 2 55-8 60-9 Fax: (+961) (1) 2 59-5 31 Iran Teheran Siemens Sherkate Sahami Khass (S. Head Office P. 470 DOHA Tel: (+974) 4 14-2 11 Fax: (+974) 4 13-3 06 Malaysla http://www. Box 7158 KARACHI 75700 Tel: (+92) (21) 2 57 49 10-19 Fax: (+92) (21) 2 56 35 63 Faisalabad lslamabad Lahore Pashawar Quetta Taiwan Taipei Siemens Ltd.E. De la Costa Street. Kettaneh S. P. Automation & Drives 31th Floor. 2nd Floor 5b Ton Duc Thang Street. 12th Floor.com. 437 113 MUSCAT Tel: (+968) 7 38-1 01 Fax: (+968) 7 39-9 30 Ruwi Syria Aleppo Aroyan & Khatchadourian Sheikh Taha Street Box 3537 ALEPPO Tel: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58 Fax: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58 Australasia Australia / New Zealand http://www.au http://www.siemens.A. Ltd. Salcedo Village 1227 MAKATI CITY Tel: (+63) (2) 8 14-98 82 Fax: (+63) (2) 8 14-96 03 Cebu Davao City Pasig City Thailand Bangkok Siemens Ltd. Tun Hwa South Road TAIPEI 106 Tel: (+886) (2) 23 76-18 57 Fax: (+886) (2) 23 78-89 59 Kaoshiung Taichung Taoyuan Hsien Korea (Republic) Seoul Siemens Ltd. Yeoksam-dong Kangnam-gu SEOUL 135-080 Tel: (+82) (2) 34 20 47 20 Fax: (+82) (2) 34 20 48 19 Changwon Kyungki-Do Taegu City 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 8/13 . Box 732 ABU DHABI Tel: (+971) (2) 6 27-21 64 Fax: (+971) (2) 6 26-98 71 Dubai Scientechnic P. Section 2 333. S. P.B. 6612 32041 HAWALLI Tel: (+965) 4 81-87 37 Fax: (+965) 4 83-01 56 Philippines Makati City Siemens Inc.K. Ltd. F. Bldg 746.B. 325 DUBAI Tel: (+971) (4) 26 66-0 00 ext. Huaykwon BANGKOK 10320 Tel: (+66) (2) 716 48 40 Fax: (+66) (2) 716 48 41 Rayong Lebanon Beirut Ets.siemens. Siemens Indonesia Jalan Jend. 2013 Fax: (+966) (2) 6 65-84 90 Al Khobar Riyadh Vietnam Ho Chi Minh City Siemens AG Representation Vietnam Branch Office The Landmark Building. Ali Abdul Mogni Street SANAA Tel: (+967) (1) 2 73-0 44 Fax: (+967) (1) 2 74-1 19 Nepal Kathmandu Jordan Amman F. Automation & Drives 2. King Hussein Street AMMAN 11 11 8 Tel: (+962) (6) 4 39-71 73 Fax: (+962) (6) 4 39-25 82 Jordan Branch Shmeisani Sri Lanka Colombo Oman Muscat Waleed Associates P. District 1 HO CHI MINH CITY Tel: (+84) (8) 82 5-19 00 Fax: (+84) (8) 82 5-15 80 Hanoi Japan Tokyo Yaskawa Siemens Automation & Drives Corp. A.T. Automation & Drives 19th Floor. A.com. Kallang Sector SINGAPORE 349277 Tel: (+65) 7 40-72 25 Fax: (+65) 7 40-78 00 Yemen Sanaa Tihama Tractors & Engineering Co. TOKYO 135-8072 Tel: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 25 Fax: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 62 Aden Myanmar Yangon Siemens Ltd.O.) Ave. Ayatollah Taleghani 32 Siemenshouse TEHERAN 15914 Tel: (+98) (21) 6 46 23 43 Fax: (+98) (21) 6 40-23 89 United Arab Emirats Abu Dhabi Electro Mechanical Establishment P.com. 2a’.my Petaling Jaya Siemens Malaysia Sdn Bhd Automation & Drives Division CP Tower 11 Section 16/11 Jalan Damansara 46050 PETALING JAYA Selangor Darul Ehsan Tel: (+60) (3) 7 51-37 97 Fax: (+60) (3) 7 55-22 82 Kajang Kuala Lumpur Israel Tel Aviv NISKO ARDAN GROUP Import Electricity & Electronics Ltd. Bangkapi.I.O.O. H’abarzel Street 4th floor TEL AVIV 69710 Tel: (+972) (3) 7 65-72 33 Fax: (+972) (3) 7 65-71 33 Herzeliya Holon Ramat Hakhaiyal Saudi Arabia Jeddah Siemens Ltd.M.O. Automation & Drives 71(A). Leonards Sydney Kasachstan Almaty Siemens Representation Kasachstan Zharokova Str. (Kettaneh Frères) B. Standard Products B-72. Kettaneh & Co.Ltd. West 9F 3-1 Ariake Koto-ku. Jaidah Towers Building P. Yani 68. Head Office Melbourne 885 Mountain Highway BAYSWATER VIC 3153 Tel: (+61) (3) 97 21-73 95 Fax: (+61) (3) 97 20-83 95 Adelaide Brisbane Gladesville Melbourne Milton Pennant Hills Perth Silverwater St. 20 480008 Almaty Tel: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 68 Fax: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 79 Pakistan Karachi Siemens Pakistan Engineering Co.O. Charn Issara Tower II 2922 New Petchburi Road.S. TFT Bldg.P. Min Ye Kyaw Zwar Road Ahlone Township Yangon Tel: (+95) (1) 22 27 78-7 79 Fax: (+95) (1) 22 72 56 Singapore Singapore Siemens Advanced Engineering Pte Ltd.B. Controls & Distribution Div.O.O. [email protected] @mow.o. Y.V.se Germany Siemens AG A&D CD Werner-von-Siemens-Str.dk E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: mladen.ie E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: Bestell.siemens.r.siemens. Perkkaa PL 60 02601 Espoo Tel: (0 10) 5 11–51 51 Fax: (0 10) 5 11–34 74 International: (+3 58 10) http://www.A.siemens. Heinzelova 70a 10000 Zagreb Tel: (01) 61 05–3 36 Fax: (01) 60 40–6 19 International: (+385 1) http://www.fr Luxemburg Siemens S.A&[email protected] Email: [email protected] Switzerland Siemens Schweiz AG Automation & Drives 8047 Zürich Tel: (0) 848/822 844 Fax: (0) 848/822 855 International: (+41 1) http://www. Rua Irmaos Siemens.si Belgium Siemens S.siemens.siemens.ru E-mail: Maxim.sk E-mail: [email protected] Slovenia Siemens d.siemens. 5 28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Tel: (91) 514–80 00 Fax: (91) 514–70 29 International: (+34 91) http://www.O.co. Via Piero & Alberto Pirelli.ru/ad/cd E-mail: Alexander.E.siemens. Kupaly.siemens. Knez Mihailova 30 11000 Beograd Tel: (011) 63 04 89 Fax: (011) 63 00 50 International: (+381 11) http://www.pt Italy Siemens S. 92 1211 Wien Tel: (0) 5 17 07–2 29 86 Fax: (0) 5 17 07–5 25 81 International: (+43) http://[email protected] Siemens Companies and Representatives France Europe Austria Siemens AG Österreich Siemensstr. Box 32 40 91050 Erlangen http://siemens.r.o. A.siemens. 25. 11 03150 Kiev 150 Tel: (44) 2 01 24 64 Fax: (44) 2 01 24 66 International: (+380 44) E-mail: wolodymyr. Noatuni 4 105 Reykjavik Tel: 5 20 30 00 Fax: 5 20 30 11 International: (+354) http://www.S.siemens.si E-mail: a&[email protected]. Stromova 9 83796 Bratislava Tel: (02) 59 68–24 40 Fax: (02) 59 68–52 40 International: (+421 2) http://www.ie Croatia Siemens d. Petersburg Tel: (8 12) 3 25 65 60 Fax: (8 12) 3 15 36 21 International: (+7 812) http://www.siemens.dk Russia Siemens Malaja Kaluzhskaja. 10 20126 Milano Tel: (02) 66 76–20 00 Fax: (02) 66 76–21 00 International: (+39 02) http://www. Miral Works.A.poltavez @iev.ru Siemens Naberejnaia r. Systems Ltd.p.is E-mail: sminor@sminor. Yakacik Yolu No. Hamdije Cemerlica 2 71000 Sarajevo Tel: (0 33) 27 66 41 Fax: (0 33) 23 12 79 International: (+387 33) Iceland Smith & Norland H/F P.siemens.hu E-mail: erzsebet.o. Evropská 33a 16041 Praha 6 Tel: (02) 33 03–11 11 Fax: (02) 33 03–24 98 International: (+420 2) http://www.goebecke @siemens.S.lt Yugoslavia Siemens d.de/automation Slovakia Siemens s.siemens. Ronda de Europa.sk Malta J.se E-mail: [email protected] Bosnia-Hercegovina Siemens d.siemens.A. Box 519.B.no Spain Siemens S. 139 Sector 6 77131 Bucuresti Tel: (01) 20 27–4 71 Fax: (01) 20 27–4 62 International: (+40 1) Latvia Siemens SIA Vilandes iela 3 1010 Riga Tel: 7 01 55 18 Fax: 7 01 55 01 International: (+371) United Kingdom Siemens plc Sir William Siemens House Princess Road Manchester M20 2UR Tel: (01 61) 4 46–53 08 Fax: (01 61) 4 46–53 52 International: (+44 161) http://www.tr Portugal Siemens S.sminor.at Siemens S.be Hungary Siemens [email protected]. Predslawinskaja. Moika.cz Romania Siemens SRL Calea Plevnei No.hu Norway Siemens A/S Produktseksjon Ostre Aker vei 90 (Postboks 10 Veitvet) 0518 Oslo 5 Tel: 22 63–30 00 Fax: 22 63–31 05 International: (+47) http://www. P.uk Denmark Siemens A/S Borupvang 3 2750 Ballerup Tel: 44 77–42 14 Fax: 44 77–53 38 International: (+45) http://www.maria.lu heinz.siemens.D. Chaussée de Charleroi 116 1060 Bruxelles Tel: (02) 5 36–21 72 Fax: (02) 5 36–80 60 International: (+32 2) http://www.siemens.co.yu Finland Siemens Oy Majurinkatu 6. 1 2700 Amadora Tel: (21) 41 78–6 48 Fax: (21) 41 78–0 50 International: (+351 21) http://www.nl http://www.lu Sweden Siemens AB Johanneslundsvägen 12–14 19487 Upplands Väsby Tel: (08) 7 28–10 00 Fax: (08) 7 28–10 82 International: (+46 8) http://www.lu E-mail: [email protected] o. 50 91052 Erlangen P.Bogatyrenko @mow.siemens. Dragan Zankov 36 1113 Sofia Tel: (02) 9 71–28 40 Fax: (02) 9 71–32 14 International: (+359 2) Poland Siemens Sp.pt E-mail: anabela. Zupnicza 11 03–821 Warszawa Tel: (022) 8 70–91 15 Fax: (022) 8 70–90 28 International: (+48 22) http://www. 39–47 boulevard Ornano 93527 Saint-Denis Cedex 2 Tel: 1 49 22–31 00 Fax: 1 49 22–34 13 International: (+33) http://www.siemens. Prinses Beatrixlaan 26 Postbus 16068 2500 BB Den Haag Tel: (070) 3 33–32 55 Fax: (070) 3 33–34 14 International: (+31 70) E-mail: docu.correia @[email protected]. Dunajska 22 1511 Ljubljana Tel: (01) 17 46–1 20 Fax: (01) 17 46–1 38 International: (+386 1) http://www.siemens. Gizella út 51-57 1143 Budapest Tel: (1) 4 71–17 35 Fax: (1) 4 71–17 62 International: (+36 1) http://www.siemens.it E-mail: antonella.hr Turkey Siemens san.scholtes@siemens. 111 81430 Kartal/Istanbul Tel: (02 16) 4 59–31 82 Fax: (02 16) 4 59–30 71 International: (+90 216) http://www.o.ua Czech Republic Siemens s.siemens. 61011 15110 Amaroussio/Athens Artemidos 8 Tel: (01) 68 64–5 72 Fax: (01) 68 64–5 62 International: (+30 1) Netherlands Siemens Nederland N.O.at/ad/cd E-mail: helmut. Business Centr „North Capital“ 191186 St.O.ch Bulgaria Siemens AG Vertretung in Bulgarien Blvd. Kudirkos 6 2009 Vilnius Tel: (2) 39 15 19 Fax: (2) 39 15 01 International: (+370 2) http://www.siemens.ceresa@siemens. 20. 17 117071 Moscow Tel: (0 95) 7 37–24 61 Fax: (0 95) 7 37–23 98 International: (+7 095) http://www.siemens.siemens.siemens.A.siemens.fi 8/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 .pl Ireland (Eire) Siemens Ltd.cz E-mail: [email protected]. Rue des Peupliers BP 1701 1017 Luxembourg Tel: 4 38 43–4 38 Fax: 4 38 43–4 49 International: (+352) http://www.siemens. 8 Slaney Road Glasnevin Dublin 11 Tel: (01) 2 16 24 44 Fax: (01) 2 16 24 99 International: (+353 1) http://www.o. A&D CD ul. office 304 220030 Minsk Tel: (17) 2 10 03 96 Fax: (17) 2 10 03 95 International: (+375 17) E-mail: alexander.o.ue Tic.by Greece Siemens A. Cannon Road Hamrun HMR 07 Tel: 48 49 37 Fax: 48 54 81 International: (+356) Belarus Repräsentanz der Siemens AG ul.it Ukraine Repräsentanz der Siemens AG ul.ru Lithuania UAB Siemens V. ND Chamblee.SP CAS . WI Durant. Myers. TX Birmingham.com.siemens. Ejido 1690 Casilla de Correo 1371 11200 MONTEVIDEO Tel: (+598) (2) 9 02-03 14 Fax: (+598) (2) 9 02-34 19 Canada http://www. UT Milton. Holanda 64 . Carretera Norte. km 6 MANAGUA Tel: (+505) 2 49-11 11 Fax: (+505) 2 49-18 49 Costa Rica San José Siemens S. República de Panama 3972 / 78 Surguillo . Scherpenheuvel 2 WILLEMSTAD Tel: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 22 Fax: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 24 Paraguay Asunción Rieder & Cia. IN Norcross. MO Tallahassee. PA Ft. TX Englewood.Providencia CP 6650265 SANTIAGO DE CHILE Tel: (+56) (2) 36 14-207 / 304 Fax: (+56) (2) 36 14-200 / 293 E-mail: pei@siemens. AL Bismark.SP Rio de Janeiro . AZ Pittsburgh. AL Nashville. CA Savannah.C.br Belo Horizonte . GA Oklahoma City.A.ar San Martin Siemens S.ca Mississauga Siemens Canada Ltd. Calle 6-76. OH Corpus Christi. WI Minnetonka.mx México. Canada Tel: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-58 00 Fax: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-57 19 Brampton Burlington Burnaby Calgary Dartmouth Drummondville Edmonton Hamilton Kirkland Lake Moncton Mount Pearl Ottawa Pointe Claire Sudbury Vanier Winnipeg Guatemala Cludad de Guatemala Siemens Electrotécnica S. AZ Tulsa. OK Virginia Beach.siemens.C. KS Wyoming. NY San Antonio. IN Spokane. TN Newburgh.: (+507) 2 65-42-80 Fax. IN Grand Prairie.sea. NM Amherst. km 18 Casilla de Correo 32 (B1653JXA) SAN MARTIN Prov.5 QUITO Tel: (+593) (2) 22 63-452 Fax: (+593) (2) 24 46-609 Peru Lima Siemens S. IN Jackson.siemens. MD LaPlace. NC Richmond.A. IN Falmouth. No.com Panama Panama City Siemens S. TN Miami. FL Tampa.PE Ribeirão Prêto . PA Pleasanton.DF Campinas . VA Rochester. NY Andover.A. 590 Colonia Industrial Vallejo 02300 MEXICO. Panamericana Norte km 2. Carrera 65. CT Wichita. A. MA Asheville.ar Bahía Blanca Buenos Aires Comodoro Rivadavia Córdoba Mendoza Mar del Plata Neuquén Paraná Posadas Resistencia Rio Cuarto Rosario Salta San Luis San Miguel de Tucumán Chile http://www. GA Maumee. MI York. Calle Mal.cl Santiago de Chile Siemens S. Collins. FL Midvale. VA Roanoke. Prolongación Primavera 654 Chatarrilla-Surco .A. WA St.com. IA Houston. MI Austin. OH Mayfield.BA Salto . OH Colorado Springs. Siemens S. NC Greenville. FL Johnson City. No. NV Little Rock. Av.A.RJ Salvador . D.C. La Uruca Apartado 10022-1000 SAN JOSÉ Tel: (+506) 2 87-50 11 Fax: (+506) 2 33-54 22 Bolivia La Paz Sociedad Comercial é Industrial HANSA Ltda. GA Charlotte.MG Brasília .A. 11-83 SANTA FÉ DE BOGOTÁ. TN Joplin. NJ El Paso.AM Porto Alegre .SP Manaus . Fábrica Lapa Rua Coronel Bento Bicudo 111 05069-900 SÃO PAULO .A.siemens. KS Phoenix. IL Shreveport. D.F. López 1039/1047 .A. Carlos Julio Arosemena. CO Ft. de Buenos Aires Tel: (+54) (11) 4738-7172 Fax: (+54) (11) 4738-7171 E-mail: pe@siemens. FL Ft. AR Louisville. IL 60510-1663 Tel: (+1) (8 00) 7 82-30 41 Fax: (+1) (6 30) 8 79-08 67 Albuquerque.cl Mexico http://www.A. Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 40 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Fabrica de A&D Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 53 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Barranquilla Cali-Occidente Medellín Nicaraqua Managua Siemens S. Calle Siemens No. KY Macon.com. ND Ft Washington.A. km 1 GUAYAQUIL Tel: (+593) (4) 22 01-4 00 Fax: (+593) (4) 22 00-6 53 Quito Siemens S. Roca) 4785 Rute 8. IA East Syracuse. Planta Ruta 8 Calle 122 (ex Gral. Avenida Norte Sur Zona Industrial Municipal Norte VALENCIA . ME Fargo. MN Montgomery.PR Florianópolis .SC Fortaleza . GA Schaumburg.A. S. CA Daphne.Central de Atendimento Siemens 0800 119484 Tel: (+55) (11) 39 08-22 11 Fax: (+55) (11) 39 08-26 31 E-mail: atendimento@siemens. D. TX Independence. SC Grimes.Artigas Casilla de Correo 586 ASUNCIÓN Tel: (+595) (21) 21 41 14 Fax: (+595) (21) 21 20 21 Brazil Sao Paulo Siemens Ltda.A.:(+507) 2 65-42-81 Curaçao Willemstad SANTRACO N.CE Jundiaí . 2185 Derry Road West MISSISSAUGA. Don Diego Cisneros Urbanización Los Ruices Apartato 3616 CARACAS Tel: (+58) (2) 2 03 82 16 Fax: (+58) (2) 2 03 89 12 Valencia Siemens S. OK Omaha. NC Chattanooga. KY Memphis. PA United States http://www. CA Raleigh. Inc. Av.V.A. NE Orlando. FL Overland Park. NJ Uruguay Montevideo Conatel S.LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 2 21-31 44 Fax: (+51) (1) 4 41-40 47 El Salvador San Salvador Siemens S.A. LA Las Vegas. 2a.SP São Bernardo do Campo . Zona 10 01010 CIUDAD DE GUATEMALA Tel: (+502) 3 60-70 80 Fax: (+502) 3 34-36 70 / 69 Venezuela Caracas Siemens S. MA Jacksonvile. Calle Manuel Zambrano y Av. L5N 7A6 Ontario. Industrial Controls Business 1000 McKee Street BATAVIA. Centro Comercial San Francisco Plaza CIUDAD DE PANAMÁ Tel. OH Indianapolis. OH Deerfield Beach.A. Calle Yanacocha Esq. Mercado 1004 Casilla de Correo 10800 LA PAZ Tel: (+5 91) (2) 41 88 89 Fax: (+5 91) (8) 11 22 82 E-mail: [email protected]. WA Knoxville. Wayne. TX Cypress. Av. Colonia Queseda Calle la Salud contiguo Shell Miramontes Edificio Siemens (1098) TEGUCIGALPA.EDO Carabobo Tel: (+58) (41) 334-211 / 212 Fax: (+58) (41) 334-210 / 518 Honduras Tegucigalpa Siemens S.F Tel: (+52) (5) 3 28-20 00 Fax: (+52) (5) 3 28-21 92 / 93 Aguascalientes Chihuahua Culiacan Gómez Palacio Guadalajara Hermosillo Leon Mérida Monterrey Puebla Queretaro Tijuana Veracruz Columbia Santa Fé de Bogotá Siemens S. CO Evansville. Louis.RS Recife . WA Milwaukee. VA Wallingford. LA South Bend. Poniente 116. Al Dayton.com. de C. NC Auburn Hills. TN Lake Oswego.A.com/controls Batavia Siemens Energy & Automation. OR Landover. TX San Diego.I. CO Columbus. Av. FL DePere. TX Greensboro.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives America Argentina http://www. FL Tucson.SP Curitiba . MO Kirkland.LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 3 72-04 77 Fax: (+51) (1) 3 72-11 83 Siemsa Av. 43 Antiguo Cuscatlán Parque Industrial Santa Elena SAN SALVADOR Tel: (+503) 2 78-33 33 Fax: (+503) 2 78-02 33 Edison. TN Cincinnati.SP Ecuador Guayaquil OTESA S. V. MDC Tel: (+504) 2 32-40 62 Fax: (+504) 2 32-41 11 San Pedro Sula 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 8/11 . C P. 05-108-05 ADDIS ABABA Tel: (+251) (1) 5 11-5 99 Fax: (+251) (1) 5 11-9 99 Tunisia Tunis Siemens S. Alpha Centre Mombasa Road NAIROBI Tel: (+254) (2) 35 10 82 Fax: (+254) (2) 35 04 69 South Africa Cape Town Siemens Ltd. 5 Premium Close Mount Pleasant Business Park HARARE Tel: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 24 Fax: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 40 Alexandra Park 8/12 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 .G. Standart Product Division Thane Belapur Road THANE-400 601 Maharastra Tel: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 77 Fax: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 76 Ahmedabad Bangalore Calcutta Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Gurgaon Kaloor Mumbal Nashik Navi Mumbal New Delhi Pune Secunderabad Vadorara Namibia Windhoek Siemens (Pty) Ltd. 1 Pamo Avenue Cnr Pamo & Independence Avenue KITWE Tel: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 10 Fax: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 16 Lusaka Ghana Accra IMPROMEX ACCRA P. Siemens House 80. 23125 WINDHOEK 9000 Tel: (+264) (61) 2 17-7 20 Fax: (+264) (61) 2 18-4 20 Zambia Kitwe Siemens Ltd. 7. 7th floor 150.O.B. CAIRO-MOHANDESSIN Tel: (+20) (2) 3 33-36 29 Fax: (+20) (2) 3 31-31 50 Cairo-Zamalek Smouha Alexandria Swasiland Matsapa Siemens (Pty) Ltd. 1202 KHARTOUM Tel: (+249) (11) 7 80-8 18 Fax: (+249) (11) 7 70-0 42 Mauritius Port Louis Ireland Blyth Limited P.O.A. K. Bureau de Liaison Tunis Les Berges du Lac Rue du Lac Leman TN 2045 TUNIS Tel: (+216) (1) 86 18 55 Fax: (+216) (1) 86 09 66 India Thane Siemens Ltd.Unit 3 Kgale View Industrial Site GABARONE Tel: (+267) 3 02-6 82 Fax: (+267) 3 02-6 81 Iwaneng Brunei Bandar Seri Begawan China Peking Siemens Ltd. ACCRA Tel: (+233) (21) 224 168 Fax: (+233) (21) 224 168 Nigeria Lagos Siemens Limited Siemens House 98/100 Oshodi/Apapa Expressway.A. Branch Office Durban Kwazulu-Natal 37. Aïn-Sebâa 20250 CASABLANCA Tel: (+212) (2) 3 51-0 25 Fax: (+212) (2) 3 40-1 51 Tansania Dar-es-Salaam Siemens Ltd.I. Central Plaza 18 Harbour Road WANCHAI (HONG KONG) Tel: (+852) 25 83-33 85 Fax: (+852) 28 24-91 96 Changchun Chengdu Chongqing Dalian Fuzhou Guangzhou Hangzhou Harbin Jinan Kunning Nanjing Qingdao Shanghai Shenyang Shenzhen Wuhan Xiamen Xi’an Malawi Blantyre Ecolectric Limited Chikwana Road. route de Rabat.O. El Nakheel & El Anab St. 91531 TRIPOLI Tel: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 31 Fax: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 35 Botswana Gabarone Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Kebele 05. Gillitts Road PINETOWN 3610 Tel: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 60 Fax: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 29 Pretoria Springs Woodmead Asia Bahrain Manama Transitec Gulf Unitag House. Isolo LAGOS Tel: (+234) (1) 4 52-30 10 Fax: (+234) (1) 4 52-22 59 Abuja Kaduna Guinea Lausanne Andre & Cie. No. Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu BEIJING 100015 Tel: (+86) (10) 64 72 18 88 Fax: (+86) (10) 64 72 14 94 Hong Kong Siemens Ltd. GAK Patel Building Plot 2071/2 DAR-ES-SALAAM Tel: (+255) (51) 1 14-0 73 Fax: (+255) (51) 1 18-2 88 Eritrea Asmara DM Electrical Engineering P. 5.A. China Beijing Office Chaoyang District 7. 55. 652 MAPUTO Tel: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 18 Fax: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 24 Ethiopia Addis Ababa Siemens (Pvt. 58th Floor.A.B. B. 574 BLANTYRE Tel: (+265) 6 24-4 71 Fax: (+265) 6 33-4 96 Côte d’Ivoire Abidjan Siemens S.B. 9 P. Building No. Endalkachev Building 1st Floor Higher 21. Ha-Mabote Main North 1 Road MASERU 100 Tel: (+266) 3 32-4 85 Fax: (+266) 3 17-1 42 Angola Luanda Escritório de Representaçao da Siemens em Angola Edificio BPC. Siemens Park 300 Janadel Avenue Halfway House MIDRAND 1685 Tel: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 34 Fax: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 91 Isando Pinetown Siemens Ltd. Chemin Messidor CH-1002 LAUSANNE Tel: (+41) (21) 3 18-21 11* Fax: (+41) (21) 3 18-24 29* * über Schweiz Zimbabwe Harare Siemens (Pvt) Ltd. Government Avenue MANAMA Tel: (+973) 2 24-6 47 Fax: (+973) 2 24-6 48 Lesotho Maseru Range Telecommunication Systems (Pty) Ltd Maqalika Business Centre.A.B. Roeland Street CAPE TOWN 8001 Tel: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 50 Fax: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 96 Centurion Halfway House Siemens Ltd.R. Succursale Immeuble ”Le Mans” Boulevard Botreau Roussel ABIDJAN 08 Tel: (+225) 21 50 17 Fax: (+225) 21 27 44 Sudan Khartoum National Electrical & Commercial Company Babiker Badri Street.) Ltd. 9770. Branch Libya Zat el Imad Building Tower No.L 5. Office No. Gabarone International Commerce Park Plot 39 . Unit 14. 540 Chaussee Street PORT LOUIS Tel: (+230) 2 11-19 61 Fax: (+230) 2 11-19 60 Egypt Cairo-Mohandessin Siemens Ltd. King Mswati III Avenue MATSAPA Tel: (+268) 5 18-44 62 Fax: (+268) 5 18-44 63 Morocco Casablanca Siemens S. Alfredo Tróni LUANDA Tel: (+244) (2) 3 38-4 01 Fax: (+244) (2) 3 93-6 99 Bangladesh Dhaka Siemens Bangladesh Ltd. 14° Andar Rua Dr. Albert Wessels Street Northern Idustrial Area P.O. near Monymen Club P.O. Box 5783.O.R.L. 9.L. Floor No. Saadi Suag DZ-16035 HYDRA Tel: (+213) (2) 6 07-2 07 Fax: (+213) (2) 6 06-5 98 Kenya Nairobi International Energy Technik Ltd. 3 rd Floor. Jiban Bima Tower (12th floor) 10 Dilkusha Commercial Area DHAKA 1000 Tel: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 34 Fax: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 40 Khulna Libya Tripoli Siemens A. Industrial Site Plot 245A. 5 P.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives Africa Algeria Hydra Siemens Algérie S.B.O. Rue Md. Kehawta Road 22 ASMARA Tel: (+291) (1) 18 48 16 Fax: (+291) (1) 12 76 50 Mosambik Maputo Siemens Limitada Avenida 24 de Julho.A. S. Immeuble Siemens km 1. Automation & Drives 19th Floor.B. 209 Fax: (+971) (4) 26 66-1 76 Qatar Doha Trags Electrical Engineering & Air Conditioning Co 1st floor. Box 7158 KARACHI 75700 Tel: (+92) (21) 2 57 49 10-19 Fax: (+92) (21) 2 56 35 63 Faisalabad lslamabad Lahore Pashawar Quetta Taiwan Taipei Siemens Ltd.O.K.B. Automation & Drives 31th Floor. Yani 68. H’abarzel Street 4th floor TEL AVIV 69710 Tel: (+972) (3) 7 65-72 33 Fax: (+972) (3) 7 65-71 33 Herzeliya Holon Ramat Hakhaiyal Saudi Arabia Jeddah Siemens Ltd. S. Standard Products B-72. F. P. Kallang Sector SINGAPORE 349277 Tel: (+65) 7 40-72 25 Fax: (+65) 7 40-78 00 Yemen Sanaa Tihama Tractors & Engineering Co. Head Office P.O. Huaykwon BANGKOK 10320 Tel: (+66) (2) 716 48 40 Fax: (+66) (2) 716 48 41 Rayong Lebanon Beirut Ets. Kettaneh & Co. Automation & Drives 2.siemens.T. West 9F 3-1 Ariake Koto-ku.O. Bangkapi.Appendix Siemens Companies and Representatives Indonesia Jakarta P.Ltd. Salcedo Village 1227 MAKATI CITY Tel: (+63) (2) 8 14-98 82 Fax: (+63) (2) 8 14-96 03 Cebu Davao City Pasig City Thailand Bangkok Siemens Ltd. De la Costa Street.S. 2a’.E.I. Automation & Drives 10th Floor-B Salcedo Tower 169 H.siemens. Min Ye Kyaw Zwar Road Ahlone Township Yangon Tel: (+95) (1) 22 27 78-7 79 Fax: (+95) (1) 22 72 56 Singapore Singapore Siemens Advanced Engineering Pte Ltd.siemens. TFT Bldg.O. Siemens Indonesia Jalan Jend.au http://www. A. Automation & Drives Div. Ayatollah Taleghani 32 Siemenshouse TEHERAN 15914 Tel: (+98) (21) 6 46 23 43 Fax: (+98) (21) 6 40-23 89 United Arab Emirats Abu Dhabi Electro Mechanical Establishment P.T. Pulo Mas JAKARTA 13210 Tel: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 32 Fax: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 36 Batam Cilegon Surabaya Kuwait Hawalli National & German Electrical & Electronic Services Company (NGEECO) P. 2nd Floor 5b Ton Duc Thang Street. Ltd. 2013 Fax: (+966) (2) 6 65-84 90 Al Khobar Riyadh Vietnam Ho Chi Minh City Siemens AG Representation Vietnam Branch Office The Landmark Building. Head Office Melbourne 885 Mountain Highway BAYSWATER VIC 3153 Tel: (+61) (3) 97 21-73 95 Fax: (+61) (3) 97 20-83 95 Adelaide Brisbane Gladesville Melbourne Milton Pennant Hills Perth Silverwater St.com. A. P. Controls & Distribution Div. District 1 HO CHI MINH CITY Tel: (+84) (8) 82 5-19 00 Fax: (+84) (8) 82 5-15 80 Hanoi Japan Tokyo Yaskawa Siemens Automation & Drives Corp. 110-242 BEYROUTH Tel: (+961) (1) 2 55-8 60-9 Fax: (+961) (1) 2 59-5 31 Iran Teheran Siemens Sherkate Sahami Khass (S. Ltd. (Kettaneh Frères) B. Ali Abdul Mogni Street SANAA Tel: (+967) (1) 2 73-0 44 Fax: (+967) (1) 2 74-1 19 Nepal Kathmandu Jordan Amman F. Box 732 ABU DHABI Tel: (+971) (2) 6 27-21 64 Fax: (+971) (2) 6 26-98 71 Dubai Scientechnic P. Section 2 333. 437 113 MUSCAT Tel: (+968) 7 38-1 01 Fax: (+968) 7 39-9 30 Ruwi Syria Aleppo Aroyan & Khatchadourian Sheikh Taha Street Box 3537 ALEPPO Tel: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58 Fax: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58 Australasia Australia / New Zealand http://www.P. TOKYO 135-8072 Tel: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 25 Fax: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 62 Aden Myanmar Yangon Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 71(A). Estate Avenue. Leonards Sydney Kasachstan Almaty Siemens Representation Kasachstan Zharokova Str. 12th Floor.A.com.B.O. 6612 32041 HAWALLI Tel: (+965) 4 81-87 37 Fax: (+965) 4 83-01 56 Philippines Makati City Siemens Inc.O. Kettaneh S. 470 DOHA Tel: (+974) 4 14-2 11 Fax: (+974) 4 13-3 06 Malaysla http://www.K.O.B. Bldg 746. 325 DUBAI Tel: (+971) (4) 26 66-0 00 ext. Charn Issara Tower II 2922 New Petchburi Road.V. Box 4621 JEDDAH 21412 Tel: (+966) (2) 6 61-44 44 ext.M. King Hussein Street AMMAN 11 11 8 Tel: (+962) (6) 4 39-71 73 Fax: (+962) (6) 4 39-25 82 Jordan Branch Shmeisani Sri Lanka Colombo Oman Muscat Waleed Associates P.my Petaling Jaya Siemens Malaysia Sdn Bhd Automation & Drives Division CP Tower 11 Section 16/11 Jalan Damansara 46050 PETALING JAYA Selangor Darul Ehsan Tel: (+60) (3) 7 51-37 97 Fax: (+60) (3) 7 55-22 82 Kajang Kuala Lumpur Israel Tel Aviv NISKO ARDAN GROUP Import Electricity & Electronics Ltd. A.nz Bayswater Siemens Ltd. Jaidah Towers Building P. 17.) Ave.com. Yeoksam-dong Kangnam-gu SEOUL 135-080 Tel: (+82) (2) 34 20 47 20 Fax: (+82) (2) 34 20 48 19 Changwon Kyungki-Do Taegu City 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001 8/13 . Tun Hwa South Road TAIPEI 106 Tel: (+886) (2) 23 76-18 57 Fax: (+886) (2) 23 78-89 59 Kaoshiung Taichung Taoyuan Hsien Korea (Republic) Seoul Siemens Ltd. 20 480008 Almaty Tel: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 68 Fax: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 79 Pakistan Karachi Siemens Pakistan Engineering Co. 3/33. 2/38 3/66 to 3/68 3/56 to 3/58 3/59 2/21. 3/52 Photoelectric proximity switches 3/16 to 3/59 Plastic fiber-optic conductors 3/60.Appendix Subject and order number index I Subject index A Actuator-Sensor Interface (AS-Interface) – Opto-BEROs Adapters Aligning units Axial heads B BERO proximity switches – inductive – capacitive – Opto-BERO – Sonar-BERO C Cables. 6/8 6/8. 2/31.5 Sonar-BEROs Sonar thru-beam sensors SONPROG Supports for fiber-optic conductors T Thru-beam sensors Tools for fiber-optic conductors U Ultrasonic proximity switches 2/29 to 2/43 3/16 to 3/56 3/68 6/8 2/29 to 2/43 2/26. 6/9 3/18 to 3/59 3/16 to 3/59 L Laser proximity switches Light array LOGO! M Mounting brackets for Opto-BEROs O Opto-BEROs 3/16 to 3/59 Opto-BEROs for fiber-optic conductors 3/31. 2/32. 2/35 3/68 3/64 3/69. 6/9 3/63 I Inductive proximity switches – standard duty – for solid-state inputs (PLC) – extra duty – to IP 68 degree of protection 4/19 to 4/50 4/51 to 4/55 4/56 to 4/72 4/73 to 4/80. 3/40. 2/35 8/14 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . not preassembled Capacitive proximity switches Color mark sensors Color sensors Connecting leads D DESINA Diffuse sensors Distribution units Double-layer sheet monitoring F Fiber-optic conductors Fixing clamps Fork/slot sensors Front lenses 3/60 to 3/65 6/8 3/55 3/61 4/105 3/16 to 3/58 6/9. 6/3 Pump control 2/22. Pg 13. 3/61 Plug-in connections 6/4 to 6/7 Power supply units 6/2. 4/105 – greater rated operating distance 4/81 to 4/94 – without reduction factor 4/95 to 4/102 – pressure resistant up to 500 bar 4/103 – with analog output 4/104 – to DESINA specification 4/105 – to NAMUR specification 4/106 to 4/111 3/62 to 3/65 P Photoelectric proximity switches R Radial heads Reflectors Retroreflective sensors S Screwed glands. 6/10 2/27. 2/40 6/9 5/5 to 5/7 3/54 3/53 6/7 4/19 to 4/111 5/5 to 5/7 3/16 to 3/59 2/29 to 2/43 G Glass fiber-optic conductors 6/7. 2/39 2/23. 2/25. 3RG61 2 3RG61 22–3BE00 3RG61 22–3BF00 3RG61 22–3CE00 3RG61 22–3CF00 3RG61 22–3GE00 3RG61 22–3GF00 3RG61 23–3BE00 3RG61 23–3BF00 3RG61 23–3CE00 3RG61 23–3CF00 3RG61 23–3GE00 3RG61 23–3GF00 3RG61 24–3BE00 3RG61 24–3BF00 3RG61 24–3CE00 3RG61 24–3CF00 3RG61 24–3GE00 3RG61 24–3GF00 3RG61 25–3BE00 3RG61 25–3BF00 3RG61 25–3CE00 3RG61 25–3CF00 3RG61 25–3GE00 3RG61 25–3GF00 3RG61 4 to 3RG61 7 3RG61 42–3MM00 3RG61 43–3MM00 3RG61 44–3MM00 3RG61 45–3MM00 3RG61 52–3MM00 3RG61 53–3MM00 3RG61 54–3MM00 3RG61 55–3MM00 3RG61 74–6MM00 3RG61 76–6MM00 3RG62 3 3RG62 32–3AA00 3RG62 32–3AB00 3RG62 32–3JS00 3RG62 32–3LS00 3RG62 32–3RS00 3RG62 32–3TS00 3RG62 33–3AA00 3RG62 33–3AB00 3RG62 33–3JS00 3RG62 33–3LS00 3RG62 33–3RS00 3RG62 33–3TS00 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/42 2/42 2/43 2/42 2/42 2/42 2/43 2/42 2/43 2/43 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 Page Order No.Appendix Subject and order number index I Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Order No. 3RG62 4 3RG62 43–0NN00 3RG62 43–0PA00 3RG62 43–0PB00 3RG62 43–3NN00 3RG62 43–3PA00 3RG62 43–3PB00 3RG62 43–7NN00 3RG62 43–7PA00 3RG62 43–7PB00 3RG62 5 3RG62 52–3AH00 3RG62 53–3AH00 3RG62 55–3AH00 3RG63 4 3RG63 42–3AA00 3RG63 42–3AA01 3RG63 42–3AB00 3RG63 42–3AB01 3RG63 42–3JK00 3RG63 42–3JK01 3RG63 43–3AA00 3RG63 43–3AA01 3RG63 43–3AB00 3RG63 43–3AB01 3RG63 43–3JK00 3RG63 43–3JK01 3RG64 2 3RG64 22–3AB00 3RG64 22–3BB00 3RG64 22–3RS00 3RG64 23–3AB00 3RG64 23–3BB00 3RG64 23–3RS00 3RG64 3 3RG64 32–3AB00 3RG64 32–3BB00 3RG64 32–3RS00 3RG64 33–3AB00 3RG64 33–3BB00 3RG64 33–3RS00 3RX1 to 3RX4 3RX1 301 3RX1 302 3RX1 910 3RX2 110 3RX2 110–1A 3RX2 210 3RX4 000 3SG16 and 3SX6 3SG16 67–1BJ87 3SX6 287 2/37 6/9 6/9 6/9 6/9 2/41 2/41 2/40 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/38 2/38 2/38 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 Page 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/15 . 3RG60 1 3RG60 12–3AC00 3RG60 12–3AC01 3RG60 12–3AD00 3RG60 12–3AD01 3RG60 12–3AE00 3RG60 12–3AE01 3RG60 12–3AF00 3RG60 12–3AF01 3RG60 12–3AG00 3RG60 12–3AH00 3RG60 12–3RS00 3RG60 13–3AC00 3RG60 13–3AC01 3RG60 13–3AD00 3RG60 13–3AD01 3RG60 13–3AE00 3RG60 13–3AE01 3RG60 13–3AF00 3RG60 13–3AF01 3RG60 13–3AG00 3RG60 13–3AH00 3RG60 13–3RS00 3RG60 14–3AC00 3RG60 14–3AD00 3RG60 14–3AE00 3RG60 14–3AF00 3RG60 14–3AG00 3RG60 14–3AH00 3RG60 14–3RS00 3RG60 15–3AC00 3RG60 15–3AD00 3RG60 15–3AE00 3RG60 15–3AF00 3RG60 15–3AG00 3RG60 15–3AH00 3RG60 15–3RS00 3RG60 2 3RG60 22–3AC00 3RG60 22–3AD00 3RG60 22–3AE00 3RG60 22–3AF00 3RG60 23–3AC00 3RG60 23–3AD00 3RG60 23–3AE00 3RG60 23–3AF00 3RG60 24–3AC00 3RG60 24–3AD00 3RG60 24–3AE00 3RG60 24–3AF00 3RG60 25–3AC00 3RG60 25–3AD00 3RG60 25–3AE00 3RG60 25–3AF00 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 Page Order No. 3RG61 1 3RG61 12–3BE00 3RG61 12–3BE01 3RG61 12–3BF00 3RG61 12–3BF01 3RG61 12–3CE00 3RG61 12–3CE01 3RG61 12–3CF00 3RG61 12–3CF01 3RG61 12–3GE00 3RG61 12–3GE01 3RG61 12–3GF00 3RG61 12–3GF01 3RG61 13–3BE00 3RG61 13–3BE01 3RG61 13–3BF00 3RG61 13–3BF01 3RG61 13–3CE00 3RG61 13–3CE01 3RG61 13–3CF00 3RG61 13–3CF01 3RG61 13–3GE00 3RG61 13–3GE01 3RG61 13–3GF00 3RG61 13–3GF01 3RG61 14–3BE00 3RG61 14–3BF00 3RG61 14–3CE00 3RG61 14–3CF00 3RG61 14–3GE00 3RG61 14–3GF00 3RG61 15–3BE00 3RG61 15–3BF00 3RG61 15–3CE00 3RG61 15–3CF00 3RG61 15–3GE00 3RG61 15–3GF00 3RG61 76–6BG00 3RG61 76–6BH00 3RG61 76–6CG00 3RG61 76–6CH00 3RG61 76–6GG00 3RG61 76–6GH00 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 Page Order No. 00 3RG70 21–7C.00 3RG71 75–3BE00 3RG71 75–3C.00 3RG70 22–3H.00 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/30 3/30 3/30 3/30 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 Page Order No.00 3RG70 13–7C.00 3RG70 13–0H.00 3RG70 13–0C.00 3RG70 56–1CM00 3RG70 56–1CM03 3RG70 56–3C.00 3RG70 12–7H.00 3RG71 21–0G.00 3RG70 20–3H.00 3RG70 13–0G.00 3RG71 20–0G.00 3RG70 23–3H.00 3RG71 31–3A.00 3RG70 11–0A.00 3RG70 57–3H.00 3RG70 10–7A.00 3RG71 21–0A.00 3RG71 21–3A.00 3RG70 11–0H.00 3RG70 12–0BE00 3RG70 12–0BG00 3RG70 12–0C. 3RG71 3RG71 20–0A.00 3RG71 21–3G.00 3RG70 57–0C.00 3RG70 57–3C.00 3RG70 20–7C.00 3RG71 31–0A.00 3RG70 23–0H.00 3RG70 21–3H.00 3RG70 14–0G.00 3RG70 20–7H.00 3RG71 35–3BE00 3RG71 35–3C.00 3RG71 35–0BE00 3RG71 35–0C.00 3RG71 34–0G.00 3RG70 14–0A.00 3RG70 23–7C.00 3RG70 57–0H.00 3RG71 32–0BG00 3RG71 32–0G.00 3RG71 34–3G.00 3RG70 13–7G.00 3RG70 30–0AB00 3RG70 30–0GB00 3RG70 30–7AB00 3RG70 30–7GB00 3RG70 32–0AB00 3RG70 32–0BG00 3RG70 32–0GB00 3RG70 32–7AB00 3RG70 32–7BG00 3RG70 32–7GB00 3RG70 40–0AB00 3RG70 40–0BG00 3RG70 40–7AB00 3RG70 40–7BG00 3RG70 42–0AB00 3RG70 42–0BG00 3RG70 42–0GB00 3RG70 42–7AB00 3RG70 42–7BG00 3RG70 42–7GB00 3RG70 56–0C.00 3RG70 11–7H.00 3RG71 32–3BG00 3RG71 32–3G.00 3RG71 32–0A.00 3RG70 11–0G.00 3RG70 23–7H.00 3RG70 11–7A.00 3RG70 20–0H.00 3RG71 30–0A.00 3RG70 10–7G.00 3RG71 22–3A.00 3RG70 22–0BE.00 3RG70 12–7G. 3RG70 21–0C.00 3RG70 10–0C.00 3RG70 11–7C.00 3RG70 22–7H.00 3RG71 32–3A.00 3RG70 14–7A.00 3RG70 20–0C.00 3RG70 22–7C.00 3RG71 22–3BG00 3RG71 22–3G.00 3RG70 12–0G.00 3RG70 12–7BE00 3RG70 12–7BG00 3RG70 12–7C.Appendix Subject and order number index I Opto-BERO 3RG7 Order No.00 3RG70 13–0A.00 3RG70 22–3BE.00 3RG70 56–0H.00 3RG71 30–0G.00 3RG71 34–0A.00 3RG71 22–0A.00 3RG70 21–3C.00 3RG70 10–7C.00 3RG70 10–0H.00 3RG70 11–0C.00 3RG71 30–3G.00 3RG70 14–7G.00 3RG70 23–0C.00 3RG71 20–3A.00 3RG70 22–0H.00 3RG70 20–3C.00 3RG71 20–3G.00 3RG71 30–3A.00 3RG70 22–3C.00 3RG70 22–0C.00 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 Page Order No.00 3RG70 21–7H.00 3RG70 12–7A.00 3RG71 22–0BG00 3RG71 22–0G.00 3RG70 23–3C.00 3RG71 75–0BE00 3RG71 75–0C.00 3RG70 10–7H. 3RG72 3RG72 00–3CC00 3RG72 00–3HC00 3RG72 00–6CC00 3RG72 00–6HC00 3RG72 01–3CC00 3RG72 01–3HC00 3RG72 01–6CC00 3RG72 01–6HC00 3RG72 02–3BG00 3RG72 02–3CC00 3RG72 02–3HC00 3RG72 02–5WG00 3RG72 02–6BG00 3RG72 02–6FG00 3RG72 02–6CC00 3RG72 02–6HC00 3RG72 04–3CC00 3RG72 04–3HC00 3RG72 04–6CC00 3RG72 04–6HC00 3RG72 10–3DK00 3RG72 10–3EK00 3RG72 10–5WS00 3RG72 10–6DK00 3RG72 10–6EK00 3RG72 10–6MC00 3RG72 11–3DK00 3RG72 11–3EK00 3RG72 11–5WS00 3RG72 11–6DK00 3RG72 11–6EK00 3RG72 11–6MC00 3RG72 12–3DK00 3RG72 12–3EK00 3RG72 12–5WS00 3RG72 12–6DK00 3RG72 12–6EK00 3RG72 12–6MC00 3RG72 14–3DK00 3RG72 14–3EK00 3RG72 14–5WS00 3RG72 14–6DK00 3RG72 14–6EK00 3RG72 40–3CH00 3RG72 40–3HH00 3RG72 41–3CH00 3RG72 41–3CH52 3RG72 41–3HH00 3RG72 41–3HH52 3RG72 44–3CH00 3RG72 44–3HH00 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/37 3/37 3/38 3/38 3/38 3/38 3/37 3/37 Page 8/16 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .00 3RG70 71–7CD27 Page 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/57 3/57 3/58 3/58 3/57 3/58 3/58 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/59 Order No.00 3RG70 13–7A.00 3RG70 56–3CM00 3RG70 56–3CM03 3RG70 56–3H.00 3RG70 13–7H.00 3RG70 12–0H. 3RG70 3RG70 10–0A.00 3RG70 12–0A.00 3RG70 10–0G.00 3RG71 31–0G.00 3RG71 34–3A.00 3RG71 31–3G.00 3RG70 22–7BE.00 3RG70 21–0H.00 3RG70 11–7G. 3RX7 3RX7 001 3RX7 002 3RX7 004 3RX7 005 3RX7 006 3RX7 007 3RX7 008 3RX7 010 3RX7 101 3RX7 104 3RX7 107 3RX7 111 3RX7 114 3RX7 117 3RX7 121 3RX7 124 3RX7 127 3RX7 131 3RX7 201 3RX7 204 3RX7 207 3RX7 211 3RX7 214 3RX7 217 3RX7 300 3RX7 301 3RX7 302 3RX7 303 3RX7 304 3RX7 305 3RX7 306 3RX7 307 3RX7 308 3RX7 310 3RX7 311 3RX7 313 3RX7 901 3RX7 902 3RX7 903 3RX7 904 3RX7 907 3RX7 908 3RX7 910 3RX7 911 3RX7 914 3RX7 915 3RX7 916 3RX7 917 3RX7 918 3RX7 920 3RX7 922 3RX7 924 3RX7 940 3RX7 941 3RX7 942 3RX7 943 3RX7 944 3RX7 945 3/60 3/60 3/60 3/60 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/62 3/62 3/62 3/63 3/63 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/65 3/65 3/65 3/68 3/68 3/67 3/67 3/66 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/66 3/67 3/67 3/66 3/61 3/61 3/63 3/63 3/64 3/64 3/66 3/66 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/68 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 Page 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/17 .Appendix Subject and order number index I Opto-BERO 3RG7 Order No. 3RG75 3RG75 02–7RH57 3RG75 02–7RH58 3RG75 50–1CA00 3RG75 50–1HA00 3RG75 50–7CA00 3RG75 50–7HA00 3RG75 60–1CH54 3RG75 60–1CH55 3RG75 60–3CH53 3RG75 60–3CH54 3RG75 60–3CH55 3RG75 60–3CH56 3RG76 3RG76 00–1RH00 3RG76 00–1RH60 3RG76 00–3RH00 3RG76 00–3RH60 3RG76 01–1RH00 3RG76 01–1RH51 3RG76 01–3RH00 3RG76 01–3RH51 3RG76 02–1BG00 3RG76 02–1RH00 3RG76 02–3BG00 3RG76 02–3RH00 3RG76 20–1RH00 3RG76 20–1RH60 3RG76 20–3RH00 3RG76 20–3RH60 3RG76 21–1RH00 3RG76 21–1RH51 3RG76 21–3RH00 3RG76 21–3RH51 3RG76 22–1BG00 3RG76 22–1RH00 3RG76 22–3BG00 3RG76 22–3RH00 3RG76 24–1CC00 3RG76 24–1HC00 3RG76 24–3CC00 3RG76 24–3HC00 3RG76 34–1CC00 3RG76 34–1HC00 3RG76 34–3CC00 3RG76 34–3HC00 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/55 3/55 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 Page Order No. 3RG73 40–1CC00 3RG73 40–1HC00 3RG73 40–3CC00 3RG73 40–3HC00 3RG73 41–1CC00 3RG73 41–1HC00 3RG73 41–3CC00 3RG73 41–3HC00 3RG73 42–1BG00 3RG73 42–1CC00 3RG73 42–1HC00 3RG73 42–3BG00 3RG73 42–3CC00 3RG73 42–3HC00 3RG73 44–1CC00 3RG73 44–1HC00 3RG73 44–3CC00 3RG73 44–3HC00 3RG74 3RG74 00–0CH00 3RG74 00–0HH00 3RG74 00–7CH00 3RG74 00–7HH00 3RG74 01–0CH00 3RG74 01–0CH52 3RG74 01–0CH61 3RG74 01–0HH00 3RG74 01–0HH52 3RG74 01–0HH61 3RG74 01–7CH00 3RG74 01–7CH52 3RG74 01–7CH61 3RG74 01–7HH00 3RG74 01–7HH52 3RG74 01–7HH61 3RG74 04–0CH00 3RG74 04–0HH00 3RG74 04–7CH00 3RG74 04–7HH00 3RG74 13–1CH00 3RG74 13–1HH00 3RG74 13–7CH00 3RG74 13–7HH00 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/52 3/52 3/52 3/52 Page 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 Order No. 3RG73 3RG73 00–1PH00 3RG73 00–1RH00 3RG73 00–3RH00 3RG73 01–1PH00 3RG73 01–1PH51 3RG73 01–1RH00 3RG73 01–1RH51 3RG73 01–3CH00 3RG73 01–3CH51 3RG73 01–3WS00 3RG73 02–1BG00 3RG73 02–1FG00 3RG73 02–1PH00 3RG73 02–1RH00 3RG73 02–3BG00 3RG73 02–3CH00 3RG73 04–1RH00 3RG73 04–3CH00 3RG73 04–3WS00 3RG73 20–1RH00 3RG73 20–7CH00 3RG73 21–1RH00 3RG73 21–7CH00 3RG73 22–1BG00 3RG73 22–1RK00 3RG73 22–7BG00 3RG73 22–7CK00 3RG73 23–1RH00 3RG73 23–7CH00 3RG73 30–1RH00 3RG73 30–1RH60 3RG73 30–7CH00 3RG73 30–7CH60 3RG73 31–1RH00 3RG73 31–1RH51 3RG73 31–7CH00 3RG73 31–7CH51 3RG73 32–1BG00 3RG73 32–1RK00 3RG73 32–7BG00 3RG73 32–7CK00 3RG73 33–1RH00 3RG73 33–7CH00 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/43 3/44 3/43 3/44 3/43 3/44 3/43 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 Page Order No. 3RG40 14–3CD00 3RG40 14–3CD01 3RG40 14–3GA33 3RG40 14–3GB00 3RG40 14–3GB33 3RG40 14–3JB00 3RG40 14–3KA00 3RG40 14–3KB00 3RG40 21 3RG40 21–0AF33 3RG40 21–0AG33 3RG40 21–0GA33 3RG40 21–0GB33 3RG40 21–7AF33 3RG40 21–7AG33 3RG40 21–7GA33 3RG40 21–7GB33 3RG40 22 3RG40 22–0AA00 3RG40 22–0AB00 3RG40 22–0AB30 3RG40 22–0AF01 3RG40 22–0AF30 3RG40 22–0AF33 3RG40 22–0AG01 3RG40 22–0AG30 3RG40 22–0AG31 3RG40 22–0AG33 3RG40 22–0CD00 3RG40 22–0CD10 3RG40 22–0GA00 3RG40 22–0GA30 3RG40 22–0GA33 3RG40 22–0GB00 3RG40 22–0GB30 3RG40 22–0GB31 3RG40 22–0GB33 3RG40 22–0JB00 3RG40 22–0KA00 3RG40 22–0KB00 3RG40 22–0KB30 3RG40 22–3AA00 3RG40 22–3AB00 3RG40 22–3AF01 3RG40 22–3AF33 3RG40 22–3AG01 3RG40 22–3AG33 3RG40 22–3CD00 3RG40 22–3CD11 3RG40 22–3GA00 3RG40 22–3GA33 3RG40 22–3GB00 3RG40 22–3GB33 3RG40 22–3JB00 3RG40 22–3KA00 3RG40 22–3KB00 3RG40 23 3RG40 23–0AA00 3RG40 23–0AB00 3RG40 23–0AB30 3RG40 23–0AF01 3RG40 23–0AF30 3RG40 23–0AF33 3RG40 23–0AG01 3RG40 23–0AG30 3RG40 23–0AG31 3RG40 23–0AG33 3RG40 23–0CD00 4/59 4/59 4/76 4/39 4/77 4/39 4/39 4/77 4/77 4/39 4/40 4/57 4/57 4/76 4/34 4/74 4/34 4/34 4/74 4/74 4/34 4/35 4/35 4/34 4/74 4/34 4/34 4/74 4/74 4/34 4/52 4/64 4/64 4/76 4/57 4/57 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/35 4/35 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/52 4/64 4/64 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 Page 4/42 4/42 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/54 4/67 4/67 Order No. 3RG40 13 3RG40 13–0AA00 3RG40 13–0AB00 3RG40 13–0AF01 3RG40 13–0AF30 3RG40 13–0AF33 3RG40 13–0AG01 3RG40 13–0AG30 3RG40 13–0AG31 3RG40 13–0AG33 3RG40 13–0CD00 3RG40 13–0GA00 3RG40 13–0GA30 3RG40 13–0GA33 3RG40 13–0GB00 3RG40 13–0GB30 3RG40 13–0GB31 3RG40 13–0GB33 3RG40 13–0JB00 3RG40 13–0KA00 3RG40 13–0KB00 3RG40 13–2AA00 3RG40 13–2AB00 3RG40 13–2AG01 3RG40 13–2JB00 3RG40 13–2KA00 3RG40 13–2KB00 3RG40 13–3AA00 3RG40 13–3AB00 3RG40 13–3AF01 3RG40 13–3AF33 3RG40 13–3AG01 3RG40 13–3AG33 3RG40 13–3CD00 3RG40 13–3GA00 3RG40 13–3GA33 3RG40 13–3GB00 3RG40 13–3GB33 3RG40 13–3JB00 3RG40 13–3KA00 3RG40 13–3KB00 3RG40 14 4/59 4/59 4/37 4/77 4/37 4/37 4/77 4/77 4/37 4/38 4/37 4/77 4/37 4/37 4/77 4/77 4/37 4/53 4/66 4/66 4/59 4/59 4/37 4/53 4/66 4/66 4/59 4/59 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/38 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/53 4/66 4/66 Page Order No. 3RG40 11 3RG40 11–0AA00 3RG40 11–0AB00 3RG40 11–0AF00 3RG40 11–0AF05 3RG40 11–0AF33 3RG40 11–0AG00 3RG40 11–0AG05 3RG40 11–0AG33 3RG40 11–0CC00 3RG40 11–0CC05 3RG40 11–0GA05 3RG40 11–0GA33 3RG40 11–0GB00 3RG40 11–0GB05 3RG40 11–0GB33 3RG40 11–0JB00 3RG40 11–3AA00 3RG40 11–3AB00 3RG40 11–3AF00 3RG40 11–3AF05 3RG40 11–3AG00 3RG40 11–3AG05 3RG40 11–3CC00 3RG40 11–3CC05 3RG40 11–3GA05 3RG40 11–3GB00 3RG40 11–3GB05 3RG40 11–3JB00 3RG40 11–7AA00 3RG40 11–7AB00 3RG40 11–7AF00 3RG40 11–7AF05 3RG40 11–7AF33 3RG40 11–7AG00 3RG40 11–7AG05 3RG40 11–7AG33 3RG40 11–7CC00 3RG40 11–7CC05 3RG40 11–7GA33 3RG40 11–7GB33 3RG40 11–7JB00 3RG40 12 3RG40 12–0AA00 3RG40 12–0AB00 3RG40 12–0AF01 3RG40 12–0AF30 3RG40 12–0AF33 3RG40 12–0AG01 3RG40 12–0AG31 3RG40 12–0AG30 3RG40 12–0AG33 3RG40 12–0CD00 3RG40 12–0CD10 3RG40 12–0GA00 3RG40 12–0GA30 3RG40 12–0GA33 3RG40 12–0GB00 3RG40 12–0GB30 3RG40 12–0GB31 3RG40 12–0GB33 3RG40 12–0JB00 3RG40 12–0KA00 3RG40 12–0KB00 3RG40 12–3AA00 3RG40 12–3AB00 3RG40 12–3AF01 3RG40 12–3AF33 3RG40 12–3AG01 3RG40 12–3AG33 3RG40 12–3CD00 3RG40 12–3CD11 3RG40 12–3GA33 3RG40 12–3GB00 3RG40 12–3GB33 3RG40 12–3JB00 3RG40 12–3KA00 3RG40 12–3KB00 4/57 4/57 4/27 4/74 4/27 4/27 4/74 4/74 4/27 4/28 4/28 4/27 4/74 4/27 4/27 4/74 4/74 4/27 4/51 4/64 4/64 4/57 4/57 4/27 4/27 4/27 4/27 4/28 4/28 4/27 4/27 4/27 4/51 4/64 4/64 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 3RG40 14–0AA00 3RG40 14–0AB00 3RG40 14–0AF01 3RG40 14–0AF30 3RG40 14–0AF33 3RG40 14–0AG01 3RG40 14–0AG30 3RG40 14–0AG31 3RG40 14–0AG33 3RG40 14–0CD00 3RG40 14–0GA30 3RG40 14–0GA33 3RG40 14–0GB00 3RG40 14–0GB30 3RG40 14–0GB31 3RG40 14–0GB33 3RG40 14–0JB00 3RG40 14–0KA00 3RG40 14–0KB00 3RG40 14–2AA00 3RG40 14–2AB00 3RG40 14–2AF01 3RG40 14–2AG01 3RG40 14–2JB00 3RG40 14–2KA00 3RG40 14–2KB00 3RG40 14–3AA00 3RG40 14–3AB00 3RG40 14–3AF01 3RG40 14–3AF33 3RG40 14–3AG01 3RG40 14–3AG33 4/60 4/60 4/41 4/78 4/41 4/41 4/78 4/78 4/41 4/42 4/78 4/41 4/41 4/78 4/78 4/41 4/54 4/67 4/67 4/60 4/60 4/41 4/41 4/54 4/67 4/67 4/60 4/60 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/56 4/56 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/51 4/56 4/56 4/21 4/26 4/21 4/26 4/21 4/26 4/26 4/21 4/26 4/51 4/56 4/56 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/25 4/51 Page Order No.Appendix Subject and order number index I Inductive BERO 3RG40 Order No. 3RG40 23–0GA30 3RG40 23–0GA33 3RG40 23–0GB00 3RG40 23–0GB30 3RG40 23–0GB31 3RG40 23–0GB33 3RG40 23–0JB00 3RG40 23–0KA00 3RG40 23–0KB00 3RG40 23–0KB30 3RG40 23–2AB00 3RG40 23–2AF01 3RG40 23–2AG01 3RG40 23–2CD00 3RG40 23–2JB00 3RG40 23–2KB00 3RG40 23–3AA00 3RG40 23–3AB00 3RG40 23–3AF01 3RG40 23–3AF33 3RG40 23–3AG01 3RG40 23–3AG33 3RG40 23–3CD00 3RG40 23–3GA33 3RG40 23–3GB00 3RG40 23–3GB33 3RG40 23–3JB00 3RG40 23–3KA00 3RG40 23–3KB00 3RG40 24 3RG40 24–0AA00 3RG40 24–0AB00 3RG40 24–0AB30 3RG40 24–0AF01 3RG40 24–0AF30 3RG40 24–0AF33 3RG40 24–0AG01 3RG40 24–0AG30 3RG40 24–0AG31 3RG40 24–0AG33 3RG40 24–0CD00 3RG40 24–0GA00 3RG40 24–0GA30 3RG40 24–0GA33 3RG40 24–0GB00 3RG40 24–0GB30 3RG40 24–0GB31 3RG40 24–0GB33 3RG40 24–0JB00 3RG40 24–0KA00 3RG40 24–0KB00 3RG40 24–0KB30 3RG40 24–2AA00 3RG40 24–2AB00 3RG40 24–2AF01 3RG40 24–2AG01 3RG40 24–2JB00 3RG40 24–2KB00 3RG40 24–3AA00 3RG40 24–3AB00 3RG40 24–3AF01 3RG40 24–3AF33 3RG40 24–3AG01 3RG40 24–3AG33 3RG40 24–3CD00 3RG40 24–3GA33 3RG40 24–3GB00 3RG40 24–3GB33 3RG40 24–3JB00 3RG40 24–3KA00 3RG40 24–3KB00 4/60 4/60 4/79 4/44 4/78 4/44 4/44 4/78 4/78 4/44 4/45 4/44 4/78 4/44 4/44 4/78 4/78 4/44 4/54 4/67 4/67 4/79 4/60 4/60 4/44 4/44 4/54 4/67 4/60 4/60 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/45 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/54 4/67 4/67 Page 4/77 4/39 4/39 4/77 4/77 4/39 4/53 4/66 4/66 4/76 4/59 4/39 4/39 4/40 4/53 4/66 4/59 4/59 4/39 4/39 4/39 4/39 4/40 4/39 4/39 4/39 4/53 4/66 4/66 8/18 . 3RG40 63 3RG40 63–0AF30 3RG40 63–0AG30 3RG40 63–0GA30 3RG40 63–0GB30 3RG40 64 3RG40 64–0AF30 3RG40 64–0AG30 3RG40 64–0GA30 3RG40 64–0GB30 3RG40 70 3RG40 70–0AF01 3RG40 70–0AG01 3RG40 70–0AG45 3RG40 70–0CD00 3RG40 70–3AF01 3RG40 70–3AG01 3RG40 70–3CD00 3RG40 70–7AG01 3RG40 70–7AG45 3RG40 70–7CD01 3RG40 70–7CD02 3RG40 71–0CD00 3RG40 72 3RG40 72–0AA00 3RG40 72–0AB00 3RG40 72–0CD00 3RG40 72–0GA00 3RG40 72–0GB00 3RG40 72–0JB00 3RG40 72–0KA00 3RG40 72–0KB00 3RG40 72–3AB00 3RG40 72–3CD00 3RG40 72–3GA00 3RG40 72–3GB00 3RG40 72–3JB00 3RG40 72–3KA00 3RG40 72–3KB00 3RG40 75 3RG40 75–0AH00 3RG40 75–0AJ00 3RG40 75–0GJ00 3RG40 80 3RG40 80–0AG45 3RG40 80–7AG45 3RG40 82 3RG40 82–0AB00 3RG40 82–0CD00 3RG40 82–3AB00 3RG40 82–3CD00 4/58 4/36 4/58 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/58 4/58 4/33 4/33 4/33 4/52 4/65 4/65 4/58 4/33 4/33 4/33 4/52 4/65 4/65 4/30 4/30 4/29 4/31 4/30 4/30 4/31 4/30 4/29 4/31 4/31 4/29 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/77 Page Order No. 3RG40 30 3RG40 30–0AA00 3RG40 30–0AB00 3RG40 30–0AB01 3RG40 30–0CD00 3RG40 30–0CD01 3RG40 30–0KA00 3RG40 30–0KA01 3RG40 30–0KB00 3RG40 30–0KB01 3RG40 31 3RG40 31–6AD00 3RG40 31–6AF01 3RG40 31–6AG01 3RG40 31–6CD00 3RG40 31–6GB00 3RG40 31–6JB00 3RG40 31–6KD00 3RG40 32 to 34 3RG40 32–6CD00 3RG40 33–6AD01 3RG40 33–6KD01 3RG40 34–6CD00 3RG40 38 3RG40 38–3CD00 3RG40 38–3GD00 3RG40 38–3KB00 3RG40 41 3RG40 41–6AD00 3RG40 41–6AF01 3RG40 41–6AG01 3RG40 41–6CD00 3RG40 41–6GB00 3RG40 41–6JB00 3RG40 41–6KD00 3RG40 42 3RG40 42–6AD00 3RG40 42–6CD00 3RG40 42–6KD00 3RG40 43 3RG40 43–6AD00 3RG40 43–6CD00 3RG40 43–6KD00 4/62 4/50 4/71 4/62 4/49 4/71 4/61 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/55 4/69 4/46 4/46 4/70 4/49 4/63 4/72 4/47 4/61 4/46 4/46 4/47 4/46 4/55 4/69 4/79 4/79 4/79 4/80 4/80 4/79 4/79 4/79 4/79 Page Order No.Appendix Subject and order number index I Inductive BERO 3RG40 and 3RG41 Order No. 3RG40 50 3RG40 50–0AF05 3RG40 50–0AF33 3RG40 50–0AG05 3RG40 50–0AG33 3RG40 50–0GA05 3RG40 50–0GA33 3RG40 50–0GB05 3RG40 50–0GB33 3RG40 50–7AF05 3RG40 50–7AF33 3RG40 50–7AG05 3RG40 50–7AG33 3RG40 50–7GA05 3RG40 50–7GA33 3RG40 50–7GB05 3RG40 50–7GB33 3RG40 51 3RG40 51–0AF33 3RG40 51–0AG33 3RG40 51–0GA33 3RG40 51–0GB33 3RG40 51–7AF33 3RG40 51–7AG33 3RG40 51–7GA33 3RG40 51–7GB33 3RG40 52 3RG40 52–0AF30 3RG40 52–0AG30 3RG40 52–0GA30 3RG40 52–0GB30 3RG40 53 3RG40 53–0AF30 3RG40 53–0AG30 3RG40 53–0GA30 3RG40 53–0GB30 3RG40 54 3RG40 54–0AF30 3RG40 54–0AG30 3RG40 54–0GA30 3RG40 54–0GB30 3RG40 60 3RG40 60–0AF33 3RG40 60–0AG33 3RG40 60–0GA33 3RG40 60–0GB33 3RG40 60–7AF33 3RG40 60–7AG33 3RG40 60–7GA33 3RG40 60–7GB33 3RG40 62 3RG40 62–0AF30 3RG40 62–0AG30 3RG40 62–0GA30 3RG40 62–0GB30 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 Page Order No. 3RG41 11 3RG41 11–0AF33 3RG41 11–0AG00 3RG41 11–0AG33 3RG41 11–0GA33 3RG41 11–0GB33 3RG41 11–3AG00 3RG41 11–3AG22 3RG41 11–7AF33 3RG41 11–7AG33 3RG41 11–7GA33 3RG41 11–7GB33 3RG41 12 3RG41 12–0AF01 3RG41 12–0AG01 3RG41 12–0AG33 3RG41 12–3AF01 3RG41 12–3AG01 3RG41 12–3AG33 3RG41 13 3RG41 13–0AG01 3RG41 13–0AG33 3RG41 13–3AG01 3RG41 13–3AG33 3RG41 14 3RG41 14–0AG01 3RG41 14–3AG01 3RG41 31 to 34 3RG41 31–6AD00 3RG41 31–6AD04 3RG41 34–6CD01 3RG41 38 3RG41 38–3CD00 3RG41 38–3GD00 3RG41 38–3KB00 3RG41 41 3RG41 41–3AB01 3RG41 41–3AB02 3RG41 41–6AB03 3RG41 41–6AD00 3RG41 41–6AD04 3RG41 42 to 44 3RG41 42–6AD00 3RG41 43–6AD00 3RG41 44–6CD01 3RG41 48 3RG41 48–3CD00 3RG41 48–3GD00 3RG41 48–3KB00 4/89 4/89 4/90 4/94 4/94 4/91 4/93 4/93 4/92 4/92 4/92 4/89 4/89 4/90 4/91 4/91 4/88 4/86 4/86 4/85 4/85 4/85 4/85 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 Page 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/19 . Appendix Subject and order number index I Inductive BERO 3RG46 Order No. 3RG46 00 and 01 3RG46 00–0AG02 3RG46 00–1AB00 3RG46 01–1AB00 3RG46 01–7AG00 3RG46 01–7GB00 3RG46 02 to 04 3RG46 02–0AG02 3RG46 02–1AB00 3RG46 02–1GB01 3RG46 02–7AG01 3RG46 03–2AB00 3RG46 04–1NA00 3RG46 10 3RG46 10–0AG00 3RG46 10–0AG02 3RG46 10–0GB00 3RG46 10–7AG00 3RG46 10–7GB00 3RG46 11 3RG46 11–0AG01 3RG46 11–0AG02 3RG46 11–0AG31 3RG46 11–0AN01 3RG46 11–0GB01 3RG46 11–0GN01 3RG46 11–1NA00 3RG46 11–3AG01 3RG46 11–3AN01 3RG46 11–3GB01 3RG46 11–3GN01 3RG46 11–7AF31 3RG46 11–7AG01 3RG46 11–7AG31 3RG46 11–7AN01 3RG46 11–7GB31 3RG46 11–7GN01 3RG46 12 3RG46 12–0AG01 3RG46 12–0AN01 3RG46 12–0AN61 3RG46 12–0GB01 3RG46 12–0GN01 3RG46 12–0GN61 3RG46 12–0NB00 3RG46 12–1NA00 3RG46 12–3AB01 3RG46 12–3AN01 3RG46 12–3AN05 3RG46 12–3AN61 3RG46 12–3AR00 3RG46 12–3GB01 3RG46 12–3GN01 3RG46 12–3GN05 3RG46 12–3GN61 3RG46 12–3JR00 3RG46 12–3JR01 3RG46 12–3NB00 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/104 4/108 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/105 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/105 4/105 4/104 4/82 4/75 4/22 4/95 4/82 4/95 4/108 4/82 4/95 4/82 4/95 4/22 4/82 4/22 4/95 4/22 4/95 4/20 4/73 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/75 4/82 4/82 4/82 4/19 4/108 4/73 4/19 4/22 4/22 4/22 Page Order No. 3RG46 13 3RG46 13–0AN01 3RG46 13–0AN61 3RG46 13–0GB00 3RG46 13–0GN01 3RG46 13–0GN61 3RG46 13–1AB01 3RG46 13–1NA00 3RG46 13–3AB01 3RG46 13–3AN01 3RG46 13–3AN05 3RG46 13–3AN61 3RG46 13–3GB01 3RG46 13–3GN01 3RG46 13–3GN05 3RG46 13–3GN61 3RG46 14 3RG46 14–0AB00 3RG46 14–0AN01 3RG46 14–0AN61 3RG46 14–0GB00 3RG46 14–0GN01 3RG46 14–0GN61 3RG46 14–1NA00 3RG46 14–3AB00 3RG46 14–3AN01 3RG46 14–3AN05 3RG46 14–3AN61 3RG46 14–3GB00 3RG46 14–3GN01 3RG46 14–3GN05 3RG46 14–3GN61 3RG46 21 3RG46 21–0AG02 3RG46 21–0AN01 3RG46 21–0GB02 3RG46 21–0GN01 3RG46 21–3AG02 3RG46 21–3AN01 3RG46 21–3GB02 3RG46 21–3GN01 3RG46 21–7AG02 3RG46 21–7AN01 3RG46 21–7GB02 3RG46 21–7GN01 3RG46 22 3RG46 22–0AG02 3RG46 22–0AN01 3RG46 22–0AN61 3RG46 22–0GN01 3RG46 22–0GN61 3RG46 22–1NA00 3RG46 22–3AB03 3RG46 22–3AN01 3RG46 22–3AN05 3RG46 22–3AN61 3RG46 22–3GN01 3RG46 22–3GN05 3RG46 22–3GN61 4/85 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/109 4/85 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/110 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/97 4/97 4/86 4/97 4/97 4/86 4/109 4/86 4/97 4/97 4/97 4/86 4/97 4/97 4/97 Page Order No. 3RG46 23 3RG46 23–0AB02 3RG46 23–0AN01 3RG46 23–0AN61 3RG46 23–0GB02 3RG46 23–0GN01 3RG46 23–0GN61 3RG46 23–1NA00 3RG46 23–3AB02 3RG46 23–3AN01 3RG46 23–3AN05 3RG46 23–3AN61 3RG46 23–3GB02 3RG46 23–3GN01 3RG46 23–3GN05 3RG46 23–3GN61 3RG46 24 3RG46 24–0AB02 3RG46 24–0AN01 3RG46 24–0AN61 3RG46 24–0GB02 3RG46 24–0GN01 3RG46 24–0GN61 3RG46 24–1NA00 3RG46 24–3AB02 3RG46 24–3AN01 3RG46 24–3AN05 3RG46 24–3AN61 3RG46 24–3GB02 3RG46 24–3GN01 3RG46 24–3GN05 3RG46 24–3GN61 3RG46 25 to 26 3RG46 25–6AG00 3RG46 25–6KD00 3RG46 26–6AD00 3RG46 26–6KD00 3RG46 31 to 36 3RG46 31–6NA00 3RG46 34–6AN01 3RG46 34–6GN01 3RG46 36–0AG00 3RG46 36–0GB00 4/110 4/99 4/99 4/20 4/20 4/43 4/68 4/43 4/68 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/110 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/109 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/97 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/97 Page Order No. 3RG46 37 3RG46 37–0AB00 3RG46 37–0AG01 3RG46 37–0GB01 3RG46 37–0GG00 3RG46 37–7AA00 3RG46 37–7AB00 3RG46 37–7AG01 3RG46 37–7GB01 3RG46 37–7GF00 3RG46 37–7GG00 3RG46 38 3RG46 38–3AG01 3RG46 38–3AN01 3RG46 38–3GB01 3RG46 38–3GN01 3RG46 43 to 44 3RG46 43–6AN01 3RG46 43–6GN01 3RG46 44–6AN01 3RG46 44–6AN02 3RG46 44–6GN01 3RG46 44–6GN02 3RG46 48 3RG46 48–3AN01 3RG46 48–3AN11 3RG46 48–3GN01 3RG46 48–3GN11 3RG46 52 3RG46 52–0PA00 3RG46 52–0PB00 3RG46 52–0PF00 3RG46 52–0PG00 3RG46 52–3PA00 3RG46 52–3PB00 3RG46 52–3PF00 3RG46 52–3PG00 3RX1 3RX1 303 3RX1 304 3RX1 730 3RX1 731 3SB. 3SX 3SB19 02–2AE 3SX6 281 3SX6 282 3SX6 283 3SX6 284 3SX9 910 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 4/111 4/111 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/100 4/101 4/100 4/101 4/102 4/102 4/101 4/100 4/101 4/100 4/87 4/99 4/87 4/99 4/23 4/83 4/83 4/23 4/23 4/23 4/83 4/83 4/23 4/23 Page 8/20 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 . but in no event less than 12 months from repair or replacement. Terms of payment – Unless otherwise stated.b point of shipment and Purchaser specifies the method and route and is to pay the freight costs in addition to the price. Company shall select method of transportation and route. Attorney fees – Purchaser shall be liable to Company for any attorney fees and costs incurred by Company in enforcing any of its rights hereunder.Appendix US ordering notes I Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for Siemens Energy and Automation Inc. 8. date of notice of readiness for shipment shall be deemed to be date of shipment for payment purposes.b. Goods already shipped are not subject to price increase or decrease. Purchaser shall grant Company access to the goods at all reasonable times in order for Company to determine any nonconformity in the goods. or for indirect. on shipments exceeding $100 net or more providing the Company selects the carrier. If Company suffers delay in performance due to any cause beyond its reasonable control. and may. pending receipt of such assurances. “destination” means common carrier delivery point (within the United States. not guaranteed. revenue or profit. In such cases.00 net will be invoiced at $100. Governing law and assignment – The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity. warranty. provided Purchaser has sent written notice within that period of time to the Company that the goods do not conform to the above warranty. 5. Noncancellation – Purchaser may not cancel or terminate for convenience. Company will give to Purchaser notice within a reasonable time after Company becomes aware of any such delay. use. 8 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 8/21 . FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. excise. or for costs of capital or of substitute use or performance.S. freight will be allowed to dockside at the listed port of debarkation nearest the destination point on shipments of net $100 or more. special. failure of a remedy to achieve its intended or essential purposes tort (including negligence). If shipment is delayed by Purchaser. Limitation of liability – Neither Company. liquidated. and Company is given the right at its expense to settle such charge and to defend or control the defense of any suit based upon such charge. recover the goods from the carrier. fabrication and purchasing charges and any other costs relating to such cancellation. be increased by 1 1/2% per month on the unpaid balance. Government sealed packing. Company shall not be responsible for damage to the goods after having received “in good order” receipts from the carrier. nor its suppliers shall be liable. tort (including negligence). Statute of limitations – To the extent permitted by applicable law. installations. and all required commercial documentation. Company and Purchaser shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the contract price. 10. Portions of an invoice in dispute should be deducted and the balance remitted with a detailed explanation of the deduction. consult the Company’s sales offices. (USA) 1. excluding Alaska and Hawaii. 12. either party may initiate non–binding mediation of the dispute. 14. any lawsuit for breach of contract. the Siemens Software License Addendum applies. Cataloged weights are estimated. If the matter has not been resolved within 60 days of the notice. to prepaid transportation charges when added to Company’s invoices or to discountable items if there are undisputed past due items on the account. point. whether the Purchaser’s or successors’ remedies are based on contract. without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This warranty does not apply to goods delivered by Company but manufactured by others. On late payments. the time of performance shall be extended a period of time equal to the period of the delay and its consequences. Note: This article 1 does not apply to any software which may be furnished by Company. Purchaser shall remove and ship to Company any such nonconforming items and shall reinstall the repaired or replaced parts. When terms are f. or for claims by Purchaser for damages of Purchaser’s customers. Performance. destination or freight allowed to destination. Company may make partial shipments. including U. unless terms are f. termination or suspension. If any time in Company’s judgment Purchaser is unable or unwilling to meet the terms specified. Company may require satisfactory assurance or full or partial payment as a condition to commencing or continuing manufacture or making shipment.o. including breach of warranty. Purchaser and Company agree that the exclusions and limitations set forth in this article are separate and independent from any other remedies which Purchaser may have. COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE. 2. but not to exceed the maximum permitted by law.o. Cash discounts are not applicable to notes or trade acceptances. The Company’s prices include the costs of standard domestic packing only. plus a reasonable amount for profit. Orders amounting to less than $100. If Company is unable or unwilling to repair or replace. 3. Repaired and replacement parts shall be warranted for the remainder of the original period of notification set forth above. Cash discounts will only be allowed on that portion of the invoice paid within the normal discount period. and a pro rata payment shall become due as each shipment is made. IT DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY. Purchaser agrees that these remedies provide Purchaser and its successors with a minimum adequate remedy and are their exclusive remedies. EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE. stevedoring and insurance.o. 6. the contract price shall. or if repair or replacement does not remedy the nonconformity. when needed. will result in extra charges. warranty. must be commenced not later than twelve (12) months from the date the cause of action accrued.00 plus transportation charges for goods covered by discount schedules. value–added or similar taxes will be added to the price and invoiced separately (unless an acceptable exemption certificate is furnished). Any deviation from this standard packing (domestic or export). Orders on a bid or contract basis are not subject to this article. indemnity or any other legal theory. for loss of use. On shipments to Alaska and Hawaii. or any other legal theory. Disputes – Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute arising out of or relating to these terms and conditions and not resolved in the normal course of business. The Company assumes no responsibility for tariff classifications on carriers. Special freight allowances are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time. indemnity. or direct suspension of manufacture. Purchaser and successors of Purchaser are limited to the remedies specified in this article and shall have no others for a nonconformity in the goods. Warranty – Company warrants that on the date of shipment the goods are of the kind and quality described herein and are free of non–conformities in workmanship and material. 15. 7. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. To determine such extra charges. strict liability. This does not apply to a shipment held by request of the Purchaser. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute promptly by negotiations between executives who have authority to settle the dispute. 4. all payments shall be in United States dollars. without prejudice to Company’s right to immediate payment. At its expense. excluding Alaska and Hawaii) nearest the destination. THIS ARTICLE SETS FORTH COMPANY’S ENTIRE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS. arising out of the transactions covered by this contract. Shipment. Taxes – Any applicable duties or sales. Prices – In the event of a price increase or decrease. whether in contract. or non–conformities from any cause. if shipment has been made. SPECIFICALLY. Patents – Company shall pay costs and damages finally awarded in any suit against Purchaser or its vendees to the extent based upon a finding that the design or construction of the goods as furnished infringes a United States patent (except infringement occurring as a result of incorporating a design or modification at Purchaser’s request). Title to the goods and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Purchaser at the f. incidental or consequential damages. The Company’s maximum liability under this contract shall be the contract price. and whether arising out of warranties. which may include a full refund of the contract price. Freight will be allowed to any common–carrier free–delivery point within the United States. 11. Company shall have the right of disposal of items replaced by it. Nuclear – Purchaser represents and warrants that the goods covered by this contract shall not be used in or in connection with a nuclear facility or application. delays – Timely performance by Company is contingent upon Purchaser’s supplying to Company. the price of goods on order will be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease. provided that Purchaser promptly notifies Company of any charge of infringement. all required technical information and data. except with Company’s written consent and then only upon terms that will compensate Company for its engineering. 9. title and risk of loss – The term “shipment” means delivery to the initial carrier in accordance with the delivery terms and conditions. 13. Additional terms of payment – Invoice payment terms are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time. or for any other loss or cost of a similar type.b. Assignment may be made only with written consent of both parties. including drawing approvals. instructions. Purchaser’s exclusive remedy for a nonconformity in any item of the goods shall be the repair or the replacement (at Company’s option) of the item and any affected part of the goods. COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. Company’s obligation to repair or replace shall be in effect for a period of one (1) year from initial operation of the goods but not more than eighteen (18) months from Company’s shipment of the goods. representations. strict liability. The Purchaser shall pay all special costs such as cartage. interpretation and enforcement of these terms and conditions. Erlangen Editors: Siemens AG. Goods labeled with "ECCN not equal to N" are subject to US reexport authorization.Appendix Ordering notes I Conditions of sale and delivery In Germany Subject to the General Conditions of Sale as well as the General Conditions for the Supply and Delivery of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry. A&D CD PS. We reserve the right to adjust prices and shall charge the prices applying on the date of delivery. D-91050 Erlangen Germany Order No. we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing supplement of 15. Erlangen Published by Automation and Drives Group Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Division PO Box 32 40. dimensions and weights. It will be added according to legal provisions at the applicable rate. The illustrations are for reference only. Even without a label.0 S 280 En / 123067 8/22 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 .— to cover our costs for order processing and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less than 100. I Ordering special designs To order products that differ from the versions listed in the catalog. in particular to the specified values. Responsible for Technical contents: Siemens AG. For the products listed in this catalog. ECCN Number of US export list (Export Control Classification Number) Products with a code other than "N" require approval for re-export to certain countries. Subject to change without prior notice. or with label "AL: N" or "ECCN: N". technical data All dimensions in this catalog are in mm. Illustrations. delivery notes and invoices apply. Small orders When small orders are submitted. the order number specified in the catalog must be supplemented with "–Z". excluding packaging. the following export regulations must be adhered to in accordance with currently valid regulations. It is recommended therefore that small orders are collected and submitted combined. unless specified otherwise on the individual pages of this catalog. The export codes of the respective data medium must also be adhered to for software products. Software products Software products are subject to the General Licence Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives. AL Number of the German export list Products with a code other than "N" must be approved for export. The export codes of the respective data medium must also be adhered to for software products. the costs associated with order processing are greater than the order value.: E86060–K1803–A101–A2–7600 Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany KG K 1101 25. A&D PT 5. I Export regulations The products listed in this catalog may be subject to European/German and/or US export provisions. Turnover tax (VAT) is not included in the prices. We reserve the right to make technical changes. Prices are listed in (Euro) ex delivery point. I Trade marks All used product designations are trademarks or product names of the Siemens AG or other companies which if used by third parties for their own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner. Prices For export Subject to the General Conditions for the Supply and Delivery of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry and to any other conditions agreed upon with the recipients of catalogs. The AL and ECCN export codes specified in our confirmations. Where this is not possible. Goods labeled with "AL not equal to N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.—. Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the relevant authorities. and the required features must be specified by means of alphanumeric order codes or in plain text. authorization may be required due to the final whereabouts and purpose for which the goods are to be used.